3 day tour london

3 Days in London: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visitors)

How to spend 3 days in london: the best itinerary + where to stay.

You want to visit London in 3 days and you’re looking for the best places to visit?

You’re at the right place!

In order to help you plan your stay , I have prepared for you this 3-day itinerary in London. It’s perfectly optimized to allow you to discover the must-see attractions of the city .

In addition to the best things to do and activities for each stage of your itinerary, I will also give you all my best tips and accommodation suggestions depending on your budget.

So, what are the best places to visit in London in 3 days? Where to stay?

1. The London Pass

3 days in london: must-see attractions:, one last tip for a perfect 3-day stay in london, b. westminster abbey, c. buckingham palace, d. trafalgar square/the national gallery, e. london eye, f. tate britain and/or tate modern, a. camden town, b. regent’s park, c. the british museum, d. the tower of london, e. tower bridge, f. the shard, a. notting hill, b. the natural history museum, c. hyde park, d. oxford street, f. piccadilly circus, g. covent garden, where to stay in london, london in 3 days with kids, more things to do during your 3 days in london, map of your 3-day itinerary in london, spending 3 days in london: flight prices, you’re traveling to england these articles will help you , how to avoid waiting in line (and save a lot of time) at london’s tourist attractions.

London , one of the most touristic cities in the world, attracts tens of thousands of visitors every day.

As many tourists come to explore the city’s iconic landmarks , you imagine that you sometime need to queue for hours before entering the must-see attractions such as Buckingham Palace, the Tower of London or the Palace of Westminster.

Hopefully, I am going to teach you 2 ways to beat the queue and make the most out of your three days in London.

The first solution to save a lot of time and money during your 3 days in London is to buy the London Pass.

Most big cities offer City Passes these days. They are a great way to avoid queuing and get immediate access to the most famous attractions. And London is no exception to the rule!

The London Pass is valid for between 1 and 10 days (depending on what you choose when booking). As it’s a digital pass, you can download it on your smartphone and present it at the entrance of each attractions.

The London Pass grants you tourist credits that are deducted whenever you enter a site.

For example, the 3-day London Pass comes with 430 credits, which corresponds to 430€ in entrance fees even though the pass costs only 114€ to buy!!

That’s really the best city pass if you’re spending 3 days in London.

With the London Pass, you will get:

• Entry to more than 80 of the best attractions in London: Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, Tower Bridge (you will visit them all in my itinerary!)
• You can also use your credits to take a trip on the hop-on hop-off tourist bus and see London without tiring yourself out
• Discounts in certain souvenir shops
• A tourist guide to the city with opening times and details of how to get to the attractions during your 3 days in London.

To buy your London City Pass, it’s very simple: you just have to click on the button below

As an alternative, there’s also the London Go City Explorer Pass that works a bit differently. You will need to purchase a version of this pass depending on the number of attractions you want to see. So you can buy a pass for 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 attractions.

You can book it by clicking here.

2. Fast track tickets for London tourist attractions

Your second option to save time at the major attractions is to buy your fast track tickets individually depending on what you want to visit.

Skip the line tickets are available for the main monuments, tourist attractions and activities you will do in London during these 3 days.

I’ve listed some of them below, and for your convenience I will also mention them throughout the article.

Simply need to click on the names or on the buttons within the guide to book your skip the line tickets:

• Westminster Abbey
• Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace
• Tower Bridge + Tower of London VIP Visit
• The Tower of London
• Cruise on the Thames
• See a musical
• Madame Tussauds
• St Paul’s Cathedral
• Harry Potter-themed guided tour – A must-do if you like Harry Potter universe!
• The hop-on hop-off double-decker bus

If you already know your travel dates (or as soon as you will have them!) , you should really book your accommodation.

As London is one of the most touristic cities in the world , the hotels offering the best value for money are often fully booked months in advance.

As a seasoned traveler, I can assure you that it’s always by planning as far in advance as possible that I’ve found the best hotels or apartments deals.

You agree that it would be a shame to somewhat ruin your stay in London by ending up in a not-so-great hotel that costed you a fortune, right? 😅

So your best bet is to take 5 minutes now to have a look at  traveler’s favorite hotels in London.

And if you like one of the hotels you find, book it!

It’s fast, it’s easy and most accommodation offer free cancellation. That’s the best way to protect yourself from the inconvenience of finding nothing but mediocre rooms at exorbitant prices.

To check the best hotels deals in London , simply click on the green button below:

After securing your dream stay, it’s time to continue reading this guide!

3 days in London: the ultimate itinerary

It’s now time to plan your 3-day itinerary in London!

For this itinerary, I assume that you’ll be spending 3 full days in London and purchased the London Pass or fast track tickets in advance. That’s the best way to save time and money during your stay!

And if after reading this guide, you still need help to plan your trip, don’t hesitate to ask me in the comments section located at the end of the article.

So, what should you see and do during your 3 days in London?

London itinerary: Day 1 – the historic centre

Day 1 visits:

A. Big Ben B. Westminster Abbey C. Buckingham Palace D. Trafalgar Square E. London Eye F. Tate Britain and/or Tate Modern

You should start your 3-day trip to London by going to see the famous Big Ben.

Situated in the historic centre of the city on the banks of the Thames, you can’t miss the most iconic building of the British capital.

In fact, Big Ben is the name of the huge bell inside the tower. The tower itself, adorned on each face with 4 clocks each measuring 7 metres in diameter is called the Elizabeth Tower .

The Elizabeth Tower (106 metres height) was built in 1858 and is part of the Palace of Westminster, perhaps better known as the Houses of Parliament.

If you want to go to the top of Big Ben, you need to submit an official request months in advance and be a UK resident. So you’ll probably have to only admire it from the outside, which is already great!

Right next to the famous clock tower, you’ll find Westminster Abbey.

The Abbey is of great historical importance : many kings and queens of England were crowned here, including Queen Elizabeth II.

Westminster Abbey also features several royal tombs , including that of Mary, Queen of Scots. In the Poets’ Corner, you will also find tombs of several famous authors such as Charles Dickens and Thomas Hardy.

For your visit, you should definitely get the audio guide. It’s the best way to learn more about the history of this site.

To visit the Abbey, you can opt for one of the proposed itineraries. There is for example a quick 30 minutes visit , the 1h standard version or even a “fun version” for the kids!

As I mentioned, you absolutely need to get a fast track ticket for Westminster Abbey if you don’t want to queue for hours.

If you’ve bought the London Pass , entrance is included. Otherwise, you’ll need to buy a fast track ticket by clicking here:

You can also book a 2-hour guided tour by clicking here!

Voyage Tips - Advice Given your itinerary for the day, you should get to the abbey at the opening (9:30 a.m. on weekdays, 9 a.m. on Saturday, closed on Sunday).

Let’s continue your 3-day itinerary in London and head to another unmissable visit: Buckingham Palace!

The royal palace is just 300 metres from Big Ben and Westminster Abbey . To get there, simply take Birdcage Walk , the street that runs alongside St James’s Park .

You should get there in the morning to watch the Changing of the Guard, a must-see experience that will immerse you in the world of the British Monarchy for a moment.

At 11.00 am every Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Sunday, dozens of royal guards leave Wellington Barracks for the forecourt of Buckingham Palace to relieve their colleagues in a grand ceremony that follows the rhythm of the band.

The Changing of the Guard takes around 40 minutes and attracts thousands of tourists. So if you want to get a good spot, you should really be there around 10.30 am.

The Changing of the Guard ceremony doesn’t take place if it’s raining. You can check the online calendar to check whether it’s taking place.

You can only visit the interior of Buckingham Palace during 2 months of the year, generally in August and September. As long as you book well in advance, you’ve got 3 options (simply click on the orange links to book):

• Ticket for the State Rooms , so you can see the main reception chambers
• Entrance to the Queen’s Gallery and its large collection of works of art
• Entrance to the Royal Mews (stables) where the Royal Family’s carriages are kept.

After the changing of the guard, you should head to Trafalgar Square.

To get there, you should pass by St James’s Park, opposite the Palace. Take one of the walkways that goes through this beautiful public garden featuring lovely flowerbeds, a lake and lots of ducks and squirrels.

It will take you around 20 minutes to arrive at Trafalgar Square , a world-famous square guarded by 4 big black lions. It’s a very lively spot where you will probably see a few street performers.

Ready for a culture break?

You can then go to the National Gallery museum overlooking the square. It’s one of the most beautiful museums in London, and the entrance is free of charge, so it really would be a shame to pass it by!

Founded in 1824, the National Gallery houses one of the richest collections of works of art in Western Europe, including Van Gogh’s famous Sunflowers.

There, you can also see works by Monet, Cézanne, Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo, Picasso and Rembrandt . It’s a real paradise for art-lovers!

And if you want to learn more about the museum and the works of art on display, you can grab an audio guide and follow one of the proposed itineraries, including a 1-hour tour designed with children in mind.

Opening times can be found on the official website.

Leaving the museum, it’s now time for a ride on the biggest Ferris wheel in Europe, the London Eye, located only 15 minutes away from Trafalgar Square.

To reach the London Eye, you will need to go on the other side of the Thames , opposite to Big Ben.

Your ride will allow you to enjoy a fantastic panoramic view over London from over 130 metres high! Each capsule on the wheel has a capacity of 25 people and the complete ride takes 30 minutes.

The view from the top is truly exceptional and it’s an experience that will captivate young and old alike.

You absolutely have to book your seats in advance if you want to experience the London Eye (it’s not included in the London Pass). You need to book your ticket for the London Eye by clicking on the button below:

To save money, you can also get this combined ticket: London Eye + Thames Cruise + Hop-on Hop-off Bus.

To end your first day in London, you can visit 2 more renowned museums: the Tate Britain and the Tate Modern.

The Tate Britain is located on the north bank, in Westminster district. It’s dedicated to classical British art and houses works of art by numerous artists, including Turner, Hogarth, Francis Bacon and William Blake.

From the London Eye, it will take you about 30 minutes to get there on foot. If you don’t want to walk, your other option is to take a river bus from the London Eye.

The Tate Modern is a bit further away on the south bank, but a river bus connects the two museums every 30 minutes.

This means that if you have time, you can easily visit both museums at the end your first day. As its name suggests, the Tate Modern focuses more on modern art.

The opening hours can be found on the official website.

If you want to see London by night, you can easily switch the Tate museums with the London Eye, and do the Ferris wheel at the end of the day.

Once you leave the National Gallery , head for the Thames and Embankment Pier. Take the river bus to Millbank Pier which will drop you at the entrance to the Tate Britain. For the Tate Modern , alight at Bankside Pier.

Second day in London: Things to see and do

Day 2 visits:

A. Camden Town B. Regent’s Park C. The British Museum D. The Tower of London E. Tower Bridge F. The Shard

You should start the second day of your 3-day itinerary in London by going to Camden Town district.

To get there, simply take the metro and get off at Camden Town station.

Located in the north of the city, Camden Town is one of London’s trendiest areas. Mixing the world of punks, goths and alter-globalists , it’s an area packed with offbeat boutiques, piercing/tattoo parlours and second-hand shops… all in a welcoming and friendly atmosphere!

The impressive shop facades are adorned with huge figurines in crazy colours.

The district is especially famous for Camden Lock Market, which opens every day from 10.00 am to 6.00 pm. This flea market is clearly a must-see attraction in London!

You can browse through vintage treasures, unusual gadgets, and unique pieces of clothing, taste street food from around the globe , or simply take a walk along Regent’s Canal while listening to the live music.

Next, you should head to Regent’s Park, a public park located just 10 minutes on foot from Camden Town.

This large 166-hectare green space, one of the most beautiful in the city, is open every day from 5.00 am to 6.00 pm. It’s surrounded by beautiful neo-classical houses built in the 19h century.

In the springtime, Regent’s Park is full of flowers and a really wonderful place to take a stroll. This park is the favourite meeting place of sports lovers who come here to jog or play football, rugby or hockey.

There’s also a lake where you can rent rowing boats and pedalos, an open-air theatre (in Queen Mary’s Gardens), children’s playgrounds, cafés and restaurants.

It’s the perfect place for a romantic or family stroll in London!

Leaving the park , take the A501 and then the A400 to get to the British Museum, a 25-minute walk away.

With a collection of over 7 million objects tracing human history and culture, it’s one of the most visited museum in Great Britain.

The museum opened to the public in 1759, and began as the personal collection of Dr Hans Sloane. It has expanded over time to become one of the most prestigious museums in the world.

My favorite part of the museum was for sure the archaeology section, featuring many relics and mummies as well as the famous Rosetta Stone!

The building that houses the museum is a masterpiece of architecture . The entrance, known as The Great Court, is built under a glass and steel roof with a magnificent central rotunda.

The museum is so full of wonders that you could spend a whole day there and still not have seen everything!

But since you only have 3 days to visit London, you should devote 1 to 2 hours of your time seeing the sections you’re most interested in . That will give you enough time to fit in the other things on today’s itinerary.

Like all public museum in London, the British Museum is free of charge. It’s open every day from 10.00 am to 5.30 pm.

You want discover the best of the main exhibits in under 2 hours?

Then you should book a guided visit!

You need to book your guided tour by clicking on the button below:

After your visit to the British Museum, you can head to the famous Tower of London , located on the banks of the Thames.

This fortress dating back to 1066 has served as a royal residence but also as a prison and place of execution . The site is designated as a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Today, the tower has been converted into a museum of medieval history. Here, you’ll discover the macabre side of London’s history, through the many stories of executions that took place in the tower.

Several rooms of the castle have been designed for visitors, including the torture chamber with all the horrific equipment used at the time. You can also see the Crown Jewels here (one of the main attractions of the castle). The gardens outside the tower are also well worth a look.

Despite the theme, the visit isn’t too dark and is totally suitable for kids . Most of them actually love the place!

Free guided tours led by Yeomen Warders (Beefeaters) leave from the main entrance every 30 minutes.

There’s always a queue to get into the Tower of London, so you really should buy your tickets in advance to avoid wasting time.

Entry is included in the London Pass or you can also buy your entrance tickets separately by clicking on the green button below:

To get from the British Museum to the Tower of London , it’s best to take the metro (or if you’re really feeling up to it, it’s a 50-minute walk).

Right next to the Tower of London , you can’t miss the impressive Tower Bridge , another of the city’s iconic landmarks.

With its two immense Gothic towers and sky blue ironwork, you will immediately recognize it. It’s even more impressive at night when it’s illuminated!

This bridge was built across the Thames in the 19th century, and has connected the north and south banks of London since then. At the time it was built, it was the most sophisticated bascule bridge in the world.

If you’re lucky, you may even get the chance to see it open to let a tall boat through.

You can admire the Tower Bridge from the banks of the Thames, walk across it, and even visit the old engine rooms inside one of the towers.

From the highest level , you can also walk on a glass walkway that makes you feel like you’re floating above the Thames. It’s quite impressive!

Entry to Tower Bridge is included in the London Pass.

To end the second day of your 3 days in London in style, head to the top of The Shard to enjoy a fantastic panoramic view.

From the Tower Bridge, it’s just a 10-minute walk to get there.

On the 72nd floor of the tower, you will find the highest viewing platform in Western Europe. Needless to say, the view across London is spectacular!

Ascent of The Shard is included in the London Pass. If you don’t have the pass, you need to book your tickets in advance by clicking on the button below:

Third day in London: where to go?

Day 3 visits:

A. Notting Hill B. The Natural History Museum C. Hyde Park D. Oxford Street E. Soho F. Piccadilly Circus G. Covent Garden

For the third day of your 72 hour stay in London, you will start by discovering Notting Hill district.

You can get there by metro, alighting at Notting Hill Gate station.

This fashionable district of the British capital gained global fame thanks to the film “Notting Hill” starring Julia Roberts and Hugh Grant. If you’re a fan, you can go in search of the film’s locations!

Compared to central London, Notting Hill is more like a quiet little village, and its elegant pastel-coloured homes lend it great charm.

The flea market at Portobello Road (held every morning) is one of the main tourist attractions in this upmarket district. You can expect to see lots of stalls selling second-hand clothes, vintage items, accessories, antiques and culinary specialities to eat on the go.

The other major event that happens in this part of London is the annual carnival that takes place on the last weekend of August. It’s a parade of over 5 km to the sound of Caribbean music. If you happen to be there at the right time, it’s a show you shouldn’t miss.

And if you want to make the most of your visit to Notting Hill, you should book this guided tour:

Now, walk through Kensington district and to reach the Natural History Museum (25-minute walk).

London’s Natural History Museum is the most visited natural history museum in Europe, attracting 5 million visitors each year.

This huge museum housed in a magnificent building is extremely comprehensive, with thousands of things to admire and discover. And of course, it’s free of charge!

Zoology, botany, volcanology, archaeology, dinosaurs, anthropology, mineralogy … the museum boasts several rich and varied galleries. There are also lots of fun activities to do with children.

You could easily spend a whole day there, but to make sure you have time for the other things on your day’s itinerary, you should keep it to 2 to 2.5 hours maximum.

Seeing London in 3 days on foot also gives you time to discover the city’s most beautiful parks. And Hyde Park is conveniently just 10 minutes from the museum.

Hyde Park is the largest green space in the centre of the city. Like Central Park in New-York and the Mount Royal Park in Montreal , it’s one of the most beautiful city parks in the world.

If you’re following the suggested itinerary, you should get there around lunchtime. You’ll find a wide choice of snack bars and restaurants around and within the park.

If the weather’s good, it’s a great spot for a picnic on the vast expanse of green grass, or lunch on the terrace beside the water.

At the north-east corner of the park , you might come across one of London’s oddities: every Sunday, anonymous speakers come to express their opinions, very often with a touch of humour. It’s known as the “Speakers’ Corner”.

At Christmas time , there’s a huge Christmas Market in Hyde Park, accompanied by the Winter Wonderland fair and the biggest outdoor skating rink in the United Kingdom.

And if you’re in London in the summer, you’ll have the chance to enjoy concerts and festivals.

How about a bit of shopping next?

Oxford Street , the London equivalent of the Champs-Élysées in Paris, is located around 15 minutes form the park exit.

If you’re enjoying a short stay in the English capital, it’s nice to take a walk there to do some shopping or simply to admire the shop windows.

Stretching for more than 2.5 km, this street is home to over 600 stores selling fashion, interior design items, cosmetics, high-tech and more. The prices are quite reasonable, and the best-known English chains are all there, including Marks & Spencer, TopShop, The Body Shop, Primark and Urban Outfitters among others.

The next stop on your 3 days in London is Soho, the most vibrant district of London! It’s right next to Oxford Street.

It may be very small, but it’s home to an impressive concentration of pubs, theatres, restaurants, cinemas and clubs . Basically, it’s where all the Londoners go to party!

It’s always packed and there’s a really great vibe whatever day of the week.

And it’s in Soho that you can watch the best musicals in London, but tickets are in big demand so don’t forget to book your tickets in advance.

If you want to see the famous musical “Les Misérables” at the Sondheim Theatre in London, make sure you buy your tickets in advance here.

If you’d prefer to see the no less famous “Phantom of the Opera”, you can book there!

If you’re looking for an original experience in Soho, you really should opt for a Harry Potter-themed guided tour .

Departing from Soho, your guide takes you to the cult locations from the films including Diagon Alley, Gringotts, platform 9 3/4, Knockturn Alley and much more besides. It’s a really good tour and the guide is amazing!

To book your Harry Potter guided tour , simply click on the button below:

From Soho, you can go to Piccadilly Circus to admire the lights and enjoy the festive atmosphere of this famous square with its giant advertising screens.

You should end your 3-day London itinerary with Covent Garden , the former site of London’s covered market.

The market was relocated in the 1970s but fortunately retained its very beautiful glass roof which today houses several shops, restaurants, artisan studios and the London Transport Museum.

It’s a very popular area for tourists, with several shopping streets, street performances and a crafts market every Saturday morning.

Now all you have to do is enjoy your last evening before flying home the next day.

And there you have it, London holds no more secrets for you! Now, the only thing left is to find an amazing place to stay. Let’s talk about it just below!

So now you know what to do in London in 3 days but there’s still one questions that remain unanswered: where to stay?

I won’t lie, it’s not easy to find affordable accommodation in London . As you’d expect in a major tourist city, the prices charged by hotels in central London are pretty high.

You really do need to book in advance to get the best rates. If you already know your travel dates, book your accommodation now!

• The Chamberlain: Close to Tower Bridge, the Tower of London and the banks of the Thames. This British-style hotel offers cosy, comfortable double rooms from 120€ per night, breakfast 12€. Strong points: a smartphone is made available, excellent locations, the welcoming staff and the comfortable bed linen. It’s my favourite for its excellent value for money!
• Hotel Indigo London – Kensington: This hotel is in the borough of Kensington and Chelsea, and very close to a tube station. Well-equipped, quiet and warm double room from 200€, breakfast from 19€. Strong points: the quiet area, cosy ambience cosy, the smiling and efficient staff.
• Haymarket Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: 5* hotel close to London’s “theatreland”, minutes on foot from St James Park and 15 minutes from Buckingham Palace. Really comfortable, spacious and quiet double room from 390€ per night, breakfast 20€. Strong points: perfect location, charming staff and excellent bed linen. The best choice for a romantic stay in London!
• The Soho Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: A luxury hotel right in the heart of London, 5 minutes from Oxford Street and Soho, and just 10 minutes from Piccadilly Circus. Really spacious designer and magnificently decorated double room from 500€ per night, breakfast 29€. Strong points: the perfect geographical location, magnificent bedrooms, the sumptuous breakfast. The best hotel in London for a luxury stay!

If you’d prefer a London hotel that isn’t too expensive, you should check out the “Z Hotel” chain. You can find them in lots of different areas of London, and prices start of 60€ per night. They’re the best bet for budget accommodation in London.

• The Z Hotel Shoreditch
• The Z Hotel Gloucester Place
• The Z Hotel City
• The Z Hotel Victoria
• The Z Hotel Piccadilly
• The Z Hotel Soho

Visiting London with your children for 3 days is a great idea!

However, depending on the age of your kids, you might want to make a few slight changes to this itinerary . They’ll love most of places to visit and activities mentioned, but you may need to spend a bit less time in the museums, as it might not be the most interesting for them.

That said, most of London’s museums offer fun tours and workshops especially for children, and they don’t generally last more than 1 hour.

From my experience, the activities in London that kids enjoy the most are:

• The Changing of the Guard on the forecourt of Buckingham Palace
• The London Eye
• The Natural History Museum

The musicals showing in the theatres of Soho are also a big hit with kids. Seeing a show together makes for an excellent family night out .

In terms of getting around , all the attractions on the first day are close to each other, so you should follow the itinerary on foot on day 1, and it’s also a more interesting way to get a first impression of the city.

If your kids are tired, or too young to walk, can opt to get around by bus. They will for sure love travelling on the red double-decker buses, preferably upstairs and right at the front!

You can book the double-decker hop-on hop-off bus tour by clicking here.

You can also take them on a cruise on the Thames, so that everyone can enjoy the main sites without getting tired:

If you’ve enjoyed my 3-day itinerary in London and still have some time left, you should read my full tourist guide. It’s packed with ideas for more things to do and see to bring your 3-day holiday in London to a wonderful end.

You can read it here: The 20 Best Things to do in London

It might even make you want to stay longer in London! Why not spend 4 or 5 days in the city?

To help you visualize your daily itineraries during your 3 days in London, I have created this map with all the places to visit day by day . You can view the legend of the map by clicking on the top left button, the one with a little arrow.

You can thus see the suggested itineraries for each day.

As always, you should book your plane tickets as early as possible to get the best prices.

To check the rates and schedules for flights to London, you can use our flight comparator, in partnership with Skyscanner:

Need help planning your 3-day itinerary in London? You can ask me your questions in the comment section located at the end of this article. I’d be happy to help you organize your stay in London!

Discover all my articles about London : All my articles to help you plan your trip to England are listed there.

• London: Top 20 best things to do
• 2 days in London – The perfect itinerary for 48h!
• 3 Days in London – The best 72h itinerary
• 4 Days in London – The defitinive guide to plan your trip
• 5 Days in London – How to plan your itinerary + My best tips!
• One week in London – The perfect 7-day itinerary
• Where to stay in London? My guide of the best places to stay for all budgets

You’re using Pinterest? Here is the picture to pin!

Creator of the Voyage Tips blog, travel and photography lover. I give you all my best tips to plan your next trip.

Related Stories

5 days in Edinburgh: the perfect Itinerary (first time visit)

Gozo quad rental: The definitive guide

Visit Gozo: Top 10 Things To Do and Best Places to Visit

Discussion 7 comments.

Hi Vincent, Found your site very informative – thank you! Just a question…….we are travelling to the UK mid July 2024, wondering when we should purchase the “London Pass” and also ……..should we purchase an “Oyster Card” online or wait till we arrive in London?

Thank you! I’m glad my 3-day London itinerary is helping you plan your visits.

You can buy your London Pass 1 or 2 months before your trip to London. For the Oyster Card, you can buy it directly on arrival, at the airport or in a metro station.

Enjoy your (future) stay in London!

Your London itinerary for 3 days with children is excellent. Where would be best to stay ideally no more than £60 per night. Is there a convenient centre-to-the-tour suggestion? What about Air B&B type accommodation? Would welcome any suggestions – it’s for probably 3 adults and 2 children.

Thanks a lot! I’m glad that my 3-day itinerary in London is helping you to plan your stay.

For £60 per night, there is the “Z hotel” chain I’m talking about which offers rooms at that rate at certain times of the year, but these are rooms for 2 people.

Unfortunately, you won’t find accommodation for 5 people at £60 a night in London, the rates are usually much higher. You can check Booking or Airbnb for your travel dates and that will give you an idea of the rates at this time of the year!

Moving away from London city center will help to find cheaper accommodation, however you would also need to add the cost of public transportation for 5 people.

Enjoy your trip to London!

Hi, Your 3 days itinerary is very helpful for our planning. We are going to travel internationally with 3 days -4 nights stopover in London. We are thinking to stay near Heathrow airport as we have a good no of bags for family of 4. How much will be time travelling to Central London to visit attractions? Also, what kind of public transportation is available from airport?

Thanks, Nad

Thanks! I’m glad my 3-day itinerary in London helps you to plan your trip.

From Heathrow airport you have:

– The Heathrow Express, the train that links the airport to Paddington station in just 15 minutes. Paddington is just north of Hyde Park. From here you can walk or take the tube to attractions. You can book your journey directly online by clicking on the following link: Heathrow Express .

– The Underground runs from the airport directly into central London. It’s cheaper than the train but takes longer (about 1 hour).

– The bus to Victoria bus station, which is just 1 km from Buckingham Palace (journey time between 45 min and 1 hour).

Enjoy your 3-day trip to London!

Thank you for quick response. This will certainly help us.

Leave A Reply Cancel Reply

Your Name (required)

Your Email (required)

Your Website (optional)

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Middle East
• North America
• Cheap car rentals: my best advice
• Back to Homepage

Savvy Travel Advice

3 Days in London: A Perfect 72 Hour London Itinerary

Last updated: January 28, 2024 - Written by Jessica Norah 160 Comments

London is one of the world’s largest and most exciting cities, offering visitors thousands of things to do, including museums, royal palaces, beautiful parks, historical sites, and world-class theatre.

With all these options, planning a trip to London can be a bit overwhelming, especially for first time visitors. We’ve put together a recommended 3 day London itinerary that will help you see the city’s highlights if you have at least 3 days in London.

Our suggested 3 day itinerary has you visiting all the city’s most famous attractions (e.g., Westminster Abbey, Windsor Castle, Tower of London) as well as some of the city’s lesser-known attractions.

In addition to the 3 day itinerary, we also provide tips on how to get around London, a map that plots out each day’s suggested itinerary, and tips on how to save money during your 3 days in London.

Table of Contents:

Planning Tips for 3 Days in London 

Before we share the 3 day London itinerary, we wanted to make sure you have all the planning information to make the most of your 3 days in London. So we first share information on how to get around London, how to save money on sightseeing, day trip recommendations, advice on where to stay, and further trip planning resources.

How to Get to London

London is well-connected to the rest of the world and easy to reach by plane or train. Most international visitors arrive by air.

London has six main airports, and you can get to London from almost any part of the world. If you are arriving from an international location outside Europe, Heathrow  is likely to be your arrival airport. For helping in getting into London from an airport, see our London airport guide  which covers transport options from all 6 airports.

If you are arriving by train, London is well-connected to train routes throughout the UK and Europe with a number of train stations in and around central London. Those planning to travel by train throughout the UK might want to see if a BritRail Pass might save you money, or another rail pass if traveling throughout Europe by train.

Those arriving from Scotland can check out our Edinburgh to London guide , and might want to consider taking an  overnight sleeper train .

If you are arriving from continental Europe by train or car, you’ll need to travel across the English Channel on the  EuroStar  train or take a ferry.

How to Get around London

London is best explored either on foot or by public transportation. Cabs and bike hires are also options.

London has a great public transportation network and most visitors spend at least some time traveling on it. This includes public bus, tram, and rail services (including “the Tube”) within the city. You can buy individual tickets for each ride, but many visitors get an Oyster Card  which allows you to travel on almost all the city’s public transit options and can save you time and money.

If you are considering an Oyster Card, you can read our full Oyster Card review . For more information and tips on getting around London, check out our detailed  public transport guide to London .

We do not recommend driving in London unless you are planning to stay on the outskirts of the city as driving and finding parking in central busy locations can be a nightmare. Parking is also expensive in many areas and there are congestion fees for driving in the city center.

If you are driving to London, I’d park your car when you arrive in the city and then use public transport to get around the city.

If you need to book a taxi in London, we recommend using minicabit to compare prices and make a booking.

How to Save Money on Sightseeing in London

London can be an expensive destination for visitors and the costs of a trip here can quickly add up. There are a number of London discount passes you can purchase before your trip to help you save money (and time) at London’s most popular attractions and museums.

Our favorite London discount pass is the  London Pass which allows free entry into over 80 of London’s top attractions, including the Tower of London , Westminster Abbey, View from the Shard, Windsor Castle, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and many more.

The Pass also comes with a free hop-on, hop-off bus ticket, hop-on hop-off river boat, and additional discounts on food, shopping, theatre tickets, and tours. You can see a full list of attractions and benefits here .

We’ve used the London Pass on a number of visits and have written an in-depth London Pass review  which you can read to help determine if the London Pass would help you save money or time on your trip.

Although London can be expensive, it also has a number of fantastic free attractions including beautiful green parks, historic sites, and world-class museums like the British Museum, National Gallery, and Victoria & Albert Museum. Also be sure to check for special events and festivals that may be happening during your visit. 

Possible Day Trips from London

If you only have 3 days in London you certainly won’t need to leave the city for want of things to do. If this is your first visit, we actually would recommend spending the full 3 days in London as there is so much to see, do, eat, and take in! But we know that for many visitors, there is a must-see attraction outside of London that they want to see such as Stonehenge, Oxford, or the Warner Brothers Harry Potter Studio tour .

If there is something you really want to see in southern England and you only have the three days, then you can visit it as a day trip from London. For most places, you’ll have the option to see it as part of a guided tour, take public transit, arrange a private transfer, or rent a car and drive yourself.

We recommend taking public transit, joining a tour, or booking a private transfer to do a day tour from London. Unless you arrived by car or are planning to drive in the UK after your visit to London, we don’t really recommend having a car in central London as it can be a headache with the traffic, lack of parking, high overnight parking rates, and congestion charges.

Below are some popular London day trip options to consider:

• Stonehenge – This ancient and mysterious stone circle is one of the most popular stops on a day trip from London. Most commonly done as a bus day trip, but you can also do it via public transit (train plus shuttle), rent a car, or book a private transfer. Read about our Stonehenge day trip experience here , which was a version of this tour  of Stonehenge, Bath, and the Cotswolds. A couple other suggestions for guided tours are this express half-day trip  to Stonehenge or this full day trip which includes inner stone access at Stonehenge and a stop in Bath.
• WB Harry Potter Studio – Harry Potter fans will likely want to make time to visit the Warner Brothers Studio located outside the city in Leavesden where all of the Harry Potter films were filmed. The Harry Potter Studio Tour  (fee) includes loads of original sets, clothing, props, interactive exhibits, and a giant gift shop. You can get here from London via public transit (train plus shuttle) or by booking a tour or transfer. Tickets must be booked in advance. You can also  book a tour  from central London that will take you directly to and from the studio so you don’t have to take the train and shuttle. If you want to take a walking tour of the Harry Potter London filming sites consider this guided tour .
• Oxford – Oxford is a compact and scenic historical city that is home to England’s oldest university. You can read our post about things to do in Oxford and how to plan your own Oxford day trip from London . It is easy to reach by train. If you are interested in a guided tour, you might consider this tour which visits Oxford plus the Cotswolds.
• Highclere Castle  – Highclere Castle is the country house home of the Earl of Carnarvon, but it is better known as Downton Abbey from the hit British period TV series. The best way to get here is by car or by joining a tour. Here is a suggested guided tour option that includes a visit to Highclere Castle, Bampton (used as Downton village), and other Downton Abbey filming locations. Open seasonally so check opening dates before planning a visit.
• Stratford-upon-Avon  – Stratford-upon-Avon is a picturesque Midlands market town that is best known as the birthplace of William Shakespeare and for its well-preserved Tudor buildings. Best ways to get here is by car, train, or guided tour. Here is a  guided tour option that includes a visit to Stratford-upon-Avon and the Cotswolds. See our guide to things to do in Stratford-upon-Avon here .

Where to Stay in London for 3 Days

If you are planning to do a visit that is similar to our suggested 3 day London itinerary, we’d recommend staying in central London to avoid added travel time. We’d suggest staying somewhere in the region between Kensington in the west and Canary Wharf in the east.

London has every type of accommodation option that you can imagine, from  inexpensive hostels  to self-catering  apartments  to 5-star  luxury hotels .

London is home to some really classic luxury hotels like  The Ritz ,  The Dorchester ,  Brown’s , and  The Savoy , but it also has a number of mid-range and budget friendly chains like  Holiday Inn Express ,  Travelodge ,  Best Western ,  Premier Inn , and  Ibis.

London is an expensive city so expect to pay a bit more than you might normally in less expensive destinations. But if you book in advance and compare prices, you should be able to find something that will fit most budgets.

To find the best rates on hotels in London, we recommend searching on Booking com or Hotels.com as in our experience these two sites tend to have the best prices and widest choice on both hotels and a range of apartments.

If you are looking for self-catering apartments or rooms, we recommend checking out Plum Guide . In our experience they offer some of the best options. See their listings for London here . There are also loads of other apartment booking sites  you can check.

Here are a few suggestions across budgets (lowest to highest):

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel  – A well reviewed centrally located hostel, only a 15 minute walk from the Palace of Westminster (Big Ben) and Parliament Square.
• SoHostel – Another well-reviewed hostel located just at the edge of Westminster, only a 15 minute walk from Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.
• Point A Hotel – This is a hotel within the well-priced Point A hotel range, and this one is well-reviewed and located in Westminster. A 17 minute walk to Parliament Square and Westminster Abbey. We’ve stayed here; rooms are tiny but clean and a great budget option.
• Premier Inn – This well-rated mid-range 3-star option is located hotel is located near the Borough Market and London Bridge.
• Hilton Tower Bridge – This well-rated hotel offers a good value for what it offers and is located within a short walk of Tower Bridge, London Bridge, and Borough Market.
• The Resident Victoria Hotel – A centrally located 4-star hotel offering excellent value for money located near Buckingham Palace. We’ve stayed here; the lower priced rooms are small but the hotel is very well-located.
• Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
• Brown’s – If you are looking for a classic 5-star London luxury hotel, you can’t go wrong with Brown’s which provides intimate boutique luxury. It is the oldest hotel in London and is located in Mayfair within a 12 minute walk from Buckingham Palace.
• The Savoy  – Another classic 5-star luxury hotel, this one much larger, located in central London. Less than 10 minute walk to Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.

For many more options, see our complete guide to where to stay in London , which also has tips on what to look for and the different neighbourhoods in the city.

Have More or Less than 3 Days in London?

If you have less than 3 days in London, we have also written a suggested guide to spending  1 day in London  as well as a  2 day London itinerary . We also have a guide to seeing the best of the city and its royal sites in a  one day London walking tour .

If you have more than 3 days, we also have a 6 day London itinerary  that should give you plenty of ideas of how to spend up to 1 week in London.

If you’re in London for longer than 1 week and want some advice, feel free to leave us a comment and we’re always happy to provide some suggestions based on what you enjoy doing and seeing.

Further Information & London Resources

We have written a lot about London on both of our travel blogs, so you can check out our  London articles on Finding the Universe  and our  London articles  on this blog for more info and to see where we’ve been.

For additional planning resources, the  city tourism website  and  Visit Great Britain  websites also offer tons of helpful information for visitors. If your travels are taking you beyond London, you can check out Laurence’s suggested  2-week UK itinerary  to get you started.

If you are looking for a London guidebook, we recommend either the latest Rick Steves guidebook or Lonely Planet guidebooks .

Most of our suggested itinerary has you walking and using the Tube, so we recommend picking up a decent walking map for London. We really like the London  laminated Streetwise map  (it also includes a central Underground Tube map), but you can also probably find a free paper map at your hotel or at a visitor center.

If you are looking for packing tips for your trip, check out our suggested  London packing list .

3 Day London Itinerary: How to Spend 3 Days in London

Now, we’ll share our suggested 3-day London itinerary. Our itinerary is geared to the first-time visitor to London who has 3 days in London (or more), and is interested in visiting a number of historic and cultural attractions as well as some green spaces and scenic viewpoints.

As with all of our suggested itineraries, we recommend that you use this as a guide for your trip and tailor it to suit your individual interests, needs, and speed of travel. If you have any questions as you are planning your trip to London, please feel free to leave us a comment in the Comments section at the end of this post.

Be sure to check on the opening dates and hours for any must-see attractions before you set out as many attractions close for one day per week, or may be closed due to renovation or a special event.

For all attractions with an entrance fee, we’ve noted there is an entry fee by writing “(fee)” next to them. Since many visitors use the  London Pass , the attractions that are included on the London Pass are starred (*) denoting that passholders receive free entry so these attractions have “(fee*)” next to them. We do our best to keep this information updated, but things change so you may want to double-check fees and London Pass inclusions before your trip.

The map below shows the suggested walking routes for each of the three days in London with all major London itinerary locations noted. Click  here  or double click on the map below for a closer look and to see exact locations in Google maps:

London Itinerary Day 1 – Explore Westminster

We recommend starting your trip to London in Westminster as it is the geographical, cultural, and political center of the city. The City of Westminster is actually its own city within London! Here you’ll find some of London’s most iconic buildings, including Buckingham Palace, Palace of Westminster, and Westminster Abbey.

Many people enjoy taking a sightseeing bus or walking tour to get a good overview of a city before heading off to explore on their own. If this is you, I’d recommend doing it on your first day in London to get a good orientation.

• If you like hop on hop off buses, the City Sightseeing bus covers many of London’s highlights. A  free sightseeing bus is included for those with a London Pass.
• If you enjoy walking tours we can recommend  Take Walks which offers several tours in London as well as many other locations in Europe. We have used them several times and all their tours are well-rated.
• If you are looking for a full day walking tour that will cover most of the highlights of Westminster, we recommend this one  or this one . Both cover many of the highlights including a visit to Tower of London , a Thames river cruise, and seeing the Changing of the Guard. You can read a full description of the full day London walking tour I did on my very first visit to London to get an idea of what these are like.
• If you are looking for a half day tour, you might consider this 4 hour tour .
• If you are a Harry Potter fan, consider a Harry Potter guided walking tour like this one
• If you are looking for a private walking tour of London or a customized tour, we recommend checking out the London tours offered by Context Travel.

Our suggested Day 1 London itinerary starts and stops near Parliament Square, but you can begin it at any point along the route. Today’s route is walkable but you can also get around via public transit, taxi, or a sightseeing bus as well.

Parliament Square & Houses of Parliament

We’re going to start off our itinerary at Parliament Square which is a well known public square in Westminster that is easy to get to via public transport and is a stop on all the main sightseeing buses as well. Around the square you’ll also find the statues of a number of famous people, including Winston Churchill, Abraham Lincoln, Robert Peel, and Gandhi.

This popular square is surrounded by famous buildings, including Westminster Abbey, St. Margaret’s Church, the UK Supreme Court, and the Palace of Westminster. The Palace of Westminster, better known as the Houses of Parliament, is probably best known for its famous Big Ben bell which sits within the iconic golden Elizabeth Tower.

The large government building is named after the former medieval palace of the same name. A few sections of the medieval palace of Westminster still remain, including the 14th century  Jewel Tower  (fee*) which you can visit.

Although perhaps not a priority stop with only 3 days in London, the public can tour the  Houses of Parliament  (fee) on certain dates. Tours include visits to the Westminster Hall, St. Stephens Hall, Commons Chamber, and the Lords Chamber. UK residents can contact their local MP or a Member of the House of Lords to arrange a free tour. Otherwise, you can  book a tour ticket online  for a self-guided audio tour or guided tour. Tours must be booked in advance.

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey  (fee*) is one of the most famous and impressive churches in England. It dates back to 1245 and was mostly built in the Gothic style. Inside the church are tombs and memorials to a number of the most famous British people from the past 1,000 years, including royalty, scientists, aristocrats, and artists. It has also been used for all English and British coronations since William the Conqueror in 1066 as well as being the site of numerous royal weddings, including the 2011 wedding of Prince William and Catherine Middleton.

If you plan to visit Westminster Abbey be sure to leave extra time to get in and see everything as it is a popular place and it takes a while to explore. An audioguide is included and will help you make the most of your self-guided visit. You can skip the line and get fast track entry by booking your ticket online in advance here .

In summer 2018, the  Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries  (fee) via the new Weston Tower of Westminster Abbey Tower was opened. The galleries house exhibits about the history of the abbey as well as a number of priceless artifacts. Admission to the Galleries is currently an extra £5.00 and you will receive a timed ticket since space is limited.

Guided tours of the main sections of the Abbey are also possible for a small extra fee (currently £5/person), check at arrival or on the Abbey website for tour times.

Churchill War Rooms

The  Churchill War Rooms (fee) is made up of two connected museums: the Cabinet War Rooms and the Churchill Museum. The Cabinet War Rooms allows visitors to explore the huge underground secret bunker where the majority of the World War 2 effort was directed from 1939 to 1945. An audioguide and interpretive exhibits help visitors understand the maze of underground rooms and what happened here.

The Churchill Museum is a large room dedicated to the life of Winston Churchill. It provides information on his life from his early years to his death in 1965, with a focus on his long political career. This is the most comprehensive museum I’ve ever visited on Churchill and our favorite site of the many  Winston Churchill sites in London . Book your tickets online in advance here .

For those with an interest in the London Blitz, we can also recommend the  London Churchill War Room tour  (save 10% off any Context tour using this link) by Context Travel which includes a guided visit to the Churchill War Rooms as well as a guided tour of parts of London related to the Blitz.

Those interested in military and war related history, should check out this list of London war museums and memorials .

St. James’s Park

We now recommend walking through St. James’ Park in the direction of Buckingham Palace for a bit of greenery. The 50-acre park is one of the city’s 8 Royal Parks and is known for its famous pelican residents. There is a café located within the park if you need a tea or coffee break or a light lunch.

Near the park is the  The Guards Museum  (fee*) which tells the history of the British Army Guards regiments as well as St. James’s Palace , a 16th century palace that was once the main residence of the British monarch. Today the palace is still used as a residence for members of the British royal family (although not the monarch) and as a meeting place. The palace is not open to visitors.

Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace is the most famous palace in the UK and serves as the primary London residence for the reigning sovereign of the United Kingdom. The royal palace dates back to 1703 and was originally built as a townhouse for the Duke of Buckingham, but was later acquired by King George III. Queen Victoria was the first monarch to officially reside in the palace.

If you want to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony, you’ll need to skip either the morning visit to Westminster Abbey or the Churchill War Rooms (you can visit one later in the afternoon instead) to get to Buckingham Palace before 11am. The Changing of the Queen’s Guard ceremony takes place on most days at the forecourt of Buckingham Palace around 11am, and lasts about 45 minutes. If you want to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony, check the  schedule online  in advance (may be cancelled last minute due to weather or security issues) and show up early to get a good viewing spot.

If you want a spot to watch part of the Changing of the Guard with fewer people, you might consider watching from in front of Friary Court in front of St. James Palace (the Old Guard normally lines up and starts here). Another alternative is to watch the Changing of the The Queen’s Lifeguard (horse guards) at the  Horse Guards Parade .

Most visitors are happy to just get a look at the palace and perhaps see the Changing of the Guard, but you can also tour the State Rooms at Buckingham Palace (fee) in the summer (generally August and September only). You need to book tickets in advance if you want to tour the palace, you can get tickets here for a tour and self-guided tours include audioguides.

Even if you can’t visit the State Rooms of Buckingham Place, there are places on the palace grounds that are open to the public year round. At the  Royal Mews  (fee) you can see a large number of royal carriages and coaches, including the Diamond Jubilee State Coach. At the Queen’s Gallery  (fee*) you’ll find excellent art exhibitions from the royal collection which change regularly throughout the year.

Piccadilly Circus

We now recommend heading to Piccadilly Circus en route to Trafalgar Square. Piccadilly Circus  doesn’t have any clowns, but it is a famous circular road junction well-known for its neon signs and advertising. You’ll find the well-known Shaftesbury Memorial Fountain  here.

From here, it is a short walk to many of London’s West End theaters (head up Shaftesbury Avenue) or to London’s West End shopping area (follow Regent Street).

Trafalgar Square & the National Gallery

Trafalgar Square is one of the most popular public squares in London and is home to Nelson’s Column (a monument to Admiral Horatio Nelson) and London’s famous stone lion statues. The square also features performing street artists and contemporary art (a changing featured piece of art occupies the square’s Fourth Plinth ).

Here you’ll also find two of London top art museums, the  National Gallery  and the  National Portrait Gallery . We’ve spent a lot of time in both over the years and they include world-class art from artists such as Picasso, Turner, Titian, and Monet. If you love art, I’d plan to spend some time at one or both of these museums. Entry is free (special exhibitions may cost extra) at both museums although donations are greatly appreciated.

If you are traveling with kids, they may enjoy creating a brass rubbing they can take home with them at the nearby  London Brass Rubbing Centre (fee) located underground within St. Martin-in-the-Fields. Note that this isn’t always available, check the website for when you can do it.

Now we recommend walking down Whitehall, which is the street running south from Trafalgar Square towards Parliament Square. Whitehall is so named for the Palace of Whitehall, a large medieval royal palace complex that stood here until it was destroyed by fire in 1698. It was the largest palace in the world at one time with over 1,500 rooms!

A small well-preserved section of the Whitehall palace complex, the  Banqueting Hall (fee), can still be visited today. The Banqueting House was designed by Inigo Jones and features a beautiful ceiling painted by Peter Paul Reubens.

Today Whitehall is still the center of the UK Government and you’ll pass a number of government buildings along your walk. You’ll also pass the  The Household Calvary Museum  (fee*), a small museum dedicated to the history of the Household Cavalry which is located in the 18th century stables of the Horse Guards. In the middle of the street, you’ll also see The Cenotaph , the UK’s national war memorial.

You’ll also pass by the entrance to Downing Street which is where the Prime Minister (at 10 Downing Street) and other UK government ministers reside. The street is gated and guarded, but you can peek through and should be able to get a glimpse 10 Downing Street, which is the headquarters of the UK government and official residence of the UK Prime Minister.

As you continue your walk, you’ll end back in Parliament Square where we started our day.

Westminster Bridge

Now we recommend walking across Parliament Square and onto Westminster Bridge. This bridge dates back to 1862 but there has been a bridge here since 1750. From the bridge, you’ll have a fantastic view back of the Houses of Parliament and the River Thames. You can then take a walk along the Thames or head off to dinner.

London Dungeon

If you still have time and stamina you might want to continue on across Westminster Bridge to where you’ll find several attractions located along the Thames, including the London Dungeon and the London Eye .

The  London Dungeon  (fee) is a popular interactive walkthrough attraction that uses costumed actors, special effects, and rides to share some of London’s darker and more gory history and provide some laughs and screams along the way.

The educational and historical part of the experience here is a bit questionable, but if you enjoy amusement parks and haunted houses, you’ll probably enjoy this. Not recommended for young children or those with a nervous disposition.

Next door to the London Dungeon are two family-oriented attractions, the Sea Life London Aquarium  (fee) and  DreamWorks Tours: Shrek’s Adventure  (fee).

If you are wanting to visit these attractions, none of them are currently covered by the recommended London Pass.

The  London Eye  (fee) is Europe’s tallest observation wheel and a great place to get some nice views over London and the Thames. Visitors stand in large enclosed glass pods on this giant ferris wheel like attraction and it spins very slowly to give visitors expansive views. You can also add champagne to the experience or even get a private pod.

The London Eye is open late (depending on the time of year) making it a great last stop or even after dinner visit. Around sunset is a nice time to do this ride. Great in good weather, I’d skip if the weather is too bad as it will spoil the views.

You can save money (and time) by purchasing your tickets in advance. Online prices are usually much lower than if you buy at the ticket desk.

You can buy tickets for the London Eye from the official site here . We also have a complete guide to visiting the London Eye here .

London Itinerary Day 2 – City of London & Southwark

Today we recommend exploring the City of London. The City of London is another “city within a city” like Westminster. It is home to much of the city’s financial and banking services, and is also the oldest part of the city. This area was named “Londinium” by the Romans and you’ll find an interesting mix of the city’s oldest landmarks and most modern buildings here.

Across the River Thames from the City of London is the London Borough of Southwark. A number of top London attractions and landmarks can be found here including HMS Belfast, the Tate Modern, The Shard, Southwark Cathedral, the Imperial War Museum, and Borough Market.

You can get around and do this itinerary on foot, but you may want to take public transit to get from the Sky Garden to St. Paul’s Cathedral to save time. If you are planning to do a Thames river cruise, you may want to do it today after your visit to the Tower of London. 

Tower of London

The  Tower of London  (fee*) was first built by William the Conqueror in 1078 as a royal castle and defense tower. It was then expanded over the centuries and served many purposes, including a fortress, prison, armory, and Royal Mint. Today is it a UNESCO world heritage site and it is famous for serving as a prison and execution site of famous people like Queen Anne Boleyn and Lady Jane Grey, and for housing the Crown Jewels.

The Tower of London is definitely one of the most popular (and one of our favorite) attractions in London, so we recommend being there near opening time if you can. Once inside, we recommend visiting the Crown Jewels first as this part can get very crowded.

There is a lot of to see here but some of the highlights are the Crown Jewels, the White Tower, the Tower Green, and the tours given by the Beefeaters ( Yeoman Warders ). For more information, see our complete guide to visiting the Tower of London .

The Tower of London is included on the London Pass, or you can book tickets in advance here .

If you enjoy nice views, we recommend a stop at Sky Garden, London’s highest public garden. The terraced garden area is laid out over three storeys (level 35 to 37) and there is an observation deck, bar, and open air terrace.

Although the Sky Garden is technically a public garden and can be visited for free, we recommend booking a space in advance as they are often fully booked and can’t always accommodate walk-ins. Tickets are generally released each week and can be booked up to 2 weeks in advance. If the free slots are already booked out and you still want to visit and enjoy the views, you can generally still get in by making a restaurant reservation and eating at one of the several restaurants located here.

Nearby, we recommend stopping by to see The Monument , a 202 foot Doric column monument designed by Christopher Wren and Robert Hooke to commemorate the Great Fire of 1666 . The column stands approximately at the spot the fire started. Visitors can actually go inside (fee*) and climb the over 300 stairs to the viewing platform on top.

You can then walk to St. Paul’s (about 15 minutes) or take the Underground from The Monument stop to the St. Paul’s Cathedral stop.

St. Paul’s Cathedral

St. Paul’s Cathedral  (fee*) dates back to 1697 after the previous one was badly destroyed by the Great Fire of London in 1666. It was rebuilt by Christopher Wren in the English Baroque style, but a church dedicated to St. Paul has been on this site since the 7th century!

The dome of the cathedral is a recognizable feature of the London skyline and the church has long been seen as a symbol of the spirit of the British people, especially during World War II. The church is an active place of worship with regular Anglican services, and has been the site of a number of notable events including the wedding of Prince Charles and Diana, the state funeral of Winston Churchill, and Jubilee services for Queen Elizabeth II.

The church can be visited and tour and admission prices include an audioguide for a self-guided visited. Guided tours are often given throughout the day by church staff.

Visitors have the option to visit the main parts of the cathedral, the dome, and the crypt. There is often a line to visit the dome as only a certain number of visitors can climb the steps at a time, so allow extra time if you want to climb the dome to visit the Whispering Gallery and/or the Stone and Golden Galleries.

If you don’t have the London Pass (free entry included), we recommend booking your ticket online in advance to save money and to skip the ticket line.

Alternative: An alternative (or additional) attraction in the area that you may want to visit is the Museum of London . A great free museum that we’d highly recommend to anyone interested in the history of the city (note, closed until 2026).

Shakespeare’s Globe

Now we recommend heading across the Millennium Bridge, a steel pedestrian suspension bridge, to the other side of the Thames to see Shakespeare’s Globe (fee*).

This is of course not the original Globe Theatre (built in 1599) used by William Shakespeare, but it is as faithful of a modern construction as could be produced of the open-air theatre where Shakespeare staged many of his famous plays. The Globe is located near where the original would have stood. The original Globe Theatre stood about 200 meters away and you can go see the site and it is marked by a plaque.

The reconstruction of The Globe was the dream project of American actor/director Sam Wanamaker. If you want to see the inside of the theatre, you can visit the museum exhibition, learn how it was constructed, and do a guided tour of the open-air Globe where you get to see the stage and seating areas.

You can also enjoy open-air performances here in the summer or at the indoor candle-lit Jacobean style Sam Wanamaker Playhouse year-round. A great venue to see a Shakespeare play in London. Just be sure to book your performance ticket in advance.

Alternatives:  Other nearby attractions include the Tate Modern (free, charges for exhibitions*), HMS Belfast  (fee*), Southwark Cathedral (free, donations welcome), and  The Old Operating Theatre Museum  (fee*).

Borough Market

Borough Market is the best known and one of the oldest markets in the UK. It is believed that a market has been in this area since around 1014!

Today the market is filled with fresh produce, fresh meats and fish, baked goods, cheeses, flowers, wines, spices, and other food stuff. There are also cafes, demonstration kitchens, and restaurants that are part of the market as well as many food stalls selling ready-to-eat foods, including sandwiches and all kinds of street foods from Ethiopian wraps to Galloway beef stew to vegetarian pastries. This is a great place for a snack or meal!

If you are really interested in food, we’d recommend considering cutting out some of the other stops in the itinerary today and doing a food tour here, such as this one . A food tour will allow you to understand the history of Borough Market and allow you to sample and taste a wide selection of local products and dishes.

The market is normally open from 10am to 5pm and is closed on most Sundays during the year. Check the hours ahead of time when planning your day.

London Bridge & Tower Bridge

From this area you can admire London’s two most famous bridges, London Bridge and Tower Bridge. Both are active road bridges over the River Thames that can be crossed by vehicles and pedestrians.

Given time, you probably only have time to admire them today, but both do have associated attractions if you want to visit them. You’ll also have a good view of HMS Belfast (fee) moored in the Thames, a WW2 era Royal Navy light cruiser that is now a popular tourist attraction.

London Bridge has existed in some form since Roman times, although the current one was built in the 1970’s. Next to London Bridge is the  The London Bridge Experience  (fee*) which tells the darker history of the London Bridge over time through the use of interactive exhibits and theater and is geared towards families and young adults that don’t mind a bit of a scare.

Tower Bridge is the more iconic bridge, although often mistakenly referred to as London Bridge. It is a Victorian bascule and suspension bridge built between 1886 and 1894, and is very photogenic with its iconic bridge towers.

If you want to learn more about the Tower Bridge (and have extra time) you can visit the  Tower Bridge Exhibition  (fee*) which covers the history of the bridge and allows access to the towers and walkways, including a glass walkway you can walk across that extends 138 feet above the Thames!

The Shard  is a modern pyramidal shaped skyscraper that is home to several restaurants, a hotel, offices, shops, and a viewing gallery. It was completed in 2012 and is currently the tallest building in Western Europe at 1,017 feet (309 meters) with 87 floors.

The viewing gallery, called The View from the Shard (fee*), is the highest public viewing gallery in London located on floors 68, 69, and 72. The building offers spectacular 360 degree views over central London and you can see just about all of the city’s major landmarks. On a clear day they say you can see up to 40 miles away, and it definitely offers the most expansive views over London we’ve every seen! Good views both during the day and the evening.

Now, The View at the Shard is fairly pricey (currently £37/person) for what it offers. So I’d carefully consider your visit here especially if you have already visited the London Eye and/or Sky Garden which both also offer good city views. If you do want to visit book your tickets online in advance for the best prices.

The View from the Shard is also included on the London Pass , so if you have one of these then it is definitely worth visiting.

Another way to enjoy the view is to head to the GONG Bar on Floor 21, and while not as high as the viewing platform, still offers sweeping views of the city for the price of a cocktail. This is a great spot to enjoy a before or after dinner drink. You can book ahead but they also take walk-ins at the bar. The Shard also has several other restaurants and bars, reservations recommended or required for meals.

West End Show

The West End is one of the most world-renown places in the world, along with New York City’s Broadway, for professional theatre. Over 30 theaters can be found in the West End offering a wide variety of musicals and plays. Here is a good list  of the theaters which also denotes the current main production being shown at each.

If you are wanting to go to a West End theater performance, you can book tickets in advance online before your trip (recommended if there is a specific performance you want to see) or try to find a deal once you are in London if you are flexible in what you see. Here are some  tips for buying theatre tickets,  and London Pass holders have access to  theater ticket discounts  on several West End shows.

But if theater and musicals are not your thing, there are a number of nighttime performances in London every day, from rock concerts to opera to films to comedy shows. For operas, symphonies, and classical music, you can find a list of upcoming performances here .

London also has a great nightlife scene with hundreds of bars, pubs, discos, and clubs. No matter what your taste, you are sure to find something of interest!

London Itinerary Day 3 – Kensington & Windsor Castle

So now you’ve seen some of the BIG highlights in London like Westminster Abbey, the Tower of London, Big Ben, Buckingham Palace, and the National Gallery. For your last day we’d suggest exploring a neighborhood like Kensington in the morning and then head to Windsor Castle in the afternoon.

Alternative London Neighborhood Options. We are going to recommend Kensington as the neighborhood to explore today, as we feel it offers something for every type of traveler and also has a large number of attractions, including several free museums. But if you are wondering about other neighborhood options we can also recommend Greenwich or Camden.

Each of these 3 neighborhoods are interesting and have a number of attractions and are worth a day of exploring. If you’d prefer to explore Greenwich or Camden, you can find a day itinerary for both of these neighborhoods as part of our suggested 6 day itinerary .

Or you can instead use this day to visit sites of interest to you that didn’t make it into our 3 day itinerary, such as the British Museum (free), Kew Gardens (fee*), the London Zoo (fee*) or a tour of the FC Chelsea stadium (fee*). Indulge in a particular passion or just enjoy a leisurely day of shopping or pub hopping.

Or head out of London for a day trip (see “Possible Day Trips from London” section at the beginning of the post for ideas) to visit popular sites in southern England such as Stonehenge or Oxford. It’s you last day, so spend it however you like!

You can get around Kensington today by foot, but you will need to take a train to reach Windsor Castle.

Kensington Palace

Kensington Palace (fee*) is a grand 17th century home that was first used as a royal residence by King William II and Queen Mary II. It continued to be used as a royal residence by a British monarch through the reign of King George II. Since then it been used as the residence and workplace of “minor royalty”, and is still an active working royal palace.

One of the people most associated with the palace is Queen Victoria although she never lived here as queen. Victoria was born at Kensington Palace and it was here that she learned that she was queen. Fittingly, outside of Kensington Palace is a large marble statue of Queen Victoria, designed by her daughter Princess Louise, that depicts her at the age of 18 in her coronation robes.

In more recent times, it has been the home and workplace of Princess Margaret, Prince Charles, Princess Diana, Prince William, and Prince Henry. It is still the official London residence of Prince William and Prince Henry and their wives, Princess Eugenie, and several other members of the Royal Family.

Despite it being a working royal palace, visitors are able to visit many of the rooms in the palace year round. There is a lot to see here and you can easily spent a few hours wandering around the warren of rooms. I would recommend taking a look at the different self-guided routes that the palace staff recommend and these are color coded and mapped out. The routes are based on different themes (e.g., Queen Victoria, King’s Apartments, Queen Victoria, royal fashion) so you can be sure to see the parts of most interest.

Note, the palace currently has a very popular Princess Diana fashion exhibition (entry is included with the palace ticket but expect additional lines for this exhibition). This has led to increased visitor numbers.

If you don’t have a London Pass I would recommend purchasing your ticket in advance here and if you do have a London Pass, I’d recommend arriving near opening time. I’d also recommend visiting on a weekday rather than a weekend if you can.

There is a  café here serving meals and refreshments, and also a garden worth exploring if you have time and the weather is good.

Kensington Gardens

After visiting the palace, we recommend spending some time exploring the surrounding Kensington Gardens. The gardens are another one of London’s royal parks and covers 265 acres. It’s a beautiful green space and we recommend a little wander if the weather is nice.

Some of the highlights of the park are the two Serpentine Galleries (free contemporary art galleries), an ornamental water garden, the Albert Memorial, the Elphin Oak (carved hollow oak tree), and the Princess Diana Memorial Playground.  Food and drinks are also available at cafés in the park year round.

Probably the most striking memorial in the park is the Albert Memorial, a giant ornate memorial to Prince Albert who died of typhoid in 1861, leaving his wife Queen Victoria grief stricken. From the memorial, you’ll have a good view of the Royal Albert Hall.

Royal Albert Hall

The Royal Albert Hall (fee*) is the top performance venue in London and the hall hosts everything from classical concerts to rock bands to sporting events. The world-class concert hall was the idea of Prince Albert and was first opened in 1871. Everyone from the Beatles to Winston Churchill to Nine Inch Nails have made appearances or performed here, and each year it hosts the BBC Proms .

If you are heading off to Windsor Castle this afternoon, you may not have time go inside and can just admire it from the outside. But if you do have time, visitors can join a guided tour of the hall. Guided tours of the Royal Albert Hall help you understand the history of the concert hall and take you to see the auditorium, gallery, and the private suites of the Royal Family.

If you want to do a guided tour, we recommend booking these online in advance, as they are very popular and do sell out.

If you are looking for an evening entertainment option during your time in London, there is almost always something happening at the Royal Albert Hall. You can book a ticket online or stop by the Ticket Office.

Now we recommend deciding between a visit to Windsor Castle or spending the rest of the afternoon exploring more of Kensington.

Afternoon Option #1:  Windsor Castle 

Windsor Castle  (fee*) is the oldest and largest inhabited castle in the world and still an active royal residence. It was originally built in the 11th century as a defensive motte-and-bailey castle by William the Conquerer and has been a royal residence since the reign of King Henry I. Today the castle is a favorite weekend home to Queen Elizabeth II, a place where state visits are often hosted, and a popular tourist attraction.

During most of the year, parts of Windsor Castle are open to the public. This includes the castle’s  magnificent State Rooms which were mostly designed and built in the 19th century. Other highlights include the Queen Mary’s Dolls’ House, the 15th-century St. George’s Chapel, and the Changing of the Guards ceremony (a much smaller version of the ceremony that takes place in front of Buckingham Palace). 

Most visits are self-guided and there is a good audioguide included with admission. You can also join offered guided tours at the castle, I’d check the website in advance for tour times. Note that the castle can get very busy, especially in the summer months. 

If you want to visit Windsor Castle, the afternoon is currently the recommended time as the castle gets very crowded in the morning. We’d recommend getting on a train to Windsor at least 3 hours before closing time (it varies by season so check the website) to ensure you have enough time to visit. We’d recommend allowing 1 hour to travel to the castle and at least 2 hours for the visit.

To get here you need to take a train out of London (about 1 hour ride each way). You cannot use your Oyster Card to travel to Windsor as it is outside London, so you will need to buy a rail ticket at the station. Paddington Station is a 25 minutes walk (or slightly shorter Tube ride) from either Kensington Palace or Royal Albert Hall.

Afternoon Option #2: Afternoon Tea, V&A Museum, Shopping, & Hyde Park

If you decide to continue to explore Kensington, we recommend considering an afternoon tea break, visiting the V&A Museum (or one of the other free museums in Kensington), doing some shopping, and taking a stroll through Hyde Park. Check our guide for more things to do in Kensington .

Afternoon Tea in Kensington

The tradition of afternoon tea originated in the aristocratic homes of England in the 19th century, and there is no better place to have afternoon tea than in London. You’ll be spoiled for choice in London as there are thousands of places that serve tea from casual cafés where you can get a cuppa and a scone to luxury hotels offering a 3-tiered silver tray fancy afternoon tea experience.

If you are just looking for a casual tea, you’ll be able to find that at many cafés in this area. One suggestion is to break for tea within one of the cafés at the Victoria & Albert Museum , which include both opulent Victorian era rooms as well as casual outdoor courtyard spaces. Once a week, The Victoria & Albert Museum also serves a formal Victorian afternoon tea that recreates the afternoon tea experience of Queen Victoria, and for this one you do need to book in advance.

But if you want a more luxurious experience, you’ll want to make a reservation in advance. Luxury spots to enjoy afternoon tea in the Kensington area include The Berkeley and The Lanesborough . Also a few to consider in nearby Mayfair (west of Hyde Park) are The Ritz , The Dorchester , and Claridge’s .

We have oddly had a lot more afternoon teas in Paris (see our Paris afternoon tea guide ) than London so far. But we can suggest in this area that if you are looking for something a bit different, you might want to check out the fashion-inspired Prêt-à-Portea afternoon tea at The Berkeley. This fun and colorful tea is designed for those who love fashion and the tea menu changes each season along with the fashions on the catwalk.

Victoria & Albert Museum

The Victoria & Albert Museum , often referred to as the V&A, is one of the world’s leading museums of art and design. The museum collection is extensive and items range from Chinese embroidery to John Constable paintings to Baroque furniture to Alexander McQueen gowns. It’s a must visit for anyone interested in art or design.

The museum is also known for hosting a lot of really interesting exhibitions which often attract a large number of visitors. The museum is also known for its current café and restaurant located within the beautiful Morris, Gamble and Poynter Rooms, which is the oldest museum café in the world.

Entry to see the permanent collection at the V&A is free. Some temporary exhibitions are also free but there is generally a fee to enter the major ones. If you have a London Pass, you get free entry into one of the paid exhibitions.

Alternatives: Kensington is home to several other well-known museums, including the   Science Museum  and the Natural History Museum . Both are free (donations appreciated) and both are good alternatives if you aren’t excited by the V&A. The Science Museum in particular is a great family-friendly option.

Harrod’s

Now if you are in the mood for some shopping or just some window shopping, Kensington has some excellent shopping areas. The most concentrated areas are along King’s Road, Kensington High Street, and Sloane Street. You can find everything from more budget friendly international brands like Zara and H&M to high-end luxury department stores like Harrods and Harvey Nichols.

Harrod’s is one of the most famous luxury department stores in the world. It was founded by Charles Harrod in 1835 and grew to be the best known British department store in the world, being patronized by celebrities, politicians, royalty, and the British elite. Although in recent years it has been bought by the state of Qatar and has suffered from some bad press, it is still a luxury store worth checking out for those who enjoy shopping. Other department stores in this area are Harvey Nichols and the more traditional Peter Jones.

If you are more into antiques, you’ll want to head to Church Street where you’ll find a number of antique stores like Andrew Nebbett Antiques and Designs, Alfie’s Antique Market, The FM Gallery, and Church Street Antiques.

Hyde Park is yet another of London’s great Royal Parks, covering 350 acres. It used to also encompass Kensington Gardens, but the two are now divided by the Serpentine Lake and Carriage Drive. The park offers lots of tress, ornamental flower gardens, a large lake, walking and cycling paths, sport facilities, and a playground. 

Attractions with the park include The Serpentine Bridge, Holocaust Memorial, the Diana Memorial Fountain, Speaker’s Corner, and several war memorials. Located at the northwestern and southwestern corners of the park are the Wellington Arch and Marble Arch.

Each Sunday at Speakers’ Corner , located on the northeast edge of Hyde Park (near intersection of Marble Arch and Oxford Street), you can hear people give speeches and hold debates about a variety of topics in the name of free speech. The tradition dates back to the mid-1800’s and anyone can participate.

The park is a great place to get active as you can boat, cycle, play tennis, skate, ride horses, or even swim within the park. In the summer boating is popular and you can rent a rowing or pedal boat to enjoy the Serpentine Lake or you can take a ride on the solar-powered Solarshuttle. There are also a few places to grab coffee or have a meal, including lakeside dining.

Enjoy your final evening!

It is your last night in London so plan something you’ll enjoy and remember. This could be a nice dinner out, a pub crawl, attending a late night museum opening, a sunset River Thames cruise, a creepy Jack the Ripper tour , seeing an event at the Royal Albert Hall, a sporting event, a  classical music performance , or just relaxing after 3 busy days of sightseeing!

Save Money on your 3 Days in London with the London Pass

We wanted to give you an example of the cost savings over 3 days in London if you were using a London Pass. The following calculations are based on the above itinerary although it doesn’t include every single attraction we suggested but includes what we believe is a realistic number for someone planning to actively sightsee based on the above itinerary.

Here is the cost savings for 3 days in London for 2 people using the London Pass.

So in the above example, visitors would have a cost savings of £97.30 per person for a total cost savings of £194.60 for 2 people. This is definitely a considerable savings on entry fees for three days of sightseeing!

Even if you change some of the attractions or take away a couple of them, you would still save money with a London Pass if doing a similar amount of sightseeing. In general, you need to visit an average of 2 to 3 higher priced attractions per day to save money with a 3 day London Pass.

We highly recommend that all visitors check out the London Pass, especially if it is your first visit to London. The pass covers free entry to over 90 attractions and museums, plus a number of discounts on tours, restaurants, souvenirs, and theater tickets. Not only will it save many visitors money, it can also save time as it provides fast track entry into certain busy sites.

You can check the latest prices and purchase the London Pass at the official website for the pass here . We also recommend checking prices on and GetYourGuide here as sometimes one will be better value than the other.

However the London Pass is not a good fit for all travelers, and if you are not sure if it is a good fit or not, read our  full review of the London Pass to help you decide if it is worth it. Our review breaks down the features, ways to purchase, how to calculate your cost savings, and more.

There you have our suggested London itinerary on how to spend 3 days in London!

Planning a trip to London? Pin this article to Pinterest to read later:

How many of these attractions would be on your London itinerary? If you’ve visited London, what were you favorite spots in London? If you have any questions about the itinerary or visiting London, just ask them in the comments below and as always we are happy to help!

Share this Post!

There are 160 comments on this post.

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Kai Parker Post author

March 28, 2024 at 2:50 am

London has always been a dream destination for me, and this city itinerary just sealed the deal! I can’t wait to immerse myself in the rich history, stunning architecture, and vibrant culture of this iconic city. Thanks for the inspiration, I’m definitely bookmarking this for my next adventure!

Jessica & Laurence Norah Post author

March 31, 2024 at 6:58 am

Glad you found our London itinerary to be an inspiration for your future trip to UK. Once you start your planning, feel free to ask us any questions about your trip!

Wishing you happy travels! Jessica

Michelle Post author

February 25, 2024 at 1:11 am

Hi There, the map above is AWESOME! Just wondering if there’s a list of the numbered points on the map, rather than having to comb through the information, like a quick reference? Thanks 🙂

February 26, 2024 at 12:46 pm

Hi Michelle,

I am so happy that our London map and 3 day London itinerary have been useful in planning your trip. So I think you are just referring to the image, but if you double click on the image or the link above it (look at the paragraph above it where it says click here) that will take you to the map I created within Google Maps so you can see all the points on the map that are numbered in the picture. Does that help?

But just note that you should definitely consider reading through each day of the itinerary as these are just suggested routes and places to visit and you should modify it per your own time and interests. You may not have time for everything on each day so best to know which places are must-sees for you and which you are OK just seeing from the outside and all that.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have any further questions as you plan your trip to London!

Best, Jessica

December 27, 2023 at 6:26 am

I thoroughly enjoyed reading your insightful 3-day London itinerary! Your detailed suggestions and personal experiences really add a genuine touch. I followed your recommendations and had a fantastic time exploring the city. I’d like to share an additional budget-friendly tip: consider staying at Serviced Apartments in London. My recent stay there was both comfortable and affordable, making it an ideal choice for anyone looking to make the most of their London trip without breaking the bank. Thanks again for your fantastic suggestions!

December 28, 2023 at 1:31 pm

So glad that you enjoyed you stay in London!! Thanks for taking the time to let us know that you found our itinerary and advice helpful in spending 3 days in London. And thanks for sharting your tip about having a good stay in a serviced apartment. I hope you get a chance to return to London again soon!

Alan Post author

August 22, 2023 at 3:22 am

just wanted to say a big thank you for all the work you put into this itinerary, we used it to plan our own 3 days in London, got the pass, had a wonderful time! your advice made our time much easier and less stressful!

August 23, 2023 at 12:47 pm

Thanks for taking the time to comment and glad you found our 3 day London itinerary helpful. Very happy to hear that you had such a wonderful trip to London!

Hapy travels, Jessica & Laurence

Mary Jo Lauscher Post author

July 31, 2023 at 1:15 pm

Hi there, I found your three day itinerary very helpful.

We are going to London at the end of September. My question is about getting advance tickets for any of the sites. If we plan on using the London Pass, how do I order advance tickets, make a reservation, or skip the line ticket, etc? I have not been able to find any information on that. Also with the London Pass can we use the Hop on hop off both days of the 2 day pass? Thanks for all your information, it was very helpful!

August 2, 2023 at 8:04 am

Hi Mary Jo,

Glad you are finding our 3 day London itinerary helpful in planning your upcoming trip. So if you decide to go with the London Pass, you do not need to make advanced reservations for most attractions. But you do need to book for most walking tours, bus tours, and other types of guided activities. You can find all the details for the attractions and tours that need to be reserved and how to do that on this page .

The hop-on hop-off sightseeing bus ticket included with the London Pass is only valid for 1 day (no matter the length of your pass). This is the same with the Thames boat cruise ticket.

For skip the line access, you can skip the ticket line for most attractions with the pass but you can’t skip the security lines. Your London Pass essentially acts as your ticket for most attractions. I don’t think since COVID that there have been many attractions that have a specific line for pass holders, but generally you get in the same line as those who have prebooked tickets.

For popular attractions not included on the London Pass, such as the London Eye , Churchill War Rooms, UK Parliament tours, Madame Tussauds , etc. then it is best to buy tickets in advance for these. I would check on any must-see attraction if reservations are recommended or required. But if you only have 2 days, I suspect that the London Pass will cover your admission fees for most attractions that you plan to visit.

For any attractions or tours that you want to do in London that recommend or require reservations (with or without the London Pass), I would start booking those soon if you have your dates set for next month.

Hope that helps and let me know if you have any questions as you plan your trip!

Katie Post author

July 6, 2023 at 11:32 pm

Hello! Your itinerary is awesome!! I was wondering if you could help me with mine for four days in London in November. Is it doable or too packed? What should I take out or add? Should I buy an Oyster card? What should we actually go in and see? We are most likely staying at the Hoxton Holborn, AMANO hotel, or Wilde Aparthotel. Any dinner recommendations or cocktail/ house music places? 🙂

Day 1: Friday On and off bus tour Buckingham Palace Churchill War room Big Ben Westminster Abbey Dinner dishoom Shoreditch neighborhood for dinner/drinks

Day 2: Saturday St Paul’s Cathedral Borough Market Tower bridge South bank river walk Tower of London Leadenhall Market Soccer game

Day 3 Sunday Walking Notting Hill Kensington Palace Hyde Park Bond Street Regent street/Park Camden Market Abbey Road Hampstead Heath

Bermondsey neighborhood to eat?

Day 4 National Gallery Seven dials market Tennis museum?

July 9, 2023 at 7:05 am

So Day 1, I think all that is doable. Doing HOHO bus, visiting the Churchill War Rooms and Westminster Abbey. Seeing Buckingham Palace and the Parliament/Big Ben from outside. Also lots of other things you can easily see in that area such as St. James Park, Parliament Square, Westminster Bridge, London Eye and National COVID memorial. Dishoom is a great restaurant to try for atypical Indian food, we love it and just be sure to make a reservation as they are often fully booked. Although I’d also recommend trying a typical British curry place at some point too if you want the typical British Indian experience. The closest Dishoom to you (if stay in Holborn area) is the location in Covent Garden as its within walking distance. But if you are wanting to go to Shoreditch that night, then there is a location there as well, just note you’ll be looking at a 30 minute Tube/bus ride each way. Shoreditch might make more sense on the day you plan to visit Tower of London and be in the City of London.

Day 2 – I’d probably start with the Tower of London in the morning as it is normally worse with crowds than St. Pauls Cathedral. So I’d reverse the order and go from the Tower of London then to Tower Bridge and Borough Market before heading over to St. Paul’s. You can have lunch at or near Borough Market. Leadenhall Market is nice but limited options there compared to Borough Market. I think it would be hard to fit in a soccer game today if you want to visit all those places unless there is an evening football game on that day, might be better to try to do on Day 4?

Day 3 – If Kensington Palace is the only place you really want to visit the inside of, I think this is doable. Just note if walking it is about a 1 hour or so walk from Kensington Gardens to Hampstead Heath (so may want to take public transit as well). So if wandering on a more relaxed day today except for the palace, I’d just priortize your day for what you really want to see most and if you don’t make it to everything, you won’t be disappointed. The other thing to note is that Bermondsey is very far from any of the places you are planning to visit this day.

Day 4 – This might be a good day to also include the British Museum, especially if staying nearby. Its free, donation only and you can book time online in advance. Also easy to visit in the same day as the National gallery and Seven Dials Market. For a tennis museum in London, I am guessing you mean Wimbeldon – this is doable but it is well oustide central London and will take you about an hour each way to visit so I would just be sure this is something you really want to see. You could try to do the soccer game this day instead perhaps? Or consider a West End play or musical?

In terms of timing, I would go back through your itinerary and just make sure the timings will work out when you check the opening times/days and how long you expect to spend at each one. So say you expect to spend 2 hours at Tower of London, 1.5 hours at Westminster Abbey, 1 hour Borough Market, etc. plus the amount of time you think it will realistically take you to get from one place to the other. I’d then build in a bit of extra time so you don’t feel rushed. That should help you decide if there is too much on any one day. You want to try to balance seeing all the must-see things on your list without feeling rushed and having a little down time to relax and make unexpected stops.

London has so many restaurants, cafes, cocktail bars – I would just think about where you are going to be/want to be and look for well-rated options nearby. It sounds like you are going to be staying in the Covent Garden area and there are lots of options there that would likely be within walking distance of where you are staying. For a cocktail bar with live house music (and also food), you might check out STEREO. If looking for a historic pub for a typical pub lunch or dinner, you could try Lamb & Flag in Covent Garden or Museum Tavern across from the British Museum. Just note that for meals, especially for dinner you’ll want to be sure to book a table in advance.

In terms of Oyster Card, you can read our Oyster Card review post here . Based on your itinerary, I would say you will be taking public transport quite a few times so you can either get Oyster Cards or use your credit cards if they are PIN & Chip ones. You would also probably save money with the London Pass , and you can order your Visitor Oyster Card with the pass if you want. For a London Pass, I’d probably do a 3-day pass and just be sure to fit anything in that you want to see included on the pass on the first 3 days, and stick to free or not included attractions on Day 4. But that would cover all the big attractions you have listed (Westminster Abbey, London Bridge, St. Paul’s, sightseeing bus, Kensington Palace, etc.) except for Churchill War Rooms which sadly is not currently on the pass.

Hope that helps and just let us know if you have further questions as you plan your trip to London.

Wishing you a wonderful trip! Jessica

katie Post author

July 12, 2023 at 6:34 pm

Thank you so much for the info!! What restaurant would you suggest for a traditional curry? Also out of my day 1 and day 2? Which do you think I should visit vs just see? Anything overrated? Are the markets worth it? Anything more local that I should include?

July 13, 2023 at 4:11 am

You’re very welcome, happy to help.

You can find good Indian curry places all over London, Brick Lane is famous for them but I’d just go some place that is convenient. I’d just check reviews or ask a local person of best curry place nearby. Chicken tikka masala is probably one of the most classic British Indian dishes and one of the most popular dishes eaten in the UK (of all foods!), but there are lots of popular curries. Indian curry is one of the most popular takeaway foods in the UK.

For Days 1 and 2, I would recommend visiting all the places you want to see (see my prior comments on each day). The places you listed are some of the most popular places to visit and all are worth visiting. But of course it depends on your specific interests, time, and budget.

Leadenhall Market is OK – it’s a beautiful setting (I think most tourists come here for the Harry Potter connection as it was used a filming location) and there are several places to eat here. But if you are looking for more of an actual fresh food market, then Borough Market has both fresh food/produce stalls as well as prepared food stalls and restaurants. So I would recommend Borough Market over Leadenhall but they are both different. You can walk through either fairly quickly (although Borough Markets gets really busy around lunch time) so if on your way, they are easy enough to visit but if you want to try food or buy food, I’d recommend Borough Market over Leadenhall.

I would just build your itinerary based on what you are most interested in seeing and doing. Just make sure to allow yourself enough time and build in some flexibility.

Hope that helps! Jessica

TF Post author

June 27, 2023 at 4:41 am

Hello there! Just finished reading your article on the “3 Days in London” itinerary, your detailed itinerary and insightful recommendations have truly sparked my wanderlust.

Thank you for putting together such a comprehensive and well-thought-out itinerary. Your passion for travel and your love for London shine through in your writing, making it an enjoyable and informative read. I can’t wait to plan my own trip to London using your recommendations. Keep up the great work, and I’ll be eagerly following your future travel adventures!

June 28, 2023 at 7:58 am

You’re very welcome, glad you enjoyed reading our London itinerary, and just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London!

Happy travels, Jessica

Lyn Fields Post author

May 26, 2023 at 6:08 am

LOVE all this info about London. We will be following the three day walking tour. We would like to have high tea/afternoon tea on Day 2. Do you have a recommendation for a location that would be in the vicinity of our Day 2 itinerary?

June 2, 2023 at 4:28 am

So glad that you are finding our London itinerary and info helpful!

So in terms of afternoon tea options in that area, you have a lot of them. Fortnum and Mason at the Royal Exchange would be a good bet in the City of London. Others in that area you might check out are The Four Seasons Hotel at Ten Trinity Square, The Ned, and the Rosewood Hotel. Another option could be the Helix Restaurant at The Gherkin for a more contemporary setting with a city view. But pretty much any nice hotel in that area serves afternoon tea (although some only on weekends) and you can also find more informal and less pricey afternoon tea options at cafes and such in the area (one is Cafe Rouge near St. Paul’s Cathedral). Just be sure to check dates and times, and make sure location makes sense with your schedule. And be sure to book your time in advance.

Enjoy! Jessica

Henry Cris Post author

February 5, 2023 at 7:05 pm

Amazing tips on London travelling. Hoping to visit here soon. And really liked your article about London. It will help me a lot on visiting here. Thanks for sharing.

February 13, 2023 at 7:24 am

Thanks for taking the time to comment, and so glad to hear our article was helpful to you! Wishing you a great trip to London and just let us know if you have any questions as youplan your visit to London.

Amy Bull Post author

January 7, 2023 at 9:22 pm

Hi J & L, I have read your advice for many cities we visit and it is WONDERFUL! I am actually going this week and we are celebrating a 60th birthday. I wanted to know if you recommended a few restaurants that are note worthy of a memorable birthday dinner for two. Maybe with a view or great environment? I want to make the entire day memorable and his biggest request is to see Stonehenge. Any thoughts would be very helpful! Thank you so much for sharing your experiences! Amy

January 11, 2023 at 1:03 am

So happy to hear that you have found our travel blogs helpful in planning your travels to various cities!

So for London, I don’t have any specific recommendations as it would depend a lot on budget, type of food, part of London, etc. There are just so many restaurants you could choose. Some thoughts might be to go to one of the old historic pubs for a pub lunch or dinner one day. For something fancy, the 5-star hotels (Savoy, Dorchester, Grosvenor Hotel, Claridge’s, Browns’, Ritz, etc.) all have very nice restaurants & bars and some of the top rated ones in the city. In terms of views, that is much harder but you could consider a restaurant near the top of The Shard as there are a few restaurants and bars there with great views over central London, and the nicer ones would make a good potential b-day dinner spot. Another option is the Sky Garden which has a restaurant. Or you might consider a restaurant along Thames with nice view of river. Anyway, hope that gives you some options and ideas to research.

For Stonehenge, it really depends if you are planning to drive yourself, take public transit, or join a guided tour from London? We’ve done all three at one point or another. Laurence has written a guide to visiting Stonehenge that might be helpful. Last visit, once we arrived, we took the free Stonehenge shuttle to the end to walk to the site, and then walked back through the field using the little map there to see some of the other prehistoric remains on walk back through fields. There is also a good visitor centre/museum that is worth spending some time to learn more.

If your husband is specifically interested in stone circles and prehistoric stone sights, Avebury might be a good secondary stop which is nearby and much less crowded (you can walk up and touch stones). There are also lots of other prehistoric sites in the region. Other places that people might combine on a day trip to Stonehenge are Oxford, Salisbury, or Bath. But I would just be careful to not pack in too much, especially if traveling on your own as it can make for a long day. But if doing a day tour, then at least you are not doing the driving. The only drawback to a guided tour is to make sure you will have a enough time in the places you visit for what you want to see/do.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have more questions as you plan your specific bday trip! Jessica

Florence Post author

November 1, 2022 at 8:15 pm

Hi Jessica & Laurence, This is Florence and i am making my 1st trip to the UK soon. May i know what’s the best site that i can look at for booking of train tickets in advance for travelling within UK? Apprecaite any advise. Thank yo.

November 2, 2022 at 7:04 am

Hi Florence,

So I am assuming you are meaning for travel outside of London? As within London itself, you don’t need to book in advance for the public transit Underground trains, buses, etc.

There is National Rail website which is the official UK train website which has info on the trains in England, Wales, and Scotland. But since there is not actual national rail service operator (but several independent operators), there are a number of website operators where you can book trains online in the UK so you can also go directly to the train service website (LNER, ScotRail, Avanti, Lumo, NI Railways etc.). The local operator will depend on where you are going in the country.

One convenient website to compare times and prices you can book on a website like Trainline . This is what we normally use for convenience to book online and they also have a mobile app.

You can also of course buy and book tickets in person at the actual train stations but we recommend booking in advance if you can for any longer journeys. You are often not guaranteed seats if you don’t book in advance on many trains. It depends on the company but tickets are often available to purchase 90 days in advance.

Another good website for figuring out how to get from one place to another and general travel info and connections (also works for buses and such) is the Traveline Info website . It is a very helpful website.

Anyway, hope that helps get you started. If you have any specific questions about booking train tickets in the UK, just let us know.

November 3, 2022 at 2:58 am

Great! Thanks Jessica. I will look into it and will inquire again if I have any other questions with my travel plans. Have a great day!

Bart Post author

October 3, 2022 at 12:53 am

Top tip if you’re visiting Borough Market… don’t venture there on a Saturday. It’s crazy busy, rammed full of people from very Early on! Visiting during the week is a far more pleasant & leisurely affair – you won’t feel like you’re being rushed off of your feet.

October 3, 2022 at 7:09 am

Thanks for sharing your tip for visiting Bourough Market in London – it is definitely busier on the weekends. But it is also the most lively so it can still be interesting to visit on the weekends if that is when you plan to visit, but you do have to expect the crowds and be more patient than on weekdays.

Also on Saturdays is usually opens earlier (8am) so going near opening time is a great way to enjoy the market on Saturday.

Shelley Post author

September 20, 2022 at 11:29 am

Hello! I love your 3-day itinerary and plan to use most all of it. Is there link where I can download it? Maybe I missed it but I am trying to work smarter, not harder and am copying and pasting a ton. Thanks in advance!

September 21, 2022 at 4:16 am

Hi Shelley,

Glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful for your trip. Is there a reason you need to copy it? We’d recommend just using it directly from the website for best functionality.

But you can also print or download it as a PDF file for offline personal use as long as you are a newsletter subscriber (it is free and easy to sign up). Once signed up you can then click on the Printer icon on the sidebar or at the end of the article.

Hope that helps and just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to Lonon!

Bright A Post author

September 15, 2022 at 12:04 pm

Great tips to hear from you for 3 days itinerary. You blog is awesome to read also to explore London within the days. Thanks!

September 16, 2022 at 4:01 am

Hello Bright,

Thanks for letting us know our London itinerary is helpful.

Obviously if planning to visit London in the next few days, things are a bit crazy because of the Queen’s passing and upcoming funeral. So be sure to check opening dates/times and closures. Many businesses and attractions will be closed on Monday for the funeral.

Wishing you a great trip to London! Jessica

Suzie Post author

July 15, 2022 at 1:52 pm

Wow so glad I stumbled across your blog . So informative. I will be visiting London this July and am taking a lot of tips from your blog . For shopping , what would you recommend? Any outlets where I can get a good deal on bags ? Thanks so much

July 18, 2022 at 5:51 am

Glad you are finding our London articles on our travel blogs helpful in planing your upcoming trip.

In terms of shopping in London, Oxford Street is probably the best known shopping street. Also Regents Street, Bond Street, Mayfair area, Knightbridge area (Harrods). So lots of shopping opportunities, but not sure about great outlet stores in the city or where to get a good deal. London is generally an expensive city so we find shopping is often less expensive elsewhere. But you can often get good deals if you shop the sales and pay attention to discounts. It just depends on your budget and the types of stores you are prefer.

Bicester Village is a shopping outlet located near Oxford (about 1.5 hours from London) which has a lot of outlet stores all together and is a popular place for shopping for tourists. So that might be a place for your to consider.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have any other questions as you plan your trip to London!

tuhina roy Post author

June 27, 2022 at 11:56 pm

wow…great info….wud be visiting in Oct’22….might add perfect fit for me at one glance/place…have been asking so many people around for last one month abt London n places to visit n here its given in such a nice n informative way….wonderful:-)….thanx much for collating these kind of info for people like us who r visiting from other countries….thanx again

June 28, 2022 at 10:41 am

You are very welcome, and so glad to hear that you are finding our London itinerary helpful! If you have 3 days in London, this should definitely give you some good ideas of where you might want to visit on your trip.

But if you have any questions as you plan your trip about things to do in London or elsewhere in the UK, just ask us and we are happy to try to give advice.

Rebecca Post author

June 12, 2022 at 5:34 am

Jessica & Laurence, We just returned from an awesome visit to London and we used your recommended 3 day itinerary. Thank you SO MUCH for your work in preparing the itinerary. All of the information you provide from the London Pass, Oyster Card, the description of places to visit and how to get there helped our visit to go smoothly. We didn’t waste too much time looking for things or figuring out how to get there and we were able to fit in everything we wanted to do! Having the London Pass helped us avoid lines, plus everything was already paid. The Oyster Card was also a huge benefit because we didn’t have to keep buying tickets. THANK YOU! Rebecca

June 12, 2022 at 6:11 am

Hi Rebecca,

So happy that you had such a great trip to London! And we are happy that our tips and advice were helpful in planning your trip.

Yes, I think that if you have limited time on a trip, you want to plan ahead and do what you can so that you can spend as much time as possible doing things and visiting places rather than having to plan and figure things out on the go.

Thanks for taking the time to comment and let us know about your trip. We always love hearing that our advice was helpful!

shelly v Post author

April 27, 2022 at 8:12 pm

Hello Jessica, Wow! Thank you for all the valuable info in your planning tips and itineraries. We are traveling to London and Paris this June. It is our first visit and traveling with teenage daughters so are focused on the most iconic sites. Based upon your 3-Day Itinerary for London, we have selected our “Must-See” London List ( most likely the minimum time to tour the area for each site since I’ll be traveling with teenagers). – Explore Westminster: Buckingham Palace w changing of guard; Piccadilly Circus, Trafalgar Square, Westminster Bridge, Westminster Abbey – City of London: Tower of London, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Borough Market, London Bridge & Tower Bridge, – Windsor Castle & Kensington: Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, Royal Albert Hall, Shopping at Harrod’s

1) Based upon our Must-see list, will the 3-day London Pass cover the attractions we plan to visit? 2) We are staying close to Earl’s Court Station – do you recommend we also purchase the Travelcard? 3) Since we arrive 6/9 midday into London (after overnight flight), what might you recommend for day 1 itinerary?

April 28, 2022 at 9:27 am

Thanks very much!

So based on your itinerary we have the following feedback if you are trying to visit them all in 3 days:

– For Westminister: Make sure you check Westminster Abbey opening dates and hours. It is closed on Sundays to visitors and for certain occasions/holidays so you’d want to make sure to schedule around any closures if you want to visit here. – For City of London sites: I would probably choose to do either the London Bridge OR Tower Bridge experience. I think otherwise you’ll be rushed for time as the Tower of London, in particular, can take a while to visit. But you can of course see both from the outside without paying but as far as doing the full attractions on them, I’d probably do one or the other. – For Windsor & Kensington – Because you will need to travel out to Windsor, this could be a lot to fit into one day, but depends of course on how long you spend at each place. For the Royal Albert Hall, the tours are only given at certain hours so you may want to make sure that will fit in with your day. – Note that it looks like you are planning to visit a few days after the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee (June 5th) so we expect things will be busier than usual during this general period. Although luckily you are arriving after the Jubilee weekend itself when things will be super busy and hard to visit I think. It may make sense to book timed tickets directly for some attractions that have limited capacity such as Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, and Royal Albert Hall so you are guaranteed entry within a certain time period.

1 – Yes, the 3-day London Pass will cover all the paid attractions you plan to visit, which are Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Tower Bridge Exhibition, London Bridge experience, Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, Royal Albert Hall. If you were to pay adult (16+) entry to all those it would cost around £178, whereas a 3-day adult London pass is normally £123. However, as noted above, you may not have time to do everything on your list so keep that in mind. The price saving will also depend on the age of your daughters, if they are under 16, then they can use a child pass so I would do those cost-savings separately. If you plan to take the sightseeing bus at any time during your visit, that would also add to the cost savings.

2 – You are definitely going to use public transport during your time in London, so will need a travel card. Bundling the travel card will save you some time and is convenient, although it costs the same as buying a Visitor Oyster Card separately. It’s really just for convenience, there’s no saving or extra cost to buying it with the London Pass. You can see more about getting around London here.

3 – For your first day, it sounds like you will just have probably a half day once checking in at hotel. I am guessing this is not a day you plan to use the London Pass? If not, I’d recommend maybe the British Museum and/or London Eye, both of which are not included on the pass. You’ll likely be pretty tired so I wouldn’t plan too much that first day.

April 9, 2022 at 5:07 pm

Hi Jessica, The information you provide in the 3 days itinerary is amazing, so detailed and informative! We will be getting off a cruise in London on a Friday and will stay until Monday.

We have reservations at Point A Hotel in Paddington. What would you recommend for transportation from the port to our hotel? We’ve already purchased the 4 day London Pass and Visitor Oyster card. Is our hotel near public transportation? It looked like it when we checked, but would like to verify. What would you recommend for getting to the airport on Tuesday morning? We need to arrive at the airport at 6:00 A.M. Transportation begins at 5:00 A.M. Is it feasible to use the public transportation and arrive to the airport on time? Our Oyster Card will be expired so we’ll need to pay for the transportation to the airport.

On Day 2 you recommend the river cruise right after visiting the Tower of London in the morning. If we do that, will we have time to visit the other sites recommended for that day? Might it be better to take the cruise in the evening? I looked at the times and it looks like it runs later on weekends, but stops in the afternoon during the week. Am I reading that right? Is the Thames River Cruise the same as the Uber Boat by Thames River that’s included in the London Pass?

If I download the London Pass app on my phone prior to the trip, will I use data as I access it while in London?

April 10, 2022 at 6:35 am

First, glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful in planning your upcoming trip! Sounds like you have already got a lot of your trip planned.

Yes, the Point A Hotel (a good budget option) is near a lot of public transit options. You have Underground stations (e.g, Edgware and Paddington), bus stops, a train station (Paddington), and the Heathrow Express service (at Paddington) all under a 10 minute walk from your hotel. So you should not have any issues accessing public transit.

For getting to the airport, probably the best option, if flying out of Heathrow (I assume you are flying out of Heathrow? there are 6 airports around London) would be to do the TfL Rail train from Paddington Station to the airport. It takes about 30-40 minutes. I would just double check the timetable for your specific date to make sure it works for when you need to leave.

You should be able to still use your Oyster Card by just adding some credit to it if you have used up your prepaid credit (you can do it at the machines at the stations) as the Oyster Cards do not expire. Or you can buy tickets at the station or in advance online.

Other options would be to take the Heathrow Express (a bit faster but more expensive) or the Underground/Tube (but you would have to change stations).

Yes, we do mention taking the boat after visiting the Tower of London just because it is very convenient to do so there as there is a boat pier just next to where you exit the Tower of London. But you can of course do it later in the day from elsewhere along its route. It can be a good late afternoon or evening activity as it keeps running after many of the other attractions close. But just make sure that you will be near one of the piers where you can use the London Pass (you can only start a journey from 4 of the piers). And yes, there are a few options for taking Thames River Cruises but the one included with the London Pass is now called the Uber Boat by Thames Clippers. So you want to make sure to get on that one.

I think you may be reading the timetables wrong on the boat schedule as that doesn’t sound correct as I think the boats run until 10pm/11pm all week. Some of the boats don’t run as much on weekends, especially the routes focused on commuters, but the more tourist-oriented routes generally run regularly all week. I would double check the schedule and specifically look at the times for the 4 stations where you could start your journey with the London Pass. The boats are normally about every 20 to 30 minutes. You can choose how long you want to stay on the boat as there are regular stops and you can do hop-on, hop-off if you wish.

In terms of how much you can do, it will just depend on which places you intend to visit and for how long, and which you just plan to stop and see during your day. The Tower of London for instance will likely take up all or most of your morning. I would not plan for more than 3 big visits per day. So you may need to pick and choose and prioritize certain attractions over others. I would write down which places you want to visit, how long you think you’ll spend at each, and the time it takes to get between them to get a good idea of what is feasible. Everyone goes at their own pace. You also want to work in some flexibility and free time so you aren’t too rushed and also leave a little time for getting lost/waiting in lines, etc.

If you download the London Pass app and install it prior to your trip, you should then not need to use any data to access the app on your phone. You just need data to download it and set it up. The only reason it would need data would be if the app needed an update. We also recommend downloading your QR code to a separate local place on your phone so you will have access even if you can’t open the app for any reason. We also recommend printing the QR code and London Pass # so you also have a paper copy you can use to access sites in case your phone battery dies or something.

Anyway, hope all that helps and makes sense! Happy to answer further questions as you plan your trip to London.

April 15, 2022 at 10:53 am

Thank you so much for taking the time to provide thorough answers to all of my questions! You are an amazing wealth of information! Rebecca

April 15, 2022 at 11:20 am

You’re very welcome and just let us know if you have further questions as you plan your trip to London!

April 29, 2022 at 12:13 pm

Hi Jessica, I’m trying to finalize our plans for our trip to London. We’ll be getting off a NCL cruise. What do you suggest is the best transportation option for getting from the port to our hotel, Point A Hotel in Paddington? We’ve purchased the Oyster Card. Thank you, Rebecca

April 30, 2022 at 4:29 am

It depends on where specifically your cruise ends, where is the cruise terminal? You say the cruise goes to London but does it actually end in London itself?

Most cruises end in either Dover or Southhampton, and if that is the case, you would need to catch a train from either to London. For a journey to London from either of these cities, you would need to pay for your train tickets separately (can’t use Oyster Card) since that journey would be well outside of greater London. Then once in London, if you are not arriving into Paddington station, you would probably want to get the Tube to your hotel and you can use your Oyster Card for that. Or you can of course take a taxi if you have a lot of luggage.

May 1, 2022 at 3:30 pm

Trish Post author

April 8, 2022 at 9:40 am

Thank you for your article on visiting London! I’m doing research for a trip I’m planning in early 2023. My question is, are there any of the locations you mention that could be unsafe for an older lady traveling alone? Or any special tips for me related to this?

April 8, 2022 at 10:37 am

London is considered a pretty safe city in general for travelers. I’ve generally felt safe when in London, even in the “less nice” neighborhoods. So I would not worry too much about it when visiting London.

However, as with any large city, there are pickpockets and thieves, and you should always use normal caution (e.g., not carrying large amounts of cash, securing your valuables so difficult to pickpocket, being aware of your surroundings, trust your gut). Most crimes against tourists are opportunity ones where a theif will steal someone’s wallet, smartphone, or purse. Thefts and muggings tend to take place in London’s busiest tourists areas, including Westminister, Camden, and Kensington.

And of course, more serious things do happen (we were in London during the 2017 London Bridge incident for instance) but these are unusual. Violent crimes against tourists are pretty rare in London (and the UK in general).

The only thing I would say other than regular safety advice would be to be more cautious if walking around the city at night after dark, such as after dinner or after leaving an evening West End play or something. But it is generally pretty easy to stay in well-lit main streets and around other people. If you need to go a longer distance, you can always take a taxi/minicab/Uber or get a bus instead of walking. Also a good idea to have your route and transport planned out in advance before leaving the attraction/restaurant/hotel.

If it’s late at night (after 10pm), particularly on Friday and Saturday evenings, I tend to avoid the Tube. It’s not necessarily unsafe but a lot of drunk people tend to be riding on these evenings and it can be more unpleasant.

In terms of planning your time, our suggested London itinerary is pretty geared to someone trying to do a lot each day. But if you like to go at a slower pace, I’d just recommend planning a bit less each day so you have plenty of time to enjoy each attraction and get from one place to the other.

Hope that helps, and feel free to reach out if you have further questions as you plan your London trip!

tatiana Post author

March 2, 2022 at 12:21 pm

HI. I saw the London Pass includes a walking tour, any reviews on this tour?

March 3, 2022 at 2:49 am

Hi Tatiana,

Yes, the two general London walking tours: 3 hour Palaces and Parliament Tour and then the 5-hour 30+ London Sights Tour are newer additions to the London Pass. We haven’t done either of those tours or taken any tours yet with the company that runs those two tours but the company has a 5-star rating on Google. The tours are pretty similar to ones we have taken in London with other companies and seem like they would both be good intro tours to London.

Just note that the tours don’t include entry into any attractions. If choosing one of them, I would choose the 3-hour tour as 5 hours is pretty long without visiting any attractions. But both of them have very good reviews online.

If you decide to take any of the walking/bus/bike tours with the London Pass, just be sure to make your reservation in advance once you have your Pass. I believe that all the guided tours required advanced bookings.

Marina Teramond Post author

February 11, 2022 at 3:09 am

I can subscribe to everything mentioned about London because it is truly an incredible place with its unique atmosphere and I think that if you have an opportunity, this city should be in your list of places which you plan to visit. It is so cool that you devoted your article to a detailed plan for implementing a trip to London. I really like this idea to cover London for three days because if you plan it in a smart and thoughtful way, you will be able to spend this time eventfully and it will be enough for you to observe wonderful landscapes there. Your plan seems so elaborate and convenient in all respects because it provides you with a great deal of opportunities. I think that it is important to put exploring Westminster first because it is a real calling card of this city and it has its own individuality at the same time, being truly unique. I also want to visit Trafalgar Square because I think that it perfectly conveys the vibe of London.

February 11, 2022 at 9:35 pm

Glad you are finding our 3 day London itinerary helpful in planning your trip. You will want to tailor it to your interests, pace, mobility, time, etc. but this should be a good starting point for what you might want to see on a first time visit with 3 days to visit London. Just let us know if you have any specific questions as you plan your trip!

Kitkat Post author

February 5, 2022 at 1:42 pm

So glad I found this article! I live in UK and my family is visiting soon but was having a hard time planning on what to see in London. This is perfect! Although I would like to ask, roughly how long or how many hours does the daily itinerary last? As I have to factor in touring with a child and a 60 year old. 🙂

February 6, 2022 at 5:28 am

Glad you are finding our 3 day London itinerary helpful in planning things to do with visiting family. For each day, we list a lot of potential places you could see and things to do; however, you would want to pick and choose what is of the most interest. We give some of the main sights as well as alternatives. The itineraries are definitely designed with those packing in a lot for a full day from after breakfast in morning to about dinner time, but you can adjust to suit your own pace and interests.

I would say visiting 3 major sights per day is going to be plenty with children but you could also see additional things along the way (without taking the time to go inside and visit). I’d try to estimate amount of time you’d want to spend at each and plan day accordingly with plenty of time for breaks and plenty of time to get in between each place, depending on how far away. Most of the places we list each day are within a reasonable walking distance from one another, but it will depend on everyone’s physical mobility.

Since you have a child visiting, I’d maybe pick at least one place that would be particularly fun for him or her. Depending on age and interests, this could be a place like the London Dungeon (not for young children), Sea Life, London Eye, Shrek’s Adventure, Tower of London, London Zoo, Science Museum, etc.

Some places you could easily spend a few hours (such as the Tower of London or National Gallery) whereas another place you may only be interested in a brief visit. If you have London Passes , this can save you a lot of money if visiting several places. We used them when we had family visiting over the summer and they were great. Note that a few places in London (including free museums) require reservations due to COVID-19 precautions so be sure to check in advance if reservations or time slots are needed to visit.

Our 6 day London itinerary may also be helpful as it includes a couple more areas of London you may want to explore in addition or instead, depending on how long your family is staying.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have further questions. Wishing your family a fun visit to London!

elena gilbert Post author

December 28, 2021 at 9:22 pm

Amazing blog on visiting London, really interesting I loved reading it.

December 29, 2021 at 8:12 am

Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and hope you found it helpful. Do let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London!

Vicki Copeland Post author

October 2, 2021 at 5:08 pm

Hi Cats- This is a fantastic travel site! Thank you so much. There are 2 of us headed to London for 3 days and your itinerary is perfect! I think we should definitely get the London Pass. Being that we are going in October, do you think there will be fewer people already booked for the places that are currently selling tickets for specific times? I’m guessing that even if we have a pass, if the time we arrive is booked we will have to wait? We are so looking forward to some pints and Shepard’s pie!

Laurence Post author

October 3, 2021 at 1:55 am

London is a busy city year round but there should be fewer visitors in October. A lot of tourist attractions have not been very busy this year due to Covid and travel restrictions. We last used the London Pass in late August and never had any long waits when we visited (including Tower of London & Westminister Abbey) but it does just depend as some have security checks. So just be sure to book those places that require it and you should be OK. But I would leave a little extra time in your itinerary just in case.

Note that most of London’s free museums currently also require pre-booking a time slot due to COVID to ensure entry so be sure to check in advance.

Wishing you safe & happy travels to London! Laurence

Elena Post author

September 24, 2021 at 4:18 am

Amazing blog about London, really interesting and very informative!

September 26, 2021 at 6:03 am

Glad you enjoyed our suggested 3 day London itinerary! Just let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London.

vertoe Post author

August 26, 2021 at 4:21 am

Thank you for this amazing itinerary on 3 days to spend in London. London is a beautiful place to visit .

August 29, 2021 at 3:58 am

Thanks Vertoe, glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and had a good visit to the city! We were just back in London ourselves just yesterday and spent 3 days there – so much do there!

Johani Ponce Post author

August 19, 2021 at 6:49 am

I am planning to go to London next year. Very good guide

August 20, 2021 at 4:55 am

Thanks for taking the time to let us know that you enjoyed our London itinerary. Just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London for next year!

Vertoe Post author

March 25, 2021 at 5:52 am

Wow what an amazing London itinerary and list of things to do! Thanks for sharing this valuebale information.

March 25, 2021 at 8:44 am

Thanks very much, and just let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London!

GG Post author

January 19, 2021 at 4:00 am

This was so useful in planning my first trip to London! Thank you so much.

January 23, 2021 at 8:31 am

You’re welcome GG, just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London!

Raleigh Truitt Post author

September 17, 2020 at 9:12 am

Will you publish a fold-up plasticized (rain-proof) version of your 3-day London guide? I could use one.

September 20, 2020 at 5:34 am

Hi Raleigh,

Glad you like our 3 day London itinerary. We do not have any published guides (waterproof or otherwise) of our itineraries but you are welcome to print (and laminate!) it. Just let me know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London.

Vernon Post author

April 15, 2020 at 10:22 pm

Great blog, very helpful! If you’re visiting Europe and would like to stop over in London, but only have a 3 days to spare this blog get you covered it contains all the information.

April 16, 2020 at 5:24 am

Glad you found our 3 day London itinerary helpful and wishing you safe and happy travels!

Lia Post author

February 26, 2020 at 2:30 pm

Hello, Me and my mom are going to travel to London next week, we arrive on the 4th at about 3pm and we leave on the 7th at about the same time, so that means we have 2 full days and 2 half days…we have a lot things we want to do but we are kinda short on time and we need to stay with a budget…This time, I’m really lost and it has been really difficult to plan this trip….Do you have any tips or suggestions for our trip? Thank you ^-^

February 27, 2020 at 5:13 am

It really depends on what you want to do, your budget, and where you are staying in London. But I would recommend considering getting a London Pass or London Explorer Pass if many of the places you want to visit are included on those passes. They can help save you money and also help you organize your time – the London Pass also includes a sightseeing bus and boat tour you can do.

I’d make a list of the places you really want to see and can realistically see in the time you have and then group them together by where they are in London. The half-days are going to make it harder to plan around, especially if you are arriving into London via the airport as most places will be closing by the time you get in so I’d focus on the evening only activities that night (London Eye, theatre shoes, late night museum openings) so you don’t feel rushed.

I would also focus on some of the many free and low-cost attractions in London – many of London’s best museums have free entry (donation only) and there are of course the parks, gardens, and you can do your own walking tours of neighborhoods of interest.

If dining out is not a must-do, you can definitely save money in London on food and drink by picking up sandwiches, salads, snacks, etc. on the go rather than dining in. Grocery stores, Marks & Spencer, Greggs, Pret a Manger, fast food, etc. Museum cafeterias can also be great places to stop and eat that are normally good value without taking up too much time (if you are there already). It can also save you time, especially in the day, if you are trying to see a lot in one day.

Hope that helps and wishing you a great trip! Jessica

Karen Gilbert Post author

February 8, 2020 at 8:23 pm

Good Morning My friend and i will be in London (first time) on 14th April departing 18th April from Gatwick to South Australia. I have looked at so many things and have got myself very confused. We woud like to see Buckingham Palace, Changing of the Guard, the Mews, Kensington Palce, Tower of London, Windsor Castle, Westminster Abbey, Parliment Houses, Harrods and Portobella Markets and a cruise on the Thames. Is this realistic??We have a hop on hop off bus ticket for the 15th only. Is it worth getting the London Pass or would it be better to pay as we go in case our wants exceed our endurance. We are both in our 60’s. We dont want to do too much walking (ie a complete walking tour)but we can manage some walking. Should we get an oyster Card? we are staying at Hyde Park Executive Apartments which is close to a train station and bus line i understand. Any help you can give 2 older ladies would be appreciated very much.

February 9, 2020 at 5:38 am

I would look at how much time you have from arrival to when you need to depart London for Gatwick airport. Do you have 4 full days for instance? 3.5 days?

Then I’d break down the places you want to see by day and think about how much time you wan to spend at each. For instance do you plan to tour Westminster Abbey or do you just want to see the outside of it? Most things are not time specific except for things like the Changing of the Guard so you will want to take that into account when planning our your days.

For the busiest places, like Tower of London you’ll want to try to get there first thing in the morning to make the most of your visit.

Given the number of places you want to see, I would suggest that you’d probably save money with a 3 day London Pass. The London Pass allows you to be flexible as it sounds like you don’t want to pre-purchase your tickets for attractions in advance? So then the pass would be ideal if you plan to visit several places on it.

The Oyster Card can also make transport easier for you if you plan to use the public transit and you can also use it to get to and from the airport.

The apartments it looks like you are staying are near some metro and bus stops. The Paddington train station is about a 15 minute walk away. However, if you are flying into Gatwick Airport, you might be better off staying near Victoria Station in London as the bus and train connections to and from Gatwick are better to Victoria train station. But you can of course just transfer and change trains to get there as well.

Veronica Webster Post author

January 28, 2020 at 11:17 am

Hi Jessica, I love your blog!! My husband and I are travelling in March to London-Paris-Amsterdam and your blog has been very useful. Very well organized, the information is fantastic. Here gomy questions. Based on your 3 days itinerary we have planned the London part. My “problem” seems to be fitting Saint Paul’s Cathedral in a more efficient way, on day 2, as we also plan to take the river cruise that day. I’m breaking down the draft so maybe you have some suggestions

Day 1, we arrive 10:50 am in London, we are giving ourselves like 2-2:30 hours to arrive to hour hotel (customs, picking up Oyster card, London pass, etc), our hotel is very close to Saint Pancras station (5 minutes walk, on Argyle square). As it will be the afternoon, we’re trying things not included in the London Pass. If we make it to he museum well, if not we will just take time to walk around and enjoy the evening by Picadelly Circus.

Day 1 Arrival Hotel British Museum Picadelly Circus

Day 2 (we start the London Pass) HopOnOff (we actually use it as transportation to Westminster) Parliament Square Westminster Abbey Big Ben ( I know it’s under renovation, just watch) Churchill War Rooms Trafalgar Square Buckingham palace

Day 3 Tower of London Tower Bridge/London Bridge (we walk to St Paul’s and views of bridges) St Paul’s Cathedral (here we would use the tube to go back to almost where we started to take the cruise) Cruise Tower of London-Westminster Westminster Bridge to London Eye London Eye

Day 4 Kensington Palace Hyde Park Harrods

Thank you very much!! Veronica

January 29, 2020 at 6:34 am

Hi Veronica,

Yes, I would probably leave yourself 3 hours for everything just to be on the safe side for everything as it is hard to predict time it takes for security etc. and you don’t want to feel rushed on your first day.

Day 1 – The British Museum is a great place to visit and entry is by donation only and there is so much to see that you could spend most of the day here if you wanted. From there you could also wander around the Covent Garden area and go to Picadilly Circus. If you don’t get to Picadilly Circus your first night, it is very close to Trafalgar Square on your second day so easy to fit in there between Trafalgar and Buckingham Palace. Day 2 – Looks good, yes, I think they’ve uncovered Big Ben finally (it was under wraps for a while) but it is still under construction. But you will see it from as soon as you step off the bus into Parliament Square. You’ll also see it from Westminster Bridge which you cross to get to London Eye on Day 3 which is our favorite view of the Houses of Parliament. I am guessing you are going by Buckingham Palace just for the view, correct? The palace is not open to the public in March but you can visit the next door Queen’s Gallery (royal art gallery) and the Royal Mews (royal carriages). Both are included with your London Pass if you have extra time that day. Day 3 – I think St. Paul’s is fine as you have it and it is only about a 30 minute walk between the two sites if you go along the river and it is a nice walk along the Thames (provided weather isn’t too bad!). Just note that the London Eye is not included as part of the London Pass so you’ll want to buy tickets for that separately. Day 4 – Looks good. If you are staying near St. Pancreas train station, you are a fairly short walk away from the Eurostar station if you are taking the train from London to Paris.

If you are still planning your Paris part, this suggested 3 day itinerary may be helpful.

Hope that helps and wishing you a great trip to London, Paris, & Amsterdam!

Leslie Post author

December 1, 2019 at 5:25 am

Thank you so much for your 3 day itinerary! I visited London for the first time in October and only had 3 days; I followed your itinerary almost exactly (with just a few slight variations). London seemed a little overwhelming as I was planning my trip and your itinerary made it so easy to figure out how to organize and spend my time. I was able to see all of the highlights I wanted to without feeling rushed. It turned out to be one of the best trips I’ve ever taken!

December 1, 2019 at 6:28 am

Hi Leslie, So happy to hear that you had a great trip to London and that our 3 day London itinerary was helpful in planning your trip. Thanks for letting us know! Feel free to share any highlights from your own trip or tips for future readers visiting London as I know a lot of other visitors only have a few days to explore. Best, Jessica

December 2, 2019 at 2:30 pm

I think the highlight of my trip was the morning spent in Kensington; walking through Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens, touring Kensington Palace, then walking by Royal Albert Hall and on to the History Museum. One thing I did that was not on your itinerary was take the Thames Clipper (you can use your Oyster card) from the Tower of London to Greenwich. I enjoyed walking around Greenwich, visiting the market and a pub there, and of course see the Royal Observatory and standing on the Prime Meridian!

December 3, 2019 at 9:38 am

So glad you enjoyed Kensington so much. Yes, it is nice a nice area of London to wander around and there is a lot to do and see while still being fairly relaxing with lots of green spaces and free museums.

We enjoy Greenwich too, especially the historical sites and market! We have it as part of our 6 day London itinerary but not on our 3 day one. But yes for those wanting to take a Thames river cruise, to any destination, the Tower of London is a great place to do it as the boat stops just a short walk from the Tower.

So glad you had a great trip and thanks so much for sharing some of your favorite places and tips!!

Trevor Hall Post author

September 25, 2019 at 7:10 am

I’m glad London has great transportation that I can take all around the city. My wife and I are taking our kids to the UK soon to make some fun memories. I’ll try to incorporate public transportation into our plans.

September 26, 2019 at 12:55 pm

Yes, it is very easy to get around London using public transportation and you can check out this guide to London public transit for some more information and tips. You can explore just about all of London using a combination of public transportation and walking. Best, Jessica

Sanjay Kadam Post author

September 7, 2019 at 8:17 pm

Dear Team, Excellent information provided for visiting London. I am sure with such descriptive and in-depth study of spending 3 days in London anyone as per his/her budget can explore London . it will be much more easier and convenient to a first time traveler. Thanks and keep up the good work.

September 8, 2019 at 2:24 am

Hi Sanjay, Thanks for taking the time to comment, and glad it was useful to you. Wishing you a wonderful trip to London! Jessica

Taryn Hristova Post author

August 27, 2019 at 5:55 am

Thanks for this awesome article! My daughter and I just spent three days in London earlier this month and your itinerary was a lifesaver! We used it as ours. We did a ton of walking and feel like we packed so much in. Thank you so much for all of your research and advice 🙂

August 27, 2019 at 6:10 am

So glad you had a great visit to London and thanks for letting us know that our itinerary was helpful in planning your visit!

John William Post author

August 26, 2019 at 9:49 am

nice article, thanks for sharing.

August 26, 2019 at 11:33 am

Hi John, Thanks for letting us know you enjoyed it! Wishing you a great trip to London, Jessica

Tiffany Bui Post author

August 12, 2019 at 10:46 am

My friend and I are going to London Sept 14-18. We’ll arrive at Heathrow airport noon the 14th and travel to Paris morning the 18th from St Pancras station. We already got 3 days London Pass (mobile). Which London transportation pass do you recommend for our stay?

August 12, 2019 at 11:34 am

Hi Tiffany,

For your time in London, I’d recommend the Oyster Card if you are looking for a transport card. You can read our Oyster Card guide for more info – you can purchase it in advance (the Visitor Oyster Card which can be purchased here ) or get one once in London.

For tips on using the public transit in London, you can read this London public transport guide .

For your trip to Paris, you’ll want to book your EuroStar tickets in advance for the train if you haven’t done so already.

Hope that helps, and wishing you a great trip to London & Paris!

Tiffy B Post author

August 12, 2019 at 1:04 pm

Thank you so much for the prompt response and all the helpful tips. I really appreciate your work. May you and Laurence be blessed in everything that you do!

Have a wonderful week!

August 9, 2019 at 3:58 pm

Great itinerary, thank you so much for your recommendation. I’m going to buy 3 days pass and how should I best fit Hop on hop off bus and the river cruise to this itinerary?

August 10, 2019 at 2:47 am

Glad you are planning to use our London itinerary. You can modify the itinerary as you wish but we would suggust maybe doing the sightseeing bus on the first day you arrive to get an overview of the city (rather than so much to get from place to place) by taking one of the routes. This can be a nice way to get an overview of a part of the city. But you can take a look at the routes and see what will make the most sense for you as it could work on other days as well.

We recommend doing the Thames River cruise on Day 2, perhaps after a morning visit to the Tower of London. There is a stop located near the Tower. You can also check out Day 2 suggestions as part of our 6 day itinerary as we have the Thames cruise included as part of it.

Simone Post author

August 6, 2019 at 5:38 am

Hey Laurence and Jessica, Thanks for the content, it has helped me a lot to craft the best route for my short-visiting.

August 7, 2019 at 5:44 am

Hi Simone, You’re very welcome and wishing you a great trip to London. Best, Jessica & Laurence

Claudel P Post author

June 11, 2019 at 8:57 am

Great post! We will be heading to London for 5 full days during Thanksgiving this year.. so I am loving reading on your 3 and 6 day posts! Will there be christmas decorations or christmas markets during this time (november 27-december 2). if so, do you know where and what we should hit? We love Christmas! Have you seen either plays: Harry potter & cursed child, wicked, or matilda? which would you recommend?

Thank you so so much! I’m sure I’ll have more questions once I continue reading 🙂

June 11, 2019 at 10:14 am

Hi Claudel,

Glad you are finding our London posts helpful in planning your trip.

Some Christmas decorations should be up by the beginning of December, especially in the stores. Some of the larger Christmas markets also start around this time. One of the biggest is the Winter Wonderland in Hyde Park and it is expected to begin in late November so you should be able to catch that which has Christmas market, decorations, ice skating, rides, circus shows, etc, but it is a bit early for exact dates for most of these so I’d check a bit closer to your trip. You can see the official website for the Winter Wonderland here .

I have personally seen Wicked and enjoyed it but not the other two, but all have really good reviews. I doubt you’d be disappointed with any of them and I would go for the one that is of most interest to you. Or if you are on a bit of a budget, you can see if you can get discount tickets for any of the shows once in London. If you are getting a London Pass, then Wicked is currently one of the shows that pass users are eligible for discounted tickets, you can see more about this here .

Note that the Harry Potter & Cursed Child is a long two-part show (either both shows on same day or 2 over 2 days) and tickets often sell out well in advance, and you are very unlikely to get a discount for that show. So if that one is your fave, I’d book it in advance to guarantee a seat.

If you enjoy Harry Potter, Laurence has a Harry Potter filming location in London guide that you might enjoy, as well as a guide to the Warner Brothers Harry Potter Studio Tour .

Olga castillo Post author

May 29, 2019 at 12:49 pm

Great tips and great 3 day pass information.

On the London pass does that include theater tickets? Any recommendations for a nice pub for lunch and for a good place for fish n chips. Also if you can help me out or give me some suggestions. I purchased London eye tickets for the wrong date, now it seems that I can’t change therefore will lose my money what can I do please help. Also can we wear shorts and go into the churches and the museums? Please advice if all possible. O. Castillo Miami Fl

May 29, 2019 at 2:23 pm

Glad you finding our London itinerary helpful in planning your upcoming trip. Sure happy to try to answer your question.

– The London Pass does not include free theater tickets, but it gives you up to 50% off on certain shows so you can purchase theater tickets at a discounted rates through their concierge service with your Pass. For example, there is usually 4-5 shows discounted (e.g., Aladdin, Thriller Live) and the discounts are usually between 20 to 50% off the normal ticket price. You can see more about this here . -BTW, I assumed above you were referring to West End performance theater, not movie theaters / cinemas as the London Pass does allow free entry to see films in a few area Curzon movie theaters right now. You can see those listed under the included attractions.

-There are LOTS of good pubs in London and many also serve fish and chips so you can get both at the same place in many cases. I’m not an expert on good fish n chips, but I would just do a search online depending on where you are and you’ll find lots of recommendations. The Clarence in Whitehill (Westminster) is a long-standing central pub where many Prime Minsters have had a pint including Winston Churchill. One popular spot for fish n chips is Ben’s Traditional Fish & Chips. But as I said, there are lots and lots of pubs, you’ll run into them everywhere as you walk around.

-For London Eye tickets, I can’t really help with that. You will need to call or email the London Eye or ticket seller where you purchased the tickets to see if they can change the date for you. Where did you purchase them?

-Appropriate shorts (e.g., not too short) should be OK in London. Most of the churches in London are active places of worship and so you should dress respectfully and act as you would in churches in your own country. You are asked to dress respectfully and modestly (e.g., avoid wearing things like skimpy tank tops, midriff baring tops, really short shorts/skirts) and for men to remove hat upon entry, etc.

-Note that if you are from Miami you might find London a bit chilly depending on the weather when you visit, as it can be cool and rainy even in the summer at times (or it can be pretty hot). So be sure to check the weather before your trip and make sure you bring some clothes for layering.

Stanley Post author

May 18, 2019 at 8:58 pm

Hi Jessica,

We, a party of 4 adults and 6 teenagers, will be in London this December. First arrival on the 18th, then off to Europe the next day, and back to London for a few days from the 31st to the 2nd

My questions are:

1. Would moving around London (mainly using tube, HIHO, and walking) during New Year’s eve and New Year’s day itself be congested, meaning we may have to scale down on the number of places that we plan to visit?

2. Will the attractions be open on New Year’s day?

3. For the above reasons, and to avoid the crowd, we are actually considering the option of taking a day trip to Bicester Village on New Year’s eve for some shopping. But, can you advise if we would have problems returning to London due to overcrowding on the trains and tube?

May 19, 2019 at 3:42 am

Hi Stanley,

Sounds like a fun family trip to Europe.

1. Yes, things will likely be congested on New Year’s Eve, especially towards evening as many people will be heading off to eat, celebrate, and party. So expect it to be busy and the Tube may not be the best place to be later in the evening (e.g., plenty of loud drunk people). But New Year’s Day shouldn’t be too bad as most people in the UK are off work and sleeping in as it’s a public holiday.

2. Some attractions will be closed on New Year’s Eve and/or New Year’s Day so I would be sure to double check the ones you plan to visit to be sure they are open. Some may just have reduced hours. But you should still find plenty to do in London on these days as many attractions stay open.

3. Bicester Village is definitely an option and I think it only closes on Christmas. You can get there by train or you can book one of the dedicated shuttle buses that goes back and forth from central London to Bicester Village if worried about the trains/Tube. It is a very popular destination with the Chinese and other international tourists so it will likely still be busy but not more busy than usual. Other non-shopping options is to book a day tour to some place like Stonehenge, Stratford-upon-Avon, Kent, Cambridge, the Cotswolds, etc. Since you have such a large group, a private tour is likely to be less expensive than joining a group tour and most private tours will pick you up and drop you off at your hotel so you don’t need to worry about transportation.

May 19, 2019 at 9:15 pm

Many thanks for the speedy response and useful tips, much appreciated.

Warmest Regards,

Vicki Baker Post author

May 17, 2019 at 6:51 am

So informative. Thanks so much. I have planned our UK trip from your suggestions. What SIM card for my cell phone do you recommend for the UK. We are coming from Canada.

May 17, 2019 at 7:33 am

Hi Vicki, Glad you are finding our London itinerary and other UK content helpful. For a SIM card, perhaps the easiest is going to be the Three SIM card , which you can pick up at the airports in booths or once in London. Then you can just add data to it as required, and they come with unlimited texts and minutes. Three is our provider here in the UK.

Another to consider is the SIMS and SiM stickers by KnowRoaming which is a Canadian company and you could get one before your trip. We’ve used them as well before.

But you can read more about these and other options for getting online and staying in touch internationally in this article .

May 17, 2019 at 7:56 am

Thank you Jessica for the quick response. Will look up the article you suggested. Great help. Keep up the good work!

May 17, 2019 at 9:03 am

Hi Vicki, Glad it was helpful and just leave Laurence (my husband who wrote the article about SIM cards, hotspots, etc.) a comment if you have further questions as he is more of an expert on UK SIMs 🙂 Wishing you a wonderful time in the UK. Jessica

Tim Riley Post author

April 5, 2019 at 10:10 am

Wonderful web site. We are going to be in London 2 days prior to a Princess Cruise around the British isles. There are 8 of us, ranging in age form 62-82. We arrive Heathrow, June 4 @ 6:45am and will be staying 2 nights 6/4 & 6/5) at the Grange Tower Bridge Hotel. Boarding the ship on Thursday, June 6. Would like your suggestion of how best to make the most of 2 these days.

Thanks for your time.

April 5, 2019 at 1:04 pm

Your hotel is well suited for exploring the central highlights of London. I would recommend doing Day 1 and Day 2 of this itinerary. And then I’d recommend taking a few things out and slowing it down since you’ll be traveling in a bigger group. Getting a 2 day London Pass can help as it will allow you to bypass ticket lines at many attractions.

I’d also recommend asking everyone for 1 or 2 must-see things to do or see in London and see if you can incorporate at least one thing everyone really wants to do. Hopefully most will fall within the main highlights (Tower of London, Buckingham Place, etc.) of the itinerary, but may also include changing the itinerary a bit to visit the British Museum, going to a particular shop, or making sure to stop for a fish and chips pub lunch or going to a West End performance.

It may also make sense for a group of this size to split into 2 if there are differences in interests (e.g., one wants to spend the day in museums and one wants to go shopping).

If you have any specific questions about how to modify the itinerary, let me know!

Ken Post author

March 25, 2019 at 10:09 pm

Hi Jessica, we are planning 4 and half days in London and then 3 days and nights starting in Bath and Cotswold. Any suggestions on a mid range hotel/ bed and breakfasts . We are taking a train to Bath and I’m asking for help on the transportation to the Cotswolds area, places to stay for 3 nights,tours and rentals car to get around. Thanks in advance, Ken

March 26, 2019 at 11:29 am

I’d book your train ticket in advance to Bath to save money and also ensure a seat reservation. You can see schedule here .

For exploring the Cotswolds, you can either explore on your own by car or you can take a half day or full day tour from Bath. So if you stay within walking distance of central historic Bath (e.g. Roman baths) you could probably do it without a car if you wanted and rely on public buses and day tours. Or you can rent a car in Bath but you don’t really need a car to explore Bath itself as the highlights are located within walking distance of each other.

If you rent a car, there are a few agencies in Bath including Europcar and Enterprise, we normally use Enterprise, you can check prices here . Just note you need to take a short bus or taxi ride from central Bath to many of the car rental agencies, including Enterprise, as most are a little outside the city center.

For activities and day trips from Bath, I’d check out this list . Some good day trips might be Stonehenge, Cotswolds, Oxford, Bristol, Cheddar Gorge, but I’d recommend spending one day just exploring Bath itself.

We haven’t personally stayed in Bath overnight so I don’t have any personal recs, but there are a number of mid-range hotel and B&B options, I’d just pick something near the city center. Some to check out might be Annabelle’s Guest House , Henrietta House , or The Rising Sun Inn .

Menaka Post author

March 18, 2019 at 5:06 pm

hi Jessica This is super awesome…all your blogs have helped me tremendously in planning my itinerary. Would greatly appreciate your inputs on a few of my questions below: 1- as part of the London pass, I believe we get one day of HOHO bus and River Thames cruise option. Assuming the 24 hour clock for HOHO starts the moment we take the bus but do we also have to take the River Thames cruise within that 24 hours or can we do it any time within the 3 days of London Pass validity? 2- how did use the HOHO option with the 3 day pass itinerary? 3- we want to do the stonehenge, bath and windsor day trip as a part of a tour so I’m assuming the admission fee to Windsor would be a waste for us? 4- we are a party of 6, 2 kids (5 and 9) and 4 adults (2 over 60)- how family friendly would you consider the 3 day itinerary, also considering, we will be jet lagging first couple of days. We are staying a total of 6 days in London and 3 in Edinburgh- London 4 days, Edinburgh 3 days and London 2 days.

Your thoughts are much appreciated.

thanks Menaka

March 18, 2019 at 6:05 pm

1. The HOHO bus ticket is good for 1 full day, so not for 24 hours. Just for one full operating day of the sightseeing bus to whenever the bus service begins to when it ends. The HOHO River Thames cruise is good for 24 hours, and I would probably do this a different day than you are using the bus ticket. 2. You can use the HOHO bus anytime/day you want, but I’d probably do it the first day so you can listen to the commentary and learn more about the city and sightsee from the bus before you start visiting a lot of places. If you are feeling tired the first day from jet lag, this can also be a nice break from walking. Since our itinerary is designed for walking, you don’t really need the bus or public transit too much to get around so you can also use it more to just sightsee than to get from place to place, but it is up to you. 3. For the day trip, yes, the price of the entry fee for Windsor is probably included in your tour cost. I’d try to do the day tour on a day when you don’t have the London Pass if you have days when the pass is not going to be valid. 4. With 2 younger kids and a group of 6 people, it is going to take you longer and you’ll need more breaks. So I’d cut out a little bit from each day or just take it at a relaxed pace and do what you can each day, without trying to rush too much. Maybe just set priorities to make sure that everyone in the group gets to visit their top attraction. I’d get some info from everyone what their must-see thing to do in London is so you know it ahead of time and can make sure you can fit it in.

Elaine Post author

February 24, 2019 at 8:54 am

Hi Jessica and Laurence, My friend and I are traveling to London and Paris from 4/19 (land at 9am) – 4/26 (leave at 6:40 pm) . My son is studying abroad in Bologna and will be meeting us in London for the weekend. We are in London from 4/19-4/23 but are going on a day trip to Highclere Castle on 4/22. What days’ itinerary would you suggest for Friday, Saturday and Sunday. Sunday is Easter so hope that doesn’t impact our stay too much. We were planning on attending Mass(Covent Garden) around 9ish that morning then continuing on from there. We are staying at the Doubletree Hilton – Victoria. Thank you, Elaine

February 24, 2019 at 10:15 am

I think our suggested 3 Day itinerary will work for you since you essentially have 3 full days with one day going to Highclere Castle. I’d just check on the opening dates for each attractions you want to visit. Some may be closed (or have reduced hours) for Easter Sunday. Many attractions are closed certain days (Westminster Abbey closes on Sunday) so I would just plan as you would any other trip. If you plan to follow our itinerary (at least loosely), I’d recommend considering the London Pass.

Covent Garden is a good area as you are within walking distance (or short ride) from several good attractions including St. Paul’s Cathedral, London Transport Museum, The National Gallery, and the West End theatres.

At Highclere Castle be sure to take time to stroll the gardens and visit the museum – the focus of the visit here has become on Downton Abbey but I think the true life story of the family is more interesting.

I would expect that London will be busier than usual that weekend as many people, locals and tourists, will be enjoying a long weekend in the city. But it should not be as busy as summertime.

For Paris, it looks like you may have at least 2 full days there. Here is a suggested 2 day Paris itinerary that may be helpful.

Hope that helps, and let us know if you have any specific questions as you continue planning your trip to London!

Cindy Post author

January 13, 2019 at 1:05 pm

I am researching my first trip to London. I think that our flight will come in around 11:00 am. Is this too late to start with the day 1 itinerary? Is there something else that you would recommend for this day?

January 13, 2019 at 3:22 pm

Hi Cindy, If your flights lands around 11am and then you go through security, baggage claim, travel into London, and check into your hotel to leave your luggage, you’ll probably have about half the day left. So you could probably fit in part of the day’s itinerary, but you won’t be able to do it all.

I would suggest just picking one big attraction that you want to visit and head there after you get into London and drop off your luggage, perhaps in Westminster. Then after your visit you can see how much time you have left. I’d do some walking around and visit one or two of the attractions that are open later hours, such as the London Eye and the the Shard or you can do a tour such as the Jack the Ripper tour or get tickets for a West End show. Some of the museums also are open late one night of the week (Fridays is a popular day) so you can check that as well.

Hope that helps, Jessica

Cindy Dunlap Post author

May 6, 2019 at 3:01 pm

Hi Jessica, I think this was my post to you from January. Now that I have solidified my itinerary a little more, it raises more questions. You were so good with your last reply I am reaching out to you again. We land at Heathrow at 10:10am on May 12th, with transportation to our hotel in Bloomsberry already covered. Should we purchase our Oyster Pass at the airport? We will be in London May 12th, 13th, 14th, then Paris on the 15th for a one day visit. (Already have tickets for EuroStar) Back in London 16th with a 1:15 Harry Potter Tour and 17th with an afternoon tour of Stonehenge. We fly back home at noon on Saturday the 18th. We are planning to get a two day London Pass since my understanding is they have to be used on consecutive days. Should we pick up the pass at their Center? We love your 3 day itinerary but how can we tweak it to fit our schedule, any suggestions? Also, we want to do the London Eye, any idea as to when would be best time to squeeze it into our time in London? So much to see so little time???? Any help you can give would be greatly appreciated. Thank you in advance, Cindy

May 7, 2019 at 1:11 pm

Hi Cindy, Yes, I think getting the Oyster Card at the airport make sense and then you can start using it right away. Otherwise you can purchase the Oyster Card at just about any Underground station (the standard one, not the Visitor one).

Yes, the London Pass has to be used during consecutive days so it does sound like you would want the 2 day London Pass. I would then to try to visit all the main attractions you want to visit covered by the London Pass on those 2 days. You can often save money by purchasing the London Pass online and then you could pick it up in central London. Otherwise, you can purchase it at the Heathrow airport Information Center, but the lines here can sometimes be a bit long.

If you like the itinerary and you only have 2 days, I would just do Day 1 and Day 2 of the itinerary as that covers most of the central highlights of London. The London Eye is already included as a suggestion for something to do in the evening of Day 1. Since the London Eye is not included on the London Pass, it is good to do in evening when other attractions are closed. It is also nice for sunset views and is open late.

Grace lee Post author

October 17, 2018 at 5:46 pm

Wow! I can’t believe how helpful this site is! You’re amazing. We will be in london in June for about 5 full days and will follow your 3 day itinerary. We want to explore Cotswolds area. Is there a way to do it without a tour guide? Sounds like it’s not an easy area to visit on your own? We will rely on public transportation. Any suggestions please? Thank you! Sincerely, Grace from Chicago

October 18, 2018 at 12:19 pm

Public transport is generally very good in the UK, particularly England, but it is not the best in the Cotswolds area. You can take a train to get there but a train will not get you around efficiently. There are several bus companies that operate within the area but you can spend a lot of time waiting and changing buses to see the main towns with tourist appeal unless you only want to stop in one or two of them. It is doable though to see the area by bus, and best if you have 2 days from London to explore just so you have adequate time to really explore. If you decide to do public transit, I’d recommend taking a train to Oxford and then taking buses from there.

But probably the two best ways to explore the area, especially as a day trip or overnight trip from London, are by renting a car or taking a guided bus tour (or private tour). If you are only doing a day trip, it is probably not worth renting a car unless you have a bit more time. Taking an escorted tour of the Cotswolds is very time efficient as you don’t have to worry about driving or parking, can visit several villages in one day, and they will take you to some of the most scenic and popular spots.

Check out our article on visiting Blenheim Palace and the Cotswolds , as it goes over the various options in how to get to Oxford and the Cotswolds from London (car, train, bus, guided tour, self drive). It can also help you decide what villages and attractions you may want to visit on a day trip.

Hopefully that helps, and just let us know if you have any further questions as you plan your trip to London!

Julie Post author

October 17, 2018 at 12:00 am

Hello I will be arriving at Gatwick airport next month. It is my first trip to London and I am very excited! Can I know where can I buy the London oyster card and London pass in Gatwick airport? Will the shop be opened? Also how much to rent a wifi router there? My arrival time is 5am. I will need the card to go to St Pancras station. Thanks in advance!

October 17, 2018 at 1:23 pm

Sounds like an exciting trip to London!

You can buy the London Pass at Gatwick Airport at the travel concierge and reservations desks. I don’t know for certain their hours, but it says here that there are 2 and both open at 4:00am. I would call in advance just to double check their times and what they have available if you need to purchase something there and you can find all the phone details here: https://www.gatwickairport.com/at-the-airport/shopping-eating/shops/airport-concierge/

But I would actually recommend buying the London Pass online in advance if you can. It is currently on sale so it will save you a little money – you can then have it delivered to your home (for a shipping fee) or pick it up once in London (for free).

If you are planning to get a Visitor Oyster Card , you need to purchase it in advance. You can purchase it alone or in combination with the London Pass.

The regular Oyster Card can be purchased at the concierge desks in Gatwick North Terminal or Gatwick South Terminal or at the Gatwick Airport train station (or most Underground stations once in London).

I am not sure about mobile WiFi hotspots, but you can certainly rent them if you need to. If you can’t rent one in the airport (or they seem too pricey), you can certainly rent them once you get into London. Here is a guide to getting online while traveling that might be helpful. But you might also look into options before your trip. Prices generally range from about $7 to $12 per day depending on the company.

Hope this helps and do let us know if you have more questions as you plan your trip to London!

October 19, 2018 at 10:35 pm

Hi Jessica, thank you for your quick reply. 🙂 Could you let me know if our itinerary (first week of Nov) is feasible? We do not want to wear ourselves out, yet do not wish to miss out on any interesting sights.

DAY 1 (5pm onwards) – Watch a musical. Which do you recommend? And any tips on getting a cheaper tic? I have watched The Wicked, Lion King, Phantom of the Opera and the Les Miserables at my hometown. Would love to watch one that I have not seen before in London itself!!

DAY 2 – 1) Free & easy day trip to Stonehenge. Love to see the magnificent wonders of nature! Is it the most convenient way to go by the tube? Can I just use the Oyster card?

2) Leicester Square to see the Christmas lights (heard it will be up already?)

DAY 3 – 1) Sky Garden, 2) Imperial War Museum, 3) Westminister Abbey, 4) Churchill War Rooms, 5) Thames River Boat Cruise @Westminister Pier, 6) London Eye.

DAY 4 – 1) St. Paul’s Cathedral, 2) Tower of London, 3) Tower Bridge, 4) Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, 5) Borough Market, 6) View From The Shard.

DAY 5 – 1) Kensington Palace, 2) Windsor Castle.

DAY 6 (Need to leave for Gatwick around 6 – 7pm) – 1) British Museum, 2) London Zoo.

I am thinking to get a 3 days London Pass to use from Days 2 ~ 4. Is the free transport to Windsor Castle still valid on Day 5, after the 3 days?

We are also keen in the following: Is it possible to squeeze into the above?

1. Mudchute City Farm (If we go for this, should we skip London Zoo?) 2. Chinatown 3. Museum of Brands, Packaging & Advertising 4. Brick Lane visit 5. Big Ben (Is it under renovation?) 6. B Bakery Afternoon Tea Bus Tour

We are also on a tight budget as have spent most on the airfare and accommodation. It would be great if you can recommend any affordable and nice places to eat, shop (for souvenirs, snacks, etc) or apps that can use to get discounts? Is UK Groupon good for tourists? Our budget is around 20 pounds/pax for lunch and dinner.

Thank you in advance!

October 21, 2018 at 9:33 am

There are a lot of musicals (and plays) always playing in London – you’ve seen some good ones, some other popular ones include Kinky Boots, Book of Mormon, Aladdin, Matilda, Mamma Mia, Thriller, Hamilton, and School of Rock.

If you are flexible about the performance you see, a good way to save money is to check in at the TKTS booth in Leicester Square which offers half-price and discounted theatre tickets or you can go directly to a theatre’s box office on the day for cheap standby tickets and returns. But you can also save money often by booking online (just be sure to book with a reputable ticket seller). You can also get discounted theater tickets with the London Pass (performances change but currently includes Thriller, Kinky Boots, and Aladdin) as well and you can see more about that here .

If you want to go to Stonehenge, you will need to book train tickets (and then take a shuttle) or book a bus trip. Stonehenge is far from London so you cannot use your Oyster Card or take the Tube. You can read all about that in our Stonehenge day trip post. I’d recommend booking a day tour for the most convenient option.

Day 3 – This will be a busy day and a bit spread out. I’d start early and perhaps consider starting at either Westminster Abbey or Churchill War Rooms as those are the busiest 2 attractions. Or start really early at Sky Garden (breakfast or coffee) so you can get to one of the others by opening time.

Day 4 – Tower of London gets very busy, so you may want to go there first. St. Paul’s is also busy but absorbs crowds a bit better. Just a thought.

The London Pass will definitely save you money on your time in London if you do all the above. I’d consider the 6 Day London Pass (especially since it is currently on sale) as I think it will be worth it as you’ll save money on entrances to Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, and the travel to Windsor and back. Otherwise you will need to pay for these entrances and the travel.

I would probably not try to squeeze much more into your itinerary as it is already pretty full. If you find yourself with extra time, it is always good to know what else is around you but I would maybe not try to do too much more. Having some time to relax and enjoy just wandering around and enjoying a pub lunch is always nice 😉 Big Ben is under renovation and is not expected to reopen to the public for tours until 2021.

Some budget tips: London Pass will save you money on attractions and theatre tickets. Grab sandwiches and snacks from places like Boots or Marks & Spencers during the day – most UK grocery stores and convenience stores offer grab-and-go meals deals around £10 which include sandwich or pasta, side or snack, and drink. Compare menus for sit-down meals before you sit down – traditional pub meals usually offer a good value in London as well as ethnic food spots like Indian, Thai, and Pakistani. London has great Indian food! I have not used Groupon in the UK but it is here.

October 24, 2018 at 12:21 am

Noted on your tips.

If I buy a 3 days London Pass, do I have to activate the HOHO bus and transport to/from Windsor Castle during the same 3 days? Or can they be used outside of the 3 days?

Also what is the current theatre 1 for 1 promotion on the Visitor Oyster card? I read up online and it seems that the train play (can’t remember the name) has finished? Does it offer discount for Aladdin and the other plays that you mentioned?

If not, would it better if I just buy a standard Oyster Card at Gatwick airport’s concierge counter upon arrival? Is it for sale there? I emailed them but no response.

Where are the places that I can get affordable souvenirs and snacks?

October 25, 2018 at 12:51 pm

Yes, you do need to get and use the HOHO ticket while your London Pass is valid, you use your London Pass to get a same-day ticket to get on the bus. It is the same for Windsor Castle as if the person checks your London Pass date and it is expired they won’t let you though the gates (they are manned by a staff member). So for your itinerary, I’d recommend the 6 day pass as it will probably be a better value than the 4 for what you want to do.

For the discounts with the Visitor Oyster Card, you can see them here . They change regularly so not sure which theater tickets are currently on offer. For the London Pass, you can see the discounted tickets on offer here (currently includes Aladdin).

The Oyster Cards are essentially the same but the Visitor Oyster Card provides discounts so it is normally the pick for most visitors. But if you don’t plan to use any of the discounts, then either will work exactly the same. Just remember the Visitor Oyster Card would need to be purchased before your arrival to London.

As noted before, there are several locations you can purchase the regular Oyster Card at Gatwick. If you need to get a hold of the airport concierge counter, I’d recommend calling them rather than email them. The phone number to both desks is on the page I sent earlier.

For discounts on passes and cards, you won’t find them in person, only online. So if the London Pass is on sale, I’d definitely recommend buying it online. The London Pass has fairly regular sales online. As far as I know there are not sales on the Oyster Card as it is a transport pass.

A good area for budget souvenirs is actually where you pick up the London Pass (if you buy it online, and don’t have it mailed) around Leicester Square as there are several shops there. But it depends on what you are looking for as you’ll see souvenir places all around as you travel in London. Snacks can be found all over – grocery stores like Boots, Sainsburys, Aldi, Tesco, etc. all have affordable snacks.

Wishing you a great trip to London!

Sulastri Gunawan Post author

October 14, 2018 at 7:33 am

We’re interested to follow your 3 days itinerary and buy a London Pass for 4 people. Please advise which 3 stars hotel should I stay which is close to the HOHO bus so we can save transport cost.

Many thanks and best regards, Lastri

October 14, 2018 at 2:37 pm

Hi Sulastri,

Glad you found our 3 days in London post helpful in planning your trip itinerary 😉 In terms of hotels in the 3 star range a few to check out are Premier Inn (located near the Borough Market and London Bridge), Hilton Tower Bridge (within walking distance of Tower Bridge, London Bridge, and Borough Market) and Nadler Victoria Hotel (a 4-star near Buckingham Palace). All are centrally located and within a 10 minute walk of a HOHO bus stop – all work well with the itinerary and will minimize the amount of public transport (or taxis) you’ll need to take.

Those should give you some good places to start, but you have loads of lodging options in London near bus stops as the buses stop near almost all of the major centrally located tourist attractions.

sergio Post author

October 10, 2018 at 10:58 pm

This itinerary is amazing. The best one I’ve seen while researching my London trip next week. Is there a way to get this in a PDF or hard copy so I can keep it with me while on the road? Or should I just print it from my web browser. I feel like it may get too cluttered that way. Thanks!

October 12, 2018 at 7:28 pm

Hi Sergio, So happy you found our 3 day London itinerary so helpful in planning your trip! We don’t have a great way to get a PDF of our content at this time, but since a lot of people have asked over the past year, we are trying to come up with a solution soon.

But can definitely print it if you wish and the best way to do that might be to scroll to the bottom of the post and then find the “Share this Post” social icons. If you then click on the “More” button, you’ll find a print option.

Wishing you a wonderful trip to London! Jessica

Karen Post author

October 10, 2018 at 9:50 am

Hi, We will be visiting London October 25-28. I am having a hard time deciding on how to plan out our days. We arrive October 25th at 10:00 am from Los Angeles. I would like to do some sightseeing that afternoon. What would you recommend doing that day? Th next day we will try to see a lot!! Then on the 27th I would like to go to Windsor and if you have other recommendations I would greatly appreciate it. Do you think we should book any tours? Sorry for all the questions. It’s difficult to cram so much in a short time. I appreciate your help. I love your site!! Its been very helpful.

October 10, 2018 at 10:53 am

I would recommend following the Day 1 suggested itinerary on your first afternoon in London. Since you will have a later start, you won’t be able to go inside too many places, so prioritize any of the sites you want to visit the interiors, but there is lots to see by just following the walking tour. Then on Day 2, I’d start at Tower of London if you want to visit there. On Day 2, you can also go back and visit anything on Day 1 that you missed and prioritize the places you really want to see/visit. Then Day 3 you can follow the Day 3 itinerary as it includes Windsor.

Since it sounds like you have about 3 full days, I’d just modify the 3 day London itinerary into how it fits your time in London and interests. The more you plan ahead, the more you’ll be able to see. Just make sure to leave in some flexibility so you are not too rushed and have some time to explore and enjoy!

Let me know if you have questions as you put together your itinerary.

Anais Hernandez Post author

October 1, 2018 at 5:42 pm

My brother and I will be spending 3 full days in London in November. After sooooo many reading of London itinerary, this one is the most complex. I feel it covers everything and most importantly at my pace. Love it! Well done!

October 3, 2018 at 8:31 pm

Hi Anais, Thank you so much for taking the time to leave us a comment and thanks so much for the kind words. We are so happy that you found our 3 day London itinerary helpful for planning your trip to London. We wish you and your brother a wonderful 3 days in London. Please let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip – we will be back in London in November ourselves for a week 😉 Best, Jessica

Hugh Post author

August 25, 2018 at 4:49 am

Hi Jessica & Laurence,

Simply wow….!!! Your efforts are really appreciable, this is an amazing itinerary for spending 3 days in London. I love all the images that you have shared. Thanks for sharing this!

August 25, 2018 at 5:45 am

Thanks Hugh, thanks for taking the time to comment and wishing you a great trip to London! ~ Jessica

Rio Post author

August 25, 2018 at 4:00 am

This is a great itinerary. As a native Brit I only visited the Tower of London last year and still have yet to visit The Churchill War Rooms (it was closed the last time I was there). I used to visit London several times a year as I had family living there at the time and we would rarely do any tourist attractions. It’s only in the last few years that I’ve actually managed to properly explore our Capital.

August 25, 2018 at 5:43 am

Hi Rio, Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and hopefully you get a chance to visit some more attractions on your next trip. It is so true that we often don’t properly explore our own home. My husband lived in central London for a few years, and only went to a few of the major tourist attractions while he was there. Now, with me, he’s been to just about all the highlights over the past few years 😉 Best, Jessica

Rob+Ann Post author

August 21, 2018 at 8:55 pm

We’ll definitely be using both this itinerary and the London Pass on our next visit. Sadly, we have yet to actually dedicate a trip to explore the city properly! Fixing that is high on our list. Thanks for all of the ideas and details – pinning this one for later! Only thing is, so much to see we’ll have to repeat several times. At least, that’s our plan! 🙂

August 23, 2018 at 5:40 am

Hi Rob & Ann, Hope you get a chance to visit soon and the London Pass is definitely a great way to explore the city. Yes, there is so much to do in London that it can take a few visits to do all the things you might want to do. We visit at least once a year and always leave with things we want to see next time 😉 Best, Jessica

Seana Turner Post author

August 20, 2018 at 6:10 am

The last time we were in London I was surprised at how crowded it was. It had been awhile since I’d been there, and I found it pretty packed. If I were to go back, I’d love the side trips. I’ve never done any of them. I would love seeing Highclere Castle and the Harry Potter world. I wonder what I would think of Stonehenge, but hey, why not? I love the detail of all of your posts.

August 20, 2018 at 6:29 am

Hi Seana, Yes, London is just one of those cities that is busy and popular year round – it can particularly be busy in the summer months. We tend to visit in the autumn, winter, or Spring although you can get some amazing weather in summer. Day trips are pretty easy to take from London and we’ve done all three of those ones and really enjoyed them – I am not even a huge Harry Potter fan but the Harry Potter Studio is still really interesting and well done. Best, Jessica

Anna Post author

August 19, 2018 at 7:43 am

London is such an awesome city and what a great itineary! I´ve spent a month there for my masters thesis 6 years ago and really wanted to go back to do more of the sightseeing ever since! Especially the day trips like Stonehenge or Oxford!

August 19, 2018 at 11:11 am

Hi Anna, Thanks, and hope you get a chance to return to London to do some of the day trips and explore more of the country. Stonehenge and Oxford are both great places to visit in England – we particularly really love Oxford. Best, Jessica

Michael Post author

August 19, 2018 at 3:26 am

Wow what an extensive list of things to do! WE live in London and are meant to be planning 3 days here for our friends later this year. I think I might just send them the link to this and then spend my afternoon in the pub!? Thanks for sharing!

August 19, 2018 at 4:59 am

Hi Michael, So you can just print the 3 day London itinerary, have them buy a London Pass, and meet up with them after their sightseeing in the evening for drinks and dinners – all sorted 😉 It can be hard to show people around a popular destination, I used to live near San Francisco and we now are in Edinburgh (Laurence used to live in London as well) and most people want to go do/see many of the same things but how many times do you really want to ride the cable cars or visit Edinburgh Castle. Enjoy your friends’ visit to London and hope this helps you a bit in your planning! Best, Jessica

Wendy Maes Post author

August 18, 2018 at 7:00 am

It’s been 16 yers since I was in London, but next month I am finally going back with my BFF. This itinerary is perfect! I am going to pin it to use it next month.

August 18, 2018 at 7:59 am

Hi Wendy, Thanks for pinning and so happy to hear you are getting a chance to visit London again next month. I hope you have a wonderful time and glad our London itinerary came at such a great time – enjoy your vacation in London! Best, Jessica

California Globetrotter Post author

August 17, 2018 at 7:20 pm

We thoroughly enjoyed using the London Pass and would highly recommend it again! And probably get it again on a future return to do more! So convenient, and it’s so nice to be able to visit as many locations as you wish without any limits, unlike Nashville.

August 18, 2018 at 7:47 am

Hi Lolo, Yes, the London Pass is one of our favorite city discount passes and we’ve used it a few times now. It would definitely save you money (and time) if spending three days in London and visiting many of the places on this itinerary. It along with the Paris Museum Pass are our two favorite city passes we’ve used.

There is a limit with the London Pass (there is a maximum purse value) but it is pretty high so very few travelers would be able to visit enough places to max is out, and we’ve never heard from anyone about this being an issue. Best, Jessica

Cynthia Post author

August 17, 2018 at 6:41 pm

This is a great itinerary! I was in London for 5 days a few years ago. My favorites were the National Gallery, the British Museum, and the Tate Modern. Also went to a couple other museums can’t remember names of! One had pre-Raphaelite art. Wonderful collections. The Tower of London and other iconic sights were faves as well. I liked seeing the sparkly jewels. 😉

August 18, 2018 at 7:41 am

Hi Cynthia,

Thanks, yes, London has some amazing museums and art galleries and you could easily spend 3 full days just visiting them! Sounds like you visited a number of great ones. Umm, for the pre-Raphaelite art, it may have been The Tate (not the Tate Modern) but it could have been one of several museums. Yes, the Tower of London and the Crown Jewels is always a popular favorite 😉 Best, Jessica

Anda Post author

August 17, 2018 at 6:15 pm

London is one of my favorite travel destinations. We’ve spent a week there a few years ago, but my sweet memories started to fade. I think it’s time for another trip. Your 3-day itinerary gave me the idea to add London to our trip to Italy this fall.

August 18, 2018 at 7:36 am

Hi Anda, Ours too! Although I didn’t have a very good impression of London on my first day there, it was raining, windy, and there was tons of some sort of debris in the air that kept blowing into our faces. One of our first stops was also visa related which didn’t add to the appeal. But I’ve come to really love the city and there is just so much to do there, which is a good thing since is it one of the places we visit the most 😉 Hope you get a chance to stop in London in the fall. Best, Jessica

Katherine Post author

August 17, 2018 at 2:35 pm

I lived in London for a few years, and the best thing about it is that you’re never done seeing everything there. There’s always something new and different to check out, and your London itinerary is an awesome first taste! I miss it so much 🙂

August 18, 2018 at 7:34 am

Hi Katherine, I hope you get a chance to get back to London soon 😉 Laurence also used to live in London but saw very few tourist attractions while in London so he enjoys returning with me and seeing all the museums, historical attractions, etc. We’re excited to head back for a week in November! Jessica

Anisa Post author

August 17, 2018 at 1:46 pm

I have spent a fair amount of time in London but I still have so many things I want to see! I need to go to the Churchill War Rooms and do the tour of the Houses of Parliament. I still need to go to the Sky Garden too, but I never plan enough in advance.

August 18, 2018 at 7:31 am

Hi Anisa, Both the Houses of Parliament and Churchill War Rooms are great sites in London and both are easy to visit on the same day as they are a short walk from one another, but you do need to plan ahead for the Parliament. There are also some similar threads between them that make them good stops for the same day. We’ve visited the War Rooms twice, once with a guide and once without and found it interesting both times. Best, Jessica

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of replies to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store the data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

The PERFECT 3 Days in London Itinerary [2024 Guide]

• Last Updated: February 5, 2024

If you’re planning a trip to the United Kingdom, this post is chock full of the best things to add to your 3 days in London itinerary.

Welcome to one of the world’s most important and influential cities.

At the height of the British Empire, 25% of the world was controlled by London.

Decisions made in the British capital have shaped history and created the world we know today.

For many London is the world’s most cosmopolitan city (sorry NYC ). It’s history a centre of economics, politics and the arts give the city a dollop of history and culture to which few other cities can even come close.

Founded as the Roman city of Londinium in AD 43, it was the Great Fire of London the gave us the city we see now.

And in more recent history, as the British Empire grew so did London’s power and prestige.

London’s rich history is present everywhere. From the city’s many excellent museums to the stories and tales that have been handed down from generation to generation.

Between museums, the arts, sporting events, parks, great food and plenty of pubs there is more than enough to keep you busy for 3 days.

In truth, you could be here for much longer as London is packed full of stuff to do.

However, our 3 days in London itinerary will give you all the best bits to see, do and eat in the UK’s cosmopolitan capital.

Table of Contents

Westminster Bridge 

Houses of parliament and big ben , westminster abbey , 10 downing street , horse guards and the household cavalry , the mall and st james’s park , buckingham palace, green park , fortnum and mason, piccadilly circus , trafalgar square and the national gallery, take a load off in leicester square and covent garden, take an early morning trip to tower bridge , admire one of the world’s most impressive historical collections at the british museum, the victoria and albert museum (v and a) and the natural history museum , enjoy a spot of afternoon tea , take a wander along the southbank, finish up in a proper british pub , st pauls cathedral , explore the guildhall, take a jack the ripper walking tour , get some shopping done at spitalfields market , take in some street art around shoreditch and brick lane, get a feel for music around camden, best budget accommodation in london – wombats city hostel, best mid-range accommodation in london – best western wembley , best luxury accommodation in london – blackbird, getting around london, fish and chips , markets/gourmet produce , pie and mash, how to spend a perfect 3 days in london itinerary.

Our 3 days in London itinerary is going to take you to many of the city’s most well-known sites and areas.

Charge your cameras and get your most comfortable shoes ready because it’s going to be a jam-packed 3 days!

Day 1 – London Must-See Buildings and Architecture

Our first day starts out at Westminster station and finishes at either Leicester Square, Holborn or Covent Garden tube stations.

This depends on which station is best for you to head back to your accommodation as they are all in the same area. 

You can think of this first day as one long walking tour.

Take as much or as little time as you want at each point of interest, but this a great introduction to London as a political and cultural centre.  

Head out of Westminster Station and take a short walk to Westminster Bridge for some lovely views along the Thames.

These will necessarily include some excellent views of the Houses of Parliament. 

Get here early though. From about 10 am the bridge becomes jam-packed with tourists, hawkers and people trying to commute. 

• Nearest Tube Station : Westminster 

As of 2019 Big Ben is undergoing a rather major refit, so sadly you won’t get to see the famous clock in all its glory. 

The Houses of Parliament , on the other hand, is construction free at present.

The best views are from either Westminster Bridge or from Parliament Square. 

• Nearest Tube Station : Westminster

This huge cathedral is just off Parliament. It became most famous as the location of Prince William and Kate Middleton’s marriage back in 2011.

Built-in 929 AD, this stunning piece of architecture is a reminder of the importance of Christianity in England. 

Make sure you buy your pass for entrance into the Abbey .

• Address : 20 Deans Yd, Westminster, London SW1P 3PA
• Opening Hours : 9:30 am – 3:30 pm Mon, Tues, Thurs, Fri and Sat. 9:30 – 6:00 pm on Weds. Closed on Sundays.
• Cost : 16 GBP. However, at 5 pm, you can go to the evensong for free.

From Westminster Abbey pull a bit of u-turn to walk past 10 Downing Street, the home of the British Prime Minister.

The architecture in this part of London is particularly lovely. But do remember that you cannot go right up the house for obvious reasons. 

• Address : 10 Downing Street, London
• Opening Hours : 24 hours, however, you will only be able to see the street entrance.
• Cost : Free

Beyond 10 Downing Street, you will find the home of the Household Cavalry.

Cue the mandatory photos with a member of the Household Cavalry at their post. 

But do not get in their way. Although they perform mainly ceremonial duties, they are members of the British army.

Those that cross the line will be politely reminded of that fact. 

If you get here at the right time, you will be able to see the changing of the guard, which is well worth checking out.

If you are lucky enough you can catch the changing of the guard ceremony.

This ceremony begins here and then goes all the way up to Buckingham Palace , the sight of one of London’s most famous demonstrations of pomp and tradition. 

Book a tour with a guide to make sure you don’t miss it.

• Address : Whitehall, London, SW1A 2AX
• Opening Hours : You can walk through at any time, however times for the changing of the guard can be found through the link above.
• Nearest Tube Station : Westminster or St James’s Park.

Passing through the Horse Guards brings you out into the gorgeous St James’s Park.

If you’re lucky enough you will spot a pelican on the pond as you head towards the Mall , the finish of the London marathon.

This straight road leads directly to Buckingham Palace. 

The entrance of the Mall from just North of the Horse Guards offers some stunning architecture, which is well worth checking out!

• Opening Hours: 5 am – 12 am
• Nearest Tube Station: St James’s Park.

Any itinerary for 3 days in London will include a visit to Buckingham Palance.

One of the most famous sights in the United Kingdom is the Queen’s main place of residence.

To be fair, Queen Elizabeth II has a fair few other palaces, castles and stately homes dotted across the land. But this is the most famous. 

The highlight of any visit to Buckingham Palace is the changing of the guard .

As the procession moves from the Horse Guards to Buckingham Palace you will see the crowds getting ever larger.

Plan on getting to Buckingham Palace at least 30 minutes before the changing of the guard ceremony if you want the best views.

As a warning, it can be rather busy! 

If you’re not to fussed with pomp and ceremony then you can skip the changing of the guard.

Next to Buckingham Palace, you can find the Queen’s gallery which is home to some fantastic permanent exhibits with regular special exhibits throughout the year.

• Address : Buckingham Palace London SW1A 1AA
• Opening Hours: 24 hours to view from the outside. Changing of the guard usually takes place at 11 am.
• Nearest Tube Station : Green Park

Over the road from Buckingham Palace, you will find Green Park.

This park was originally an extension of St James’s Park and a rather unusual story surrounding its name.

Supposedly Queen Catherine, the wife of Charles II, caught her husband picking flowers in Green Park for his mistress.

Enraged at his betrayal she ordered all of the flowers in the park to be removed.

Before that, it was also apparently used as a burial ground for lepers. 

History aside this is one of London’s most popular parks during the summer months.

At lunch and dinnertime, the park swells with picnickers. 

• Opening Hours : 5 am – 12 am

Any 3 days in London itinerary usually includes a trip to Harrods, London’s most famous and ludicrously expensive department store.

A short walk from Green Park is the less well known (but certainly no less fancy) Fortnum and Mason .

The surrounding area is full of swanky shops so feel free to explore if this tickles your fancy. 

• Address : 181 Piccadilly London W1A 1ER
• Opening Hours : Monday to Saturday – 10 am – 9 pm. Sunday 12 pm – 6pm

Keep walking east from Fortnum and Mason and you will walk straight into Piccadilly Circus.

Whilst certainly not have the glitz, glamour or size of New York’s Time Square, this is one of London’s most iconic locations. 

There are plenty of pubs, restaurants and swanky shops in the vicinity with the close proximity of Bond Street, Oxford Circus, Leicester Squar e, and Covent Garden .

Get ready to get lost in the winding alleys and streets as you find your own little piece of London.

• Opening Hours : 24 hours. Restaurants and shops in the surrounding area
• Nearest Tube Station : Picadilly Circus

Take a slight detour here and head down towards another iconic London location – Trafalgar Square.

For many years this stunning square was mainly famous for its pigeons.

Tourists delighted in feeding them, whereas the feelings amongst the locals were far less exuberant. 

Just behind Trafalgar Square is the National Gallery .

Like with many of London’s best museums and galleries it’s free to enter.

So take the opportunity to check off some of history’s most stunning pieces of artwork.

Alternatively, you can head before going to St James’ Park and Buckingham Palace as it’s right next to the Household Cavalry.

• Address : The National Gallery Trafalgar Square London WC2N 5DN
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 6 pm daily, with the exception of Friday when it’s open until 9 pm.
• Nearest Tube Station : Charing Cross

After a long day of sightseeing and walking through central London it’s time to put your feet up with a beer or two in the Leicester Square/Convent Garden area.

Those areas sort of roll into one. The Tube advises travellers to get off at Leicester Square, as opposed to Covent Garden, as the latter can get so crowded. 

But both areas are chock full of pubs, clubs and restaurants. So let your hair down in this rather happening area of London. 

The area also has lots of theatres. So if you fancy catching a show in the west end then this is the place to do it.

Incidentally, there are a number of ticket offices on the edge of Leicester that sometimes have some amazingly cheap deals on offer. 

• Opening Hours : This is a 24-hour area, with restaurants, bars, live music venues, and comedy clubs jam-packed into this happening area.
• Cost : As much or as little as you want.
• Nearest Tube Station : Leicester Square, Convent Garden and Holborn.

Day 2 – Museums and Parks

Our second day will be a bit more of a relaxed affair as we check out some of London’s incredible museums.

One of the best things about London’s museums is that they are free – which is a welcome relief for anyone who has ever visited museums in New York. 

We can start the day off with a visit to Tower Bridge. This is one of London’s most iconic sights, so it can be a little busy sometimes.

However, getting there early in the morning will give you some great photo opportunities of both Tower Bridge and the Tower of London (one of the few museums in London that isn’t free).

In addition, there will be some great views of the City of London’s more modern architectural wonders including the gherkin, the walkie talkie and the cheese grater . 

Book your ‘ Skip the Line’ ticket for the Tower of London here.

• Opening Hours : 24 hours.
• Cost : Free unless you want to go up into the towers.
• Nearest Tube Station : Tower Hill.

Welcome to what many believe is the best museum in London.

The sheer size of the British museum is mind-boggling. You could be here for days and not see everything.

There is something for everyone here, so get stuck into this incredible museum.

• Address : Great Russell St, Bloomsbury, London WC1B 3DG
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 5:30 pm daily, with the exception of Friday when it’s open until 8:30 pm.
• Nearest Tube Station : Russell Square

If the British Museum doesn’t tickle your fancy then head down to South Kensington and check out either the Victoria and Albert Museum (affectionately known as the V and A) or the National History Museum. 

Both museums offer extensive collections with the Natural History Museum being the more family-friendly option.

If you’re into architecture then make sure you at least check out the Natural History Museum. It is a particularly lovely building. 

Incidentally, if you are in London on the last Friday of the month they hold a phenomenal silent disco which is a must! 

• Address : Victoria and Albert Museum, Cromwell Road, London SW7 2RL
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 5:45 pm daily, with the exception of Friday when it’s open until 10:00 pm.
• Nearest Tube Station : South Kensington

READ MORE: Plan a road trip around Ireland .

Hyde Park is probably London’s most famous park. This huge expanse of land is a world away from the chaos of central London.

At its centre is the Serpentine , a large body of water where rowboats can be rented to enjoy a summer afternoon.

Visit the iconic speaker’s corner, a site for speeches and debates since the 1800s when protests and demonstrations took place in Hyde Park. 

On Sunday mornings speakers come to share their views and follow in the footsteps of Karl Marx, George Orwell and Vladimir Lenin. 

• Opening Hours : 5 am -12:00 am daily.
• Nearest Tube Station : Hyde Park Corner

London in 3 days is certainly a squeeze. However, be sure to make time to enjoy afternoon tea at one of the many establishments offering such a service in London.

The most famous is The Ritz , very close to Green Park tube station.

However you will need to book in advance, and you will need to be smartly dressed. Jeans, trainers and t-shirts are a no go! 

The central piece of afternoon tea is scones with clotted cream and jam.

However, the debate about the order is rife.

Devon and Cornwall, two counties in the south-west of the United Kingdom are central to this debate.

In Devon, the clotted cream is spread first followed by a dollop of jam on top, whereas it’s the other way round in Cornwall.

I personally prefer the Devon way. 

This lovely section of the Thames stretching east from Waterloo offers some stunning evening views of London.

Weekend daytimes are filled with people selling books and paintings, locals going for a jog and some very talented skateboarders. 

You can follow this path all the way to the Tate Modern , which is also free!

• Opening Hours : 24 hours
• Nearest Tube Station : Waterloo

Sipping an ale in a pub is a quintessentially British activity that can be enjoyed from the moment the pub opens its doors.

Pubs start serving alcohol from 11:00 am and will usually finish up between 11:00 pm and 12:00 am. 

With 3 days in London you should have enough to check into a couple of pubs for a uniquely British experience.

There are a number of excellent old pubs in London that are well worth checking out.

The Mayflower near Rotherhithe overground station, the Cittie of York next to Chancery Lane tube station and the Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese near Blackfriars tube station are 3 of the best, and oldest pubs in London.

The Mayflower sits right on the edge of the Thames and offers great food and some lovely sunset views.

Day 3 – London City Centre

Today we will head into the City of London.

Also known as the “Square Mile,” this is the financial heart of the United Kingdom. And, for a couple of hundred years, it was the world’s financial centre until New York City knocked London off top spot after World War I. 

The City of London also has a rather more gruesome history. It is here where Jack the Ripper operated uneducated in 1888.

There a number of excellent Jack the Ripper walking tours operating in this part of London. 

After the Great Fire of London in 1666 London lay in ruins. The renowned architect Sir Christopher Wren was charged with the re-building of the city.

Central to this was St Pauls Cathedral. 

This stunning Cathedral is truly breathtaking, and amazingly escaped severe damage from German bombs during World War II.

However, one of the clocks was destroyed and never replaced as a reminder of the horrors suffered. 

For amazing views of St Pauls and the surrounding area head to the shopping mall behind the cathedral and go to the top floor.

This will bring out onto an open-air platform where you can snap away to your heart’s content. 

Book your ‘ Skip the Line’ ticket online here .

• Address : St. Paul’s Churchyard, London EC4M 8AD
• Opening Hours : 8:30 am – 4:30 pm from Monday to Saturday. The cathedral is open for worship on Sundays.
• Cost : 20 GBP per adult
• Nearest Tube Station : St Pauls

This is an undiscovered gem in London. This stunning piece of architecture is a stone’s throw from St Pauls and is home to the ruins of a Roman amphitheatre.

Yes, you read that right a Roman amphitheatre in the heart of London!

Head inside and head downstairs and you will see it in all it’s glory. 

The Guildhall itself is home to a lovely museum and is well worth checking out if you have the time.  

• Address : Basinghall St, London EC2V 7HH
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 4:30 pm daily
• Nearest Tube Station : St Pauls, Moorgate or Bank

Jack the Ripper was an infamous and unidentified serial killer who terrorized London in the late 1800s.

Due to the fact the killer was never identified and captured, legend and lore have grown over the years.

There are a number of excellent Jack the Ripper walks on offer in this part of London well worth checking out.

Sharing some of London’s most interesting stories these walks an awesome addition to 3 perfect days in London.

This huge market is home to almost everything and anything it seems.

It sits alongside Petticoat Lane , which is home to one of London’s largest clothing markets.

There is plenty to keep you occupied around here with a number of great food outlets inside Spitalfields Market itself. 

• Address : 56 Brushfield St, Spitalfields, London E1 6AA
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 8 pm from Monday to Friday. 10 am – 5 pm on Saturdays and 10 am to 4 pm on Sundays.
• Nearest Tube Station : Liverpool Street

READ MORE: Plan the perfect 3 days in New York City

One of London’s most famous streets is the graffiti-laden area that is Brick Lane.

Expect to find plenty of other visitors embarking on walking tours and snapping photos of some of the funky artwork. 

The street is famous for curries, and amazingly every single one seems to be the best curry on Brick Lane, according to TripAdvisor. To be honest the curry here is average at best.

Your best off heading to the amazing bagel shop at the end of the street for one of the best bargains in London. 

• Opening Hours : 24 hours. Sundays market can be especially busy
• Nearest Tube Station : Shoreditch High Street (Overground)

If you still have the energy after a jam-packed three days then head on up the hedonistic area of Camden.

Expect the pubs to be packed and the music to be loud. 

There are some great live music venues around here offering up the latest unsigned wonders.

If you’re around Camden Locks on the weekend it is especially busy, but it’s a great atmosphere. 

Personally, I recommend booking into a pub crawl of Camden .

• Opening Hours : Another 24-hour area where the party goes on well into the early hours
• Cost : As much or as little as you want
• Nearest Tube Station : Camden Town

London Travel Guide

Now that you know what to do for your 3 days in London itinerary, we want to help you make your other plans as well by sharing the best accommodations and places to eat in the city.

Accommodation in London

Accommodation in London is certainly not at the budget end of the scale.

However, there are some bargains to be found and with London’s excellent transport network as long as your close to a tube station you have easy access to all of London’s best bits. 

London is divided into concentric zones, ranging from zones 1 to 9 with zone 1 at the centre.

Zones 1, 2, 3 will be the most convenient areas for transport.

Naturally, zone 1 is often the most expensive. 

This awesome hostel is located a short walk from Tower Hill tube station, the Tower of London and Tower Bridge.

With a plethora of awesome stuff to do right on your doorstep, it’s understandable why so many travellers rave about this place. 

Dorms are very reasonably priced however the private rooms are certainly not in that category.

In addition, it’s only a short walk from the north bank of the Thames, a great location for an evening stroll.

It’s close proximity to the city centre, affordable dorms and excellent service make this a winner! 

In London, many of the best mid-range options are like this one, a major hotel chain.

Based up in North London it’s a little further away from things than the other two hotels listed.

However central London is still just a short tube ride away. 

Being up in North London gives you easy access to Camden and the chance to check out Highgate Cemetery.  

This luxury offering based in South Kensington , one of London’s swankiest districts, has all the pomp and ceremony you would expect from a top London hotel. 

It’s full English breakfast gets rave reviews and it’s a hop skip and a jump over to South Kensington’s highlights including the V and A, Natural History Museum, Kensington Gardens, and Hyde Park.

It’s also a short walk to both Earls Court, Gloucester Road, and South Kensington Tube stations, facilitating excellent transport links all over the city. 

London’s transport network is exceptional.

Pick up an oyster card at tube and rail stations which can be used to swipe on and swipe off the tube, overground, DLR and buses.

Best of all, there is a cap on the maximum you can pay.

• Zones 1-4: 10.10 GBP
• Zones 1-5: 12.00 GBP
• Zones 1-6: 12.80 GBP

Everything in our itinerary is within Zones 1-4. 

But the tube can be quite confusing.

Download Citymapper to help you plan your trip appropriately.

Citymapper also provides live updates as to the current status of London’s underground lines, this can be an absolute lifesaver.

Fortunately, you do not have to deal with local and express services as you do in New York and Tokyo, for example.

However, sometimes trains will not go to the end of the line so just pay attention to their final destination. 

Get your 1-day unlimited travel card today on Get Your Guide .

Finally, stand on the right and walk on the left on all escalators.

Failure to follow this will lead to some very angry commuters who will not be shy about making their feelings known. 

Although London is a huge city it is a very walkable city within Zone 1, the very centre of the city.

Half the pleasure of any visit to London is getting lost exploring the many hidden gems the city has to offer. 

Alternatively, ride the famous hop-on-hop-off bus around the city .

Best Places to Eat in London

London is chock full of great eateries from the eye wateringly expensive to the pleasantly affordable.

Here are a few of my personal favourites that will hopefully tick a few boxes! 

Do not get a curry on Brick Lane unless you want overpriced, average Indian food. Incredibly every single restaurant claims to be the number 1 on trip advisor. 

Head up to Ravi Shankars on Drummond Street close to Warren Street Tube Station for some no-frills but awesome south Indian cuisine. 

The Bull Steak Expert on Red Lion street serves up amazing Argentinian steaks at a hefty price. But it is absolutely worth it. 

Good old pub grub is a hallmark of any visit to London. Your accommodation will probably be able to recommend a local one close by.

However, my favourite pub grub in London is served up at the Mayflower in Rotherhithe.

One of the oldest pubs in London it was from this location the Mayflower set sail for the New World in 1620, hence it’s named. 

The quintessential British dish. Any 3 days in London itinerary must include fish and chips somewhere.

The excellent Poppies near Shoreditch gets rave reviews. However this location is certainly not a secret, so be prepared for a wait. 

Head to the awesome Borough Market close to Tower Bridge for all manner of awesome options.

As with Poppies, you should expect it to be rather busy. 

Alternatively, if you’re in town on Saturday head Maltby Street market .

You will need to take a bus to get here. But it’s very rarely visited by tourists, much to the happiness of the locals.

Maureen’s Pie and Mash , up in Poplar is a huge hit.

If you’re not sure, this is pretty much exactly what it says on the tin, meat pies and mashed potato. A perfect winter warmer.

DISCLAIMER: Some of the links in this article are affiliate links, which means if you book accommodation, tours or buy a product, we will receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. These commissions help us keep creating more free travel content to help people plan their holidays and adventures. We only recommend the best accommodations, tours and products that ourselves or our fantastic editorial team have personally experienced, and regularly review these. Thanks for your support, kind friend!

Richard Barnes

Hi, We’re Alesha and Jarryd!

We’ve been traveling the world together since 2008, searching for the planet’s best destinations and adventures.

Love Travel?

Sign up for our free weekly newsletter for the best travel tips, ideas and deals!

We respect your privacy. Unsubscribe at any time.

READ MORE...

Whanganui Journey in New Zealand – The Ultimate Guide [2024]

The ultimate guide to new zealand’s south island in winter, 5 best adventure activities in taranaki, new zealand, related posts, 17 awesome things to do in wanaka (epic 2024 guide), leave a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar
• Skip to footer

The Mindful Traveller

Eco Travel Blog & Photography

3 Perfect Days in London: Complete Itinerary

4 August 2023 · In: City Guide , London , UK

Welcome to London, the  buzzing capital of England . From the iconic Buckingham Palace to the captivating National Museum and the stunning London Bridge, this 3-day itinerary is  perfect for first-time visitors  or a  long weekend getaway  with friends. It will show you all the  unique things to do  and walk you through everything you need to know to make the most of your English city break.

Whether you are into  royal history and art  or looking for a fun time with a stop at some of the  best shops and pubs , London is the place for you! 

Home to  many attractions and historic landmarks , the capital is a perfect blend of traditional and modern and the ideal place for a deeper insight into  British culture .

Walk in the footsteps of royalty at  Kensington Palace , enjoy a 360-degree panorama over the capital from the London Eye , watch the  Change of the Guard  at Buckingham Palace and stop by  Covent Garden  for a shopping spree. There is so much to do!

Are you excited? Keep reading this  city guide  to discover the  perfect 3-day itinerary  covering the top things to do and enjoy your vacation stress-free – and without rushing. You will also find  practical eco-friendly tips  for  responsible travel  at the end. Enjoy!

Disclosure : Some of the links below are affiliate links, meaning that at no additional cost to you, we will receive a commission if you click through and make a purchase. For more information,  read our full affiliate disclosure .

7- London Eye

7- the shard, 7- the british museum, overview: how to see london in 3 days, day 1 – westminster.

• Palace of Westminster
• Westminster Abbey
• St James’s Park
• Buckingham Palace
• Piccadilly Circus
• Trafalgar Square

Day 2 – The City of London

• Tower Bridge
• Tower of London
• St. Paul’s Cathedral
• Tate Modern
• Shakespeare’s Globe
• Borough Market

Day 3 – Kensington

• Kensington Palace
• Natural History Museum
• Victoria & Albert Museum
• Oxford Street
• Covent Garden
• The British Museum

London 3-day itinerary – Map

Click on the top left of the map to display the list of stops and locations.

Detailed itinerary: 3 days in London

This London guide covers all the best things to do and see in 3 days and is perfect for travelling with family, friends or as a couple, whether it is your first time in the city or you have been there before.

On the other hand, remember that this itinerary is only a guide with recommendations . You can spend more days in the English capital or add other stops to your trip.

READ MORE: 10 Eco-Friendly & Fun Things to Do in London

1- Palace of Westminster & Big Ben

Your 3-day London getaway begins with the  Palace of Westminster  and the   well-known  Big Ben , the most famous clock in the world and an iconic tourist attraction you should not miss! 

Also known as the Houses of Parliament, you will find the Palace of Westminster on the north bank of the River Thames in the City of Westminster. It is the perfect place for a  first insight into British culture and history . 

Start by  walking over Westminster Bridge  and the banks of the Thames for fantastic views of the clock and buildings, and do not forget your camera. 

You can then  join a guided or private tour  to visit the Palace of Westminster (including the House of Commons and the House of Lords) for a  better overview of British democracy . With the help of your local guide, you will learn about the history of the building (and the country) and walk in the footsteps of  historical figures  such as Winston Churchill.

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR TOUR

2- Westminster Abbey

Not far from the Palace of Westminster, you will find another  emblematic and unmissable landmark : Westminster Abbey. This  Royal church  offers daily services for all and is a  UNESCO World Heritage Site  home to the most significant collection of giant sculptures in Britain.

Since 1066, this stunning Abbey has  hosted the coronations  of every British Monarch, including Queen Victoria and Elizabeth II. It is also the  resting place  of many great monarchs, artists, scientists and politicians.

Whether or not you are a history buff or a fan of British royal heritage, this iconic church is  worth the visit . 

Step through its doors to explore over a  thousand years of history , marvel at the breathtaking  Gothic architecture  and discover the  Coronation Chair , the oldest piece of furniture in the country still in use for its original purpose. 

Visiting Westminster Abbey takes around 2 to 3 hours as there is so much history and heritage to discover. Of course, you can spend less time there if you wish.

Yes, Westminster Abbey is an active place of worship where all are welcome to attend the daily services for free. There are also a few particular services throughout the year, but you might need to book your tickets in advance.

3- St. James’s Park

You continue your discovery of London with a  peaceful stroll through St. James’s Park , the  oldest Royal Park  at the heart of the capital offering 57 acres of green space and home to  The Mall  and  Horse Guards Parade .

Lined with renowned landmarks such as  Buckingham Palace  and  Clarence House , the park provides a quiet space amidst the hustle and bustle of the city. 

Enjoy fantastic views over the lake from the  Blue Bridge , admire the beautiful  Tiffany Fountain  and stop at  St James’s Café  for a well-deserved break. 

Once rejuvenated,  walk towards Buckingham Palace along The Mall , a processional route that witnessed many historic parades over the years.

4- Buckingham Palace

It is time to discover the  most iconic attraction in Britain  (and arguably in the world): Buckingham Palace. The  official royal residence  and administrative headquarters of the Monarch is a must-see for any traveller visiting London. 

Spend time  admiring this stunning monument  and  join a guided tour  to get a deeper insight into the life of the Royal Family and learn more about the history of the palace and its traditions.

Once inside, you will have the chance to  explore the 19 State Rooms  and discover sumptuous apartments and splendid ornaments. You will also uncover some of the most  outstanding jewels of the Royal Collection , including paintings by Rembrandt, Rubens and Canaletto. 

In addition, do not miss the  Changing of the Gard , a popular free event taking place outside Buckingham Palace on specific days from 10:45, lasting around 45 minutes. So make sure to plan your visit accordingly and arrive early to secure a good spot!  

A tour of Buckingham Palace takes between 2h and 2h30. Of course, guided tour times may be different, so check beforehand with your provider.

UNFORGETTABLE TOURS I RECOMMEND

5- piccadilly circus.

It is time to head to Piccadilly Circus, a  famous   road junction and public space  built in 1819, where many locals and tourists choose to meet due to its privileged  central location  close to important  leisure and shopping areas .

This square is one of the  liveliest areas  in London and one of the main places to  go out partying  with many bars and clubs – perfect for any traveller enjoying the nightlife.

In addition, Piccadilly Circus offers a variety of  cinemas, theatres, shops and restaurants , including famous traditional English pubs.

And, of course, do not forget to sit by the notable  statue of Eros  and take photos in front of the  iconic advertising screens !

6- Trafalgar Square & The National Gallery

Continue your walk toward the east to arrive at Trafalgar Square, a  public square showcasing some of the top attractions  in London, from renowned galleries and historic buildings to statues and monuments.

Once in the square, admire  Nelson’s Column , take a photo with one of the famous  lion statues , relax by the two stunning  fountains , find the four  pedestals  in the corners of the square and do not miss the  police box .

And, of course, one of the must-do activities in Trafalgar Square is the  National Gallery , an art museum housing a remarkable collection of over 2,300 paintings from the Middle Ages to the 20th century.

The best way to explore this fascinating museum is by  joining a guided tour  to uncover famous artworks and learn more about the European art world.

You end your first day in London with the London Eye, the  tallest Ferris wheel in Europe  and one of the most  popular tourist attractions  in the UK, offering  panoramic views  from 135 meters above the Thames.

Hop in one of its  glass pods  and enjoy a stunning  360-degree panorama  where you can spot the  most iconic landmarks  and top highlights, including Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and St Paul’s Cathedral. 

The wheel offers an ideal opportunity to  slow down  and watch life unfolding beneath you. It is also a perfect place to  watch a beautiful sunset  over the capital and admire the twinkling lights after dark. 

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR ENTRANCE

A rotation in one of its capsules takes around 30 minutes and gives you a unique perspective of London. If you are in a hurry or do not want to wait, buy a fast-track entry ticket to skip the queues.

1- Tower Bridge

You start your second day in London with one of the  most famous and recognisable landmarks  in the capital: Tower Bridge.

This  spectacular bridge  is a must-visit on your 3-day itinerary, especially if you love taking photos, and a unique attraction with plenty to do, including  walking over the glass walkway  and exploring the  Victorian Engine Rooms .

Enjoy  scenic city views  from the glass floors and high-level walkways 42 metres above the River Thames. You can also try to plan your visit with the  Bridge Lift  to see the roadway rise beneath your feet.

Another highlight of the site is the  Victorian Engine Rooms,  where you can learn more about the lives of people who operated the bridge, with a  permanent exhibition  showcasing their stories.

Visiting the Tower Bridge takes approximately 1 hour, giving you plenty of time to explore the Bridge’s Towers, Walkways and Engine Rooms.

2- Tower of London

Just next to Tower Bridge, you will find the timeless Tower of London, a  historic castle  and  famous fortress  on the north bank of the River Thames filled with culture and heritage.

Plan your visit to this iconic  UNESCO World Heritage site  to discover unique tales and stories and uncover over 1,000 years of its history as a  royal palace, armoury and prison . 

You will also have the chance to meet the  Yeoman Warders  (also known as Beefeaters), spot one of the  ravens  (guardians of the Tower) and marvel at the  Crown Jewels , a priceless symbol of the British Monarchy containing the most significant collection of crown jewels.

You guessed it, the Tower of London is a fantastic place to  learn more about British history . 

3- St. Paul’s Cathedral

Take time to wander along the River Thames and stop at St. Paul’s Cathedral on your journey, a  17th-century Anglican cathedral  with its  iconic dome , one of the largest in the world.

The cathedral is still an  active place of worship  today and is also one of the top sightseeing attractions in London, as an  architectural masterpiece . 

So, if you have time, join a guided tour to learn more about the cathedral and its  art, history and religious significance .

You will step inside its doors to explore its floor filled with  paintings and mosaics , venture into the  Crypt  to view the tombs and memorials of world-famous figures and climb its  three galleries  to enjoy  panoramic views  from the top of the dome.

Yes, St. Paul’s Cathedral welcomes all to attend the daily services for free. There are also a few particular services throughout the year, but you might need to book your tickets in advance.

4- Tate Modern

Head south and cross the River Thames to explore the Tate Modern, a  free art gallery  home to the national collection of  international modern and contemporary art .

This  inspiring art museum  is housed in the former  Bankside Power Station  on the banks of the Thames, where Turbine Hall runs the length of the entire building. 

And since the museum is free, why not add it to your bucket list? You will uncover  paintings, sculptures and more  made by famous artists from all over the world. Plus, it is a  great thing to do on a rainy day ! 

Plan a visit by yourself or join a guided tour and take the time to admire  fascinating artworks by renowned artists  such as Cézanne, Matisse, Picasso, Dali and Warhol.

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR GUIDED TOUR

5- Shakespeare’s Globe

Not far from the Tate Modern, on the south bank of the River Thames, you will find the Shakespeare’s Globe, a  world-renowned performing art venue  and a  reconstruction of the Globe Theatre , an Elizabethan playhouse for which  William Shakespeare  wrote his plays.

Join a  guided tour  of the Globe Theatre auditorium to  step back into 400 years of history , where your guide will bring tales to life and illustrate how the site remains a significant venue today.

The tour runs  each day and throughout the year  – but check out the  website  beforehand to make sure it is not closed for rehearsals and performances. I also recommend you  book your ticket online . 

6- Borough Market

You continue your stroll along the Thames to arrive at the  Borough Market , a  historic market hall  and one of the largest and  oldest food markets in London , dating back to at least the 12th century.

This buzzing market is a haven for  foodie lovers ! It features  high-quality food  and  sustainable products  and is the perfect place to connect with locals. 

From  British specialities  to  international delights  such as artisanal chocolate truffles, Indian street food and raclette, there is something for every tastebud.

And if the Borough Market is a fantastic place to buy sustainably, it is also an ideal place to eat responsibly! You will find  plenty of delicious restaurants , from fresh pasta to Middle Eastern cuisine and cosy Sunday lunch.

FOOD TOURS I RECOMMEND

Here you are, your last stop of the day! Cross the road to access  the Shard , an  impressive skyscraper  designed by the Italian architect Renzo Piano and a must-do activity for its  incredible views ! 

The  View from The Shard  allows you to reach the viewing platforms at levels 68 and 69 and experience a unique  360-degree panorama  over London. 

If you feel adventurous, you can also head up to the  Skydeck  on level 72, an  open-air platform  providing breathtaking views.

From the top of this iconic vertical building, you will be able to spot some of the  top landmarks , such as Tower Bridge, Big Ben, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre and St Paul’s Cathedral.

And for a memorable experience, try to  visit the viewing platform at sunset . It is a great thing to do if you are a couple looking for a romantic evening – that is what I did with my partner. We also had a glass of champagne with our ticket. 

1- Kensington Palace

You begin your last day in London with Kensington Palace, a  working Royal residence  with  great historical importance , shaped by generations of royal women from Queen Mary to Victoria and Diana, Princess of Wales.

Join a guided tour to  explore the birthplace of Queen Victoria  and the home to young royals for over 300 years, and walk in the footsteps of royalty as you discover the  sumptuous state apartments  such as the King’s State Apartments and Queen’s State Apartments, which will shine a light on the lives of its royal residents.

And if you are more of an art lover, enjoy the  stunning work of architect and painter William Kent  in the Cupola Room and King’s Grand Staircase, and admire the dazzling  examples of 18th-century court dresses and artworks  from the Royal Collection.

2- The Natural History Museum

A 3-day London itinerary could not be complete without its Natural History Museum, a  fascinating museum  exhibiting a vast range of specimens from various segments of natural history, with over  80 million objects spanning 4.5 billion years . 

No better place to delve into the history and past of our beautiful planet Earth! And a  must-do attraction for families with children , as you will find inside many activities and interactive exhibits. 

Some of the  best things to see  in the Natural History Museum are the giant blue whale skeleton in Hintze Hall, the fossils in the famous Dinosaurs gallery and meteorites from outer space.

And since the museum is home to  over 20 galleries and 4 areas , it might be best to plan your visit in advance and choose one zone to focus on based on your preferences and interests.

Yes, the Natural History Museum is free to visit, but some temporary exhibitions and events might require an admission fee, so check out the website in advance. It might also be best to book your ticket online to skip the queue, especially in busy seasons.

3- Victoria and Albert Museum

Right next to the Natural History Museum, you will come across the Victoria and Albert Museum, the  largest museum of applied arts, decorative arts and design , housing a permanent collection of over 2.27 million objects.

Founded in 1852 and named after Queen Victoria and Prince Albert, the V&A is a fascinating place to explore, where you will find worldwide examples of  architecture, painting, sculpture, fashion, textiles, ceramics and jewellery .

The museum also hosts many  exhibitions  and  shows about fashion designers and cultural trends , including displays celebrating Christian Dior, Tim Walker and Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland.

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR PRIVATE TOUR

Yes, the Victoria and Albert Museum is free to visit, but some temporary exhibitions and events might require an admission fee, so check out the website in advance.

4- Hyde Park

Head north to reach the renowned  Hyde Park , a  historic Royal park  with a  350-acre stretch of green land  home to a large lake, cafés and sports facilities.

The park is a fantastic place to  wander, relax or enjoy a picnic  surrounded by nature, away from the noise of the city! 

On your journey through the park, take time to admire the  Diana Memorial Fountain  and stop by the  Speakers’ Corner , a historic site of public protest, speeches and debates.

And throughout the year, Hyde Park also hosts many  significant festivals and events , including  Winter Wonderland , a large annual Christmas event featuring a buzzing market, ice rink and giant observation wheel.

5- Oxford Street

Shopping enthusiasts,  Oxford Street  is the place for you! On your way to Covent Garden, walk through this iconic road, the  busiest shopping street in Europe,  and stop by your favourite boutiques. 

With  over 90 stores , from fashion and beauty to technology and homewares, it offers 1.5 miles of non-stop shopping, making it the  ultimate shopper paradise .

No matter your style and budget,  you will find something for you  – or your family! 

And if you are more of a foodie lover, enjoy a selection of  over 500 restaurants  all within walking distance, whatever the time of day. 

6- Covent Garden

It is time to discover one of my favourite areas in London,  Covent Garden , a  shopping and entertainment hub  based on an elegant and car-free square renowned for its  luxury fashion, beauty stores and award-winning restaurants and theatres .

This  lively and must-see destination  will appeal to all travellers, whether you are into shopping, nightlife, art, history or culture. Stop by the  Royal Opera House , watch street performers outside the 17th-century  St. Paul’s Church  or visit the  London Transport Museum  home vintage vehicles.

Here are some  top things to do & see  in Covent Garden:

• Wander through the iconic Apple Market
• Uncover the little Neal’s Yard gem
• See a show at the Royal Opera House
• Visit the London Transport Museum 
• Eat at some of the best restaurants
• Walk around Jubilee Market 

Your 3-day London itinerary ends at the British Museum, a  famous public museum dedicated to human history, art and culture , where you can travel from Ancient Greece and Egypt to Africa and China through  over 60 free galleries.

Home to a collection covering  2 million years of history , this fascinating museum documents the  story of human culture  from its beginnings to the present day.

Step inside the  largest and oldest museums  in the UK and explore its  cultural treasures , ancient and modern, including relics from Ancient Egypt, Ancient Greece and Ancient Rome, such as  Egyptian mummies , the  Rosetta Stone  and  Parthenon Sculptures .

And alongside the extensive permanent collection, you will find  frequent exhibits  focusing on people, places and stories from the past and critical themes of the present and future. Check out the  website  before you visit to see what is on! 

If you have more time…

If you have more time or would like to personalise your 3-day itinerary, here are some other places and landmarks I recommend :

• Notting Hill
• Camden Town
• Windsor Castle
• Regent’s Park
• Tate Britain

Top day trips from London

How to get to london.

The best way to get to London will depend on where you come from and your budget, but there are many options to reach the capital. 

One of the quickest ways to get to London is by plane . London has multiple international airports connected to the main cities in the world. Please, try to prioritise direct flights to reduce your carbon footprint – if flying is the only option. Once at the airport, you can easily take the bus, subway or taxi to reach the city centre. 

One of the most eco-friendly ways to get to London is by train . London benefits from an extensive railway hub linking to the major European cities, including the Eurostar, connecting you to Paris in no time. 

Finally,  the most affordable option is to take the coach . It is a great way to get to London if you are exploring Europe on a budget, but it can take longer. You will also find different types of coaches depending on how they cross the sea – by ferry or Eurotunnel. 

How to get around London

Once in London, you will find many options for getting around the capital. 

The best way (eco-friendly too) to travel around London is on foot . The city is vast, so I suggest you focus on one area each day to have the main attractions within walking distance of each other. 

That is what I tried to do for this 3-day guide, so you can easily explore the capital on foot, even on a short day trip or weekend getaway. Plus, it is the perfect way to see the best sights whilst exercising!

Walking will allow you to soak up the wonderful local atmosphere and find hidden gems you might otherwise miss. 

The second best option to get around London is by public transport . The English capital has a reliable and efficient transportation network that will take you anywhere in no time. It is one of the quickest ways to travel around the city, but it can get quite expensive, so check out the passes available beforehand if you plan to use the subway and bus a lot.

The last and fun option is to travel around London by bike . It is a fantastic way to get around the city whilst reducing your carbon footprint! However, I recommend being careful of the cars and traffic if you are exploring the capital with children.

And, of course,  London taxis  are also an option if you would like a private ride to a specific location or from/to the airport – but not the most cost-efficient way to get around + do not forget to carry cash.

Shop the printable travel itinerary

Create your dream city break & live a unique green experience.

Where to stay in London

Are you looking for the best place to stay in London for 3 days? Here is an overview of the top neighbourhoods in the English capital:

• Covent Garden : the best neighbourhood  for first-timers  due to its central location and access to the main attractions and landmarks, including Trafalgar Square, Big Ben and Buckingham Palace.
• South Bank : the best area to stay in London  for families  due to its excellent location near the city centre and all the child-friendly activities it offers, from London Eye to SEA LIFE.
• Camden : the best place to stay in London to soak up the   bohemian and  local vibes , known for its famous market and live music scene. It is also a great area to stay in  for budget travellers ! 
• Soho : the best district  for   nightlife , vibrant atmosphere and trendy shops. This energetic hub is perfect for living the best of the English capital and connecting with locals.
• Notting Hill : with its charming atmosphere and pastel buildings, it is the best area to stay in London  for couples  looking for a romantic getaway. The neighbourhood is also great  for food lovers . 

Best time to visit London

The best time to visit London is in  late   spring (May-June)  and  early   autumn (September-October)  when the weather is nice and sunny, but the city is not overcrowded, perfect for sightseeing.

Summer and Christmas are the busiest seasons  for tourists and the most expensive times to visit London, so keep that in mind. 

If you are travelling  on a budget , January and February would be the best options, but be ready for the cold and rain. 

London Pass: what you need to know

The London Pass is a  package of digital sightseeing credits  giving you access to  over 90 attractions, tours and museums .

Thanks to the pass, you will save money whilst enjoying the  top things to do and see  in the capital. Choose the duration, download it to your phone and scan it at the entrance to each attraction.

You will be able to access a selection of the  best highlights and landmarks , including the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace and more.

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR PASS

Tips for reducing your eco-impact in London

Sustainable travel  means exploring the world whilst being aware of your surroundings and having a positive social, environmental and economic impact on the places you visit.

Being a responsible traveller in London is possible! Here are some  eco-friendly travel tips  for reducing your carbon footprint:

• Use the train to reach the English capital . London is incredibly well-connected by train to the rest of the world, so prioritise travelling this way to lower your carbon impact.
• If you need to take the plane, book direct flights  (which require less fuel than indirect flights)  and  offset your carbon footprint . But, do not use carbon offsetting as a complete solution. Combine it with other sustainable practices, like avoiding single-use plastic on the plane and mindfully packing your suitcase for your green city break. 
• Select an eco-friendly accommodation . It is not always easy to determine whether a hotel has eco-conscious practices, but try to look on their website for green credentials and ask questions. You can also use  Bookdifferent  or  Ecobnb  to help you decide.
• Once there, use public transport . London has an efficient public transport network that can take you anywhere easily and fast. Another way to get around sustainably is on foot. But if walking is too tiring, use the bike! The capital is ideal for cycling around at your own pace.
• Eat at local restaurants  that use produce from the area and emphasise organic and sustainability. It will contribute to the local economy and reduce your carbon footprint by supporting restaurants where food does not come from long distances.
• Always respect the local heritage . Treat people and their surroundings with respect. Sustainable travel is not only about the environment but also about the local communities. So, always be respectful, smile and talk to the locals.

More inspiration for your green vacation:

• Best Travel Apps for Exploring Sustainably
• 15 Travel Books to Inspire Your Next Eco-Adventure
• Best Ecotourism Activities Around the World

Eco-friendly gear you might love:

• 10 Best Sustainable Backpacks for Travel & Hiking
• 10 Best Reusable & Eco-Friendly Travel Mugs
• 8 Best Filtered Water Bottles for Travel & Hiking

Check out  this page  for more inspiration on eco-friendly products & gear.

London travel planning guide

Yes, buying insurance is always valuable when travelling abroad. Enjoy your city break in London stress-free with one of my favourite providers,  Nomad Insurance .

Yes, tap water is safe to drink all over London. However, I also recommend travelling with the  UltraPress Purifier Bottle , a lightweight filtered water bottle perfect for reducing plastic and staying hydrated.

Yes, renting a car in London is easy and is a great way to explore the English countryside freely. I recommend booking yours with  Rentalcars.com  – they offer a variety of operators for all budgets.

The best way to book your accommodation in London is with  Booking.com  – my favourite platform to compare and reserve places to stay each night, from affordable guesthouses to luxury hotels.

I recommend booking your plane with  Skyscanner . It has been my favourite platform for years, as it allows me to book the cheapest flights whilst lowering my carbon emissions.

3 days in London – FAQ

Yes, 3 days are enough to discover London and enjoy its top sights and attractions. It will allow you to explore its fascinating landmarks and museums and soak up the local culture. However, I also recommend spending more time in the capital if possible, as there is so much to do and see.

Yes, London is quite expensive, so plan your trip in advance and budget accordingly. If you want to save money, explore the capital on foot, eat at local markets and use the London Pass to save on its attractions. Thankfully, most museums and galleries are free, so take advantage!

The London Pass is a package of digital sightseeing credits giving you access to over 90 attractions, tours and museums. Choose the duration, download it to your phone and scan it at the entrance to each attraction.

The best months to visit London are in late spring (May-June) and early autumn (September-October) when the weather is nice and sunny, but the city is not overcrowded, perfect for sightseeing.

And you, have you ever visited London or would you like to go one day?  Let me know in the comments below!

With love ♡ Lucie

• Share on Twitter Share on Twitter
• Share on Facebook Share on Facebook
• Share on Pinterest Share on Pinterest

You will also love

STAY INSPIRED

Join our community today to receive exclusive travel tips & behind-the-scene stories that will inspire your next adventures, directly to your inbox. Can't wait to see you inside ♡

Reader Interactions

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

10 Eco-Friendly & Fun Things to Do in Paris

Follow the journey.

On the Blog

• Privacy Policy

Become an insider!

And receive exclusive travel tips & behind-the-scene stories ♡

Copyright Lucie Charpentier © 2024 · Theme by 17th Avenue

3-Day London Itinerary

So you can enjoy your stay in London to the fullest, we have created a three-day itinerary, taking in the most important sights in the city.

If you’re visiting Europe and would like to stop over in London, but only have a few days to spare, you need not worry, as with our three-day itinerary, that includes the city’s top attractions, you’ll be able to make the most of your stay.

The best idea is to check the opening hours of London’s different landmarks before traveling , since these can vary depending on the season and day of the week. This is absolutely necessary if you want to see  Changing the Guard at Buckingham Palace, as it doesn’t take place every day during winter. Based on this, you can alter the order of the first two days of your visit.

If you're not too keen on walking, you can always buy tickets for the London sightseeing bus .

The first day in London begins bright and early, before 10 am . Take the Tube to Marble Arch and explore the popular Hyde Park . We recommend going for a stroll through the park heading south to Wellington Arch. Walking through the adjacent woodland, Green Park , you will get to the forecourt of Buckingham Palace , where you will have to wait patiently until 11:30 am to witness the famous ceremony of the Changing the Guard (remember to check the dates before heading to Buckingham Palace to make sure the ceremony takes place).

After seeing the regiments and the bands, crossing another of London’s green lungs, St. James’s Park , you’ll get to Westminster Abbey . This visit will normally take you over two hours, but is the city’s most important landmark and is definitely worthwhile.

For your convenience, you can buy tickets for Westminster Abbey here .

When you leave the abbey, head towards the River Thames, where you will spot the city’s main symbols;  Big Ben and Westminster Palace .

Crossing Westminster Bridge, you’ll arrive at the London Eye , where you can enjoy the best views of the city . Before going up, you can stop for a quick bite to eat nearby.

For your convenience, you can buy tickets for the London Eye here .

After visiting the Millenium wheel it’ll be too late to see any other attractions, so we suggest heading to Knightsbridge on the tube and walking to Harrods , a world-famous department store and a great place to spend a couple of hours.

Piccadilly offers an excellent range of places for dinner. Since you have to get up early the next day, try not to stay out too late!

We shall begin the day at the Tower of London . Since the visit will take you most of the morning, we recommend getting there as early as possible.

You can buy Tower of London skip-the-line tickets here .

After getting to know the secrets of the Tower of London, you'll have to cross Tower Bridge to get to the south bank of the Thames. If you want to take advantage of this moment to visit Tower Bridge, you can buy tickets here to avoid the queues.

On the right-hand side, you'll see the extravagant figurehead of London's City Hall and, a little further on, you'll see the impressive warship HMS Belfast.

When you arrive at the London Bridge tube station, take the underground to Camden Town and discover one of London’s most striking and authentic neighbourhoods . Camden Town is an area with plenty of shops and stalls, where you’ll also find international street food stands.

Take the tube to Goodge Street and you’ll get to the British Museum , one of the world’s most famous museums. Some of the top attractions are the Rosetta stone, Nereid Monument and the section on Egypt .

Finishing with the cultural part of the day, it is time to visit two of the most important shopping streets that are also packed with restaurants and theatres; Oxford Street and Regent Street. Firstly, head to Oxford Street and then to Regent Street and you’ll finally get to Piccadilly Circus , one of London’s best-known squares.

You can have dinner in this area or if you like Asian cuisine, head to Chinatown , which is close by and has a unique atmosphere. Here, you’ll find dozens of authentic Chinese restaurants. 

The last day in the UK’s leading city starts at 10 am with a visit to St. Paul’s Cathedral , located close to St. Paul’s tube station, where you can visit the crypt and climb the dome.

You can buy skip-the-queue tickets for the Cathedral here .

Head back to the tube station and get off at Charing Cross until you arrive at Trafalgar Square , one of London’s most distinguished squares. After wandering around and taking a few photos, head to the neoclassical building that looks onto Trafalgar Square. This is the National Gallery , one of the UK’s most important and well-known museums that houses a collection of over 2,300 paintings.

After visiting the museum, head northeast on foot till you get to the charming neighbourhood of Covent Garden , an area full of shops, theatres and restaurants, where you’ll easily find a restaurant of your liking and spend the rest of the afternoon until you have to head to the airport.

If you want to book a transfer to the airport so that you don't have to worry about anything, you can do so by following this link:

• Book a transfer from your hotel in London to the airport .
• If you are flying from Heathrow Airport, you can also buy tickets for the Heathrow Express here .

Staying over three days?

If you’re staying in London for over three days, there are an infinite number of other places to see and visit. We recommend going to The Old Operating Theatre , the oldest emergency room in Europe , the renowned Madame Tussauds wax museum, the Globe Theatre , where Shakespeare’s fame grew as playwright and actor, or one of the world’s most important war museums , the Imperial War Museum .

London is a city with infinite attractions and things to see , so it's almost impossible to get bored.

If you're a Harry Potter fan, we recommend booking this Harry Potter walking tour and this Warner Bros. London Studio Tour: The Making of Harry Potter .

If you have even more days to spend in the city, you can take a look at the best day trips from London:

• Windsor Castle Excursion
• Stonehenge D ay Trip Shakespeare's Stratford & Cotswolds Tour

You may also be interested in

Portobello Road Market

The Portobello Road Market is named after the street it’s found on, and is the world’s largest antiques market with every kind of antique and collectable, including watches, furniture, jewellery and stamps.

The perfect three days in London

From royal palaces and majestic landmarks to cozy pubs and intimate theaters, London’s charms fill every corner of the city, making even a quick three-day an unforgettable adventure. To make the most of a short trip, it’s all about balancing tourist essentials—like the Tower of London and Westminster Abbey—with time to soak in the vibe of the city’s most fascinating neighborhoods, including colorful Notting Hill (movie star sightings not guaranteed) and the artfully trendy Shoreditch (gritty vintage shops definitely guaranteed). Since London is a walkable city, this itinerary is designed for explorations on foot. However, don’t miss out on one of my favorite London activities: climbing onto the second level of a double-decker bus and watching the city unfold in front of me.

Here are some of my suggestions for a three-day itinerary to help you find the best of the city.

MORNING: Westminster pomp and circumstance

Rise, shine, and follow the chimes to one of London’s most famous (four-sided) faces, Big Ben , now officially called Elizabeth Tower after the late queen. Every time I stand in Ben’s presence, I’m mesmerized, but now more than ever since the bells are ringing once again after a five year refurbishment (you’ll hear the chime on the hour, and then the quarter bells strike every 15 minutes). Extra bonus: guided tours up the 334-step staircase to the belfry for non-British citizens just started in July 2023. Pro tip: Tickets go fast and are sold out months in advance, so snag yours as soon as the booking window opens at 10 am the second Wednesday of the month, three months ahead (so you’ll need to book in mid-September for a December tour). In other words, set an alarm now.

The clock tower rises out of the Gothic architecture masterpiece, the Houses of Parliament , also known as the Palace of Westminster, which is home to both the House of Commons and the House of Lords. A couple blocks to the north is 10 Downing Street , home to the British prime minister since 1735. While you can’t go in, I always make a point to peek through the fencing at the famous address.

Across Parliament Square Park is Westminster Abbey , the site of King Charles III’s coronation and Prince Wiliam and Duchess Kate Middleton’s storybook wedding. Being able to stand where these historic moments took place makes the city’s royal history truly feel alive to me.

Next, time your visit to catch the changing of the guards in front of Buckingham Palace , which starts at 10:45 a.m. Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday. No matter how many times I’ve seen it, there’s still that heart-pumping thrill to the 45-minute ceremony, a truly theatrical event with plenty of majestic music and regalia. Get here at least 30 minutes early for good sightlines (an hour if you want a prime position next to the fence). Depending on your royal interests, consider stopping in at Churchill War Rooms , Queen’s Gallery , or Royal Mews , where you can see all the ornate carriages.

Travelers say: “This was a great experience that we planned ourselves. I would recommend getting to Buckingham an hour early and taking your place against the fence, to the left or right of the main gates. Matter of fact, second window on palace to the left for great views of guards coming at you.” –@Ken V

WESTMINSTER TOUR OPTIONS

• Get the royal treatment on the Skip the Line into Houses of Parliament & Westminster Abbey Fully-Guided Tour , run by Take Walks—often with access to off-limits areas.
• Buckingham Palace opens its State Rooms to visitors for only 10 weeks each summer. Snag a spot on the best-selling Buckingham Palace Entrance Ticket & Changing of the Guard Tour from City Wonders.
• Those with a nose for clues may want to sleuth out the area with the Sherlock Holmes Museum and Westminster Walking Tour , checking off all the area highlights, ending in the literary detective’s museum on Baker Street.

AFTERNOON: High Street shopping

To the north of Westminster are some of the city’s most famous (and hectic!) gathering spaces, each notable in its own way. Trafalgar Square , adjacent to Admiralty Arch and the pathway to Buckingham Palace, is the most regal of them all, sandwiched by two stately fountains. Meanwhile, Leicester Square feels more like a bustling neighborhood park, linking the West End theaters to Chinatown. Finally, Piccadilly Circus sits at the junction of five of the city’s busiest streets, giving you access to the city’s best shopping.

Follow Piccadilly Street for about two blocks from the junction to reach one of the city’s oldest shops. Fortnum & Mason dates back to 1707 and has been offering its trademark afternoon tea–complete with tiers of tiny sandwiches and warm scones— for more than 300 years—its colorful tea tins make great souvenirs. I’m also always charmed by the tudor style of Liberty London nearby, which first opened in 1875, with a homey feel inside, selling its famous bold prints on everything from umbrellas to dishes to dresses.

Regent Street , built specifically to be a shopping street 200 years ago, still serves the same purpose today with flagships of global brands (while my favorite Thomas’s Cafe inside Burberry is closed now, it’s still worth popping into this location for some browsing). Oxford Street bustles day and night with shops of every variety; even the Boots drug store here is worth a stop, filled with cosmetics and skin care packaged like pricey luxuries but here cost a fraction of the price. Also worth exploring: the colorful Carnaby Street area with eclectic boutiques and dining. Don’t miss the area’s Kingly Court, where I've taken yoga classes upstairs and enjoyed way too many of the meze dishes at Imad’s Syrian Kitchen .

If shopping isn’t up your alley, head to the National Gallery —in Trafalgar Square—where the walls are lined with paintings from masters such as Rembrandt, Leonardo da Vinci, and Van Gogh. And bonus: most of London’s biggest museums are free, including this one.

EVENING: West End theater night

You’ve ended your shopping spree right in the heart of the British theater district, the West End, often referred to as the Broadway of London, with 39 live performance spaces to choose from. While there are plenty of musicals on offer, plays tend to shine here, often starring world-famous celebrities.

Follow my lead for a bargain ticket by starting a visit to the neighborhood at the TKTS booth in Leicester Square. Can’t decide what to see? My personal pick is the tale of Britain’s own boy wizard, the original production of Harry Potter and the Cursed Child at the Palace Theatre.

Before your show, go for dependable fish and chips, upgraded with premium ingredients, at Mayfair Chippy . After curtain call, enjoy a sweet treat as a nightcap, perhaps homemade ice cream at Udderlicious or in nearby Chinatown , which has an entire dessert alley. (I once used my entire break between Harry Potter performances to stand in line for a limited edition boba drink at Yifang Fruit Tea Chinatown).

Worthy detours along the way

MORNING: Notting Hill novelties

Synonymous with the 1999 Julia Roberts and Hugh Grant rom-com, Notting Hill lives up to its silver screen image with colorful homes lining streets and bohemian vintage shops mingling alongside chic eateries. The real reason to come to the neighborhood is Portobello Road Market , where vendors line the streets selling everything from antiques and clothes to fresh fruit and flowers to Swedish cinnamon buns. Saturday is when things here are truly bustling when 1,000 antique dealers elbowing for space makes it the biggest antiquities market in the world; Friday is a busy day, too, so be sure to get here early either of these days. Vendors rotate, but if you’re in the market for vintage jewelry, dishes and housewares, and clothing, you’ll be happy you made the trip.

During the week, I pop into storefront favorites including the antique shop Alice’s and the iconic The Notting Hill Bookshop , the inspirations for the Notting Hill movie. It’s not shops in Portobello, I’m a fan of the Museum of Brands , which presents the last 200 years of ads as art, including products you may remember from your childhood (warning, you may spend your afternoon humming classic commercial jingles, O-o-Ovaltine….).

If it’s a rainy day or you need a break, I recommend catching an early show at Electric Cinema , one of the nation’s oldest movie theaters, where seating includes velvet couches for two, leather armchairs with footstools, and cocktail service.

AFTERNOON: Chilling out Kensington and Hyde Park

Despite Kensington Palace being home to royals, including William and Kate when they’re in London, I always find a sense of calm in the 265-acre Kensington Gardens , almost like I’m spending time in an expansive (and ok, very elegant) neighborhood backyard. It’s the perfect spot for an afternoon stroll or people-watching, but don’t miss The Sunken Garden, home to the statue of Princess Diana commissioned by her sons.

Connected to the east is Hyde Park , another 350-acre space that earned the moniker “The People’s Park.” Go boating on Serpentine Lake , riding on Rotten Row from Hyde Park Stables , or, and this is my favorite part of the park, join the crowds at Speakers Corner where anyone can grab a stepstool and speak about their topic of interest while they’re cheered, jeered, or debated by onlookers. (Watch for a while to get the rhythm of this unique setup before jumping in to speak.)

Travelers say: “Feeding the ducks on the lake was a delightful experience that added to the park's charm. Whether you're seeking a relaxing stroll, a serene picnic spot, or a place to enjoy outdoor activities, Hyde Park is a must-visit destination that will leave you with beautiful memories.” –@ Omar

To the south of the park, make an obligatory visit to luxury department store Harrods in Knightsbridge—while the designer clothing and housewares are quite expensive (this is not a spot for bargain shoppers), it’s easy to feel like a VIP at its massive food halls (yes, plural) with endless culinary and confectionery delights. (Note that there’s no seating, so you'll need to take your finds to go.) Also in the area, the Kensington branch of popular Indian eatery Dishoom (I’m so obsessed with their black daal, I went four times in three days on my last trip!) or opt for French fine dining British chef Marcus Wareing’s Marcus .

KENSINGTON TOUR OPTIONS

• Afternoon tea at a royal residence? Yes, please, and pinkies up. Run by Top Tasting Tours, The Kensington Palace Gardens Royal High Tea includes stops at Round Pond and the Italian Gardens before sitting down for finger sandwiches and pastries.
• Pedal through London’s green spaces with Fat Tire Tours’ London Royal Parks Bike Tour including Hyde Park .
• Indulge in the luxe life on Royal Walk and Champagne Moet Chandon at Harrods , including a free amuse bouche.

EVENING: Heights and sights

After night falls, London flips on a new personality—and there’s no better way to take it all in that with an aerial view. Step into one of London Eye ’s 32 transparent capsules to be lifted up (slowly and gently!) nearly 443 feet into the air right on the shore of the River Thames, with Big Ben and Parliament in perfect view. Each rotation takes about half an hour on the world’s largest cantilevered observation wheel.

For a different POV, score a hard-to-get, but free, ticket to the Sky Garden , London’s highest public garden with views of the city in every direction. Hint: I wasn’t able to snag a spot during my last visit, so instead I booked a reservation at one of its sky-high restaurants, Darwin Brasserie (you can also choose from Fenchurch or Larch ) and was treated to a perfect corner table—and then was able to enjoy the gardens and views after my meal.

End the night at the riverside Lyaness inside Sea Containers London . Here at the flagship of famed bartender Ryan Chetiyawardana (aka Mr. Lyan), finding the right drink for your taste buds is an art that’s curated carefully and mindfully, for a bar experience like no other. After asking me about my preferences (I always say “fun and fruity”), I was served a delicious Marigold Gimlet with oyster honey and apple blossom.

MORNING: Bridge and market

London Bridge may have the song, but the Tower Bridge has all the impressive grandeur. The 1894 neo-gothic structure with two turreted towers offers self-guided tours with access to its towers, walkways, glass floors, and engine rooms.

To the northside of the Tower Bridge is the Tower of London , a palace, fortress, and prison—all open to visitors. The most gleaming attraction in the Crown Jewels, a priceless collection of the nation’s most valuable treasures, including the regalia used at coronations. While the glitz and glamor is awe-inspiring, I got more of a thrill going down a metallic slide into the Superbloom . Making its debut last year for the Platinum Jubilee, 20 million wildflower seeds were planted in the moat, turning it into a sea of colors every summer. I like to visit right before closing, when I can avoid the crowds and still get to see all the highlights of the entire grounds.

Travelers say: “This by far was one of the best tours we have done on a 10-day trip of Europe. The Tower of London is an amazing site to visit but the Beefeater guide was the best. Engaging, informative and entertaining - even for my teenager. Don’t miss the Crown Jewels. Bring your water and walking shoes because you can spend hours here. Highly, highly recommend.” –@Tex Hon

Cross the Thames and you’ll reach Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre , a recreation of the 1599 stage that once stood on this exact spot. In the summer, it’s the ideal place to watch a classic piece of theater on a beautiful night (note that “groundlings” have to stand, but you can get a ticket for less than 10 pounds). Off season, you can still take a guided tour. Any time of year, walk about five minutes more to the contemporary art museum Tate Modern ; it’s free, and the space, a former power station, is worth a look even if it wasn’t filled with fabulous art. Some highlights here include Pablo Picasso’s Bust of a Woman to the current Yayoi Kusama: Infinity Mirror Rooms .

Follow the river walk for another five minute walk and end your morning with lunch at Borough Market , as much a community center as it is a food market, established in 1756, with more than 100 traders selling a variety of food items, both prepared and ingredients. Just follow your nose to whatever speaks to you–Get in line for the crisp-edged, lenti-filled dosas at the “Horn OK Please” Indian street food stand, followed by a pint of crisp hard cider at The London Cider House . Then stock up on spices at Spice Mountain, where there's everything from powdered lemongrass to sweet curry, both to cook with at home and for gifts.

RIVERSIDE TOUR OPTIONS

• Sail the Thames on the Tower Bridge River Cruise from Westminster on an hour-long trip.
• Eat your way through the historic market on Walking Food Tour in the Borough Market with Eating Europe , with six tasting included.
• If you look closely, you just might see traces of the Wizarding World in this area. The Tripadvisor’s Travelers’ Choice Awards’ Best of the Best Tour for Muggles goes from Leadenhall Market to Borough Market revealing the sites that inspired the series.

AFTERNOON: A Tale of two Shoreditches

The neighborhood of Shoreditch is one of contrasts. There’s no doubt a grittiness to the area, as an enclave for creatives and artists. The epicenter is Brick Lane , a rather quirky mix of vintage shops, food markets, bagel shops, and Indian eateries. The vibrant street springs to life on Sundays for its market.

But there’s also a distinctly forward-through vibe, seen, felt, and tasted in the shops and booths at Old Spitalfields Market , Spitalfields Market , and Boxpark Shoreditch . It’s easy living here, just following your interests through the rows of friendly vendors, stopping for bites at food trucks for a light dinner and perhaps taking in some live music pop-up shows.

If you’re in the area on a Sunday between 8 a.m. and 3 p.m., wander up to Columbia Road Flower Market to browse the colorful plants and florals.

EVENING: Arts and a pint

As the largest multi-arts venue in Europe, the Barbican Centre , with a full lineup of movies, music (from classic to contemporary), theater, dance, talks, and events of every kind. The building itself is a standout for its brutalist architecture, recently made famous again in Harry Styles’ “As It Was” video.

Finally, wrap up your trio of days as the Brits would, in a local pub. The best way to pick one is to simply follow your instincts to one in the neighborhood. Some Tripadvisor favorites include The Royal Oak , Lord Clyde Southwark , The Prince of Greenwich Pub , The Wigmore , and The Ganton Arms . (One tip: you can order a “half pint,” which is a half-size pour instead of a full pint glass, to be able to try more styles of classic British ales, lagers, bitters, and ciders.)

Know Before You Go

London is bright and bustling June through August, with weather in the mid-70s (though heat waves are getting a bit more common). While May and September are a bit cooler, their budding flowers or falling leaves are a bonus, plus there are fewer crowds. November through February are cool, dark, and even rainier than usual, but travel and hotel rates can be at their cheapest. Dark days are a bit cheerier from mid-November through December, when the city is dotted with Christmas markets , ice skating rinks , and epic holiday lights.

As a global capital, London tends to keep open hours the whole week long. Most museums are open regular hours seven days a week, though church-related sights are often closed on Sundays. Shops tend to open a little later Sundays, around noon, and some restaurants are closed Sundays and/or Mondays.

Museums and shops in London open around 10 a.m., with museums typically closing at 5 or 6 p.m. and shops at 7 or 8 p.m. Restaurants tend to be open from noon to 9 p.m., though some close between 3 and 5 p.m. to make the transition from lunch to dinner. Despite the fact that most Londoners aim for afternoon tea between 2 to 4 p.m., high-end venues will take reservations for teatime anywhere from 11 a.m. to 6 p.m. to max out reservations. Pubs tend to open around noon. And don’t expect to do a pub crawl into the late hours—they actually close “early” compared to cocktail bars, usually around 11 p.m.

Covent Garden : Smack-dab in the middle of the action and featured at the end of our Day One itinerary, Covent Garden is one of the most central locations in London. The Claremont, Charing Cross is an elegant 1865 hotel with chandeliers, marble columns, and a chic cocktail bar, just a few minutes’ walk from tube stops and Trafalgar Square and a 15- to 20-minute walk from both The British Museum and Westminster Abbey.

Westminster : You might not realize how close you are to London hotspots when you’re lounging in St. James’ Court, A Taj Hotel ’s classy courtyard with its own fountain, but it’s located right between Buckingham Palace and Westminster Abbey. With both the District Line and Circle Line a few minutes’ walk away at St. James Park, even the sights not right outside the front door will feel pretty close.

East End : OK, it’s not as central or scenic but hotels in the East End are cheaper and closer to Day Two attractions like The Tower of London. Travelodge London City Hotel isn’t fancy, but it gets high ratings for covering the basics for a cheap price. Plus, it’s just a four-minute walk to the Circle Line, which means most of London is easily within reach.

Public transportation: The tube, aka London’s underground transit system , is wide-reaching, relatively simple, and always running, with 24/7 service on major lines. That said, trips can add up. A Day Travelcard includes unlimited trips on the tube, trams, and buses within most of central London, and it’s worth it for travelers making three or more trips a day. If you like to linger over your hotel buffet breakfast, an Off-Peak Travel card, which can be used after 9:30 a.m., is an even better deal. The Oyster card is also an option, but requires a deposit fee so many not be worth it for shorter visits.

By bike: London is not as bike friendly as other European cities like Amsterdam and Copenhagen, though there are designated bike lanes in some areas, like the three-mile cycle route running along the river from the Tower of London to Big Ben. If you’re looking to pedal your way around the city, guided bike tours are a good option, such as one that covers London’s Royal Parks or another to see major attractions with stops for art-making and beer .

By taxi: London’s iconic black cabs are super cute, but a word of warning: They tend to be pricey, with fluctuating rates that depend on traffic. And that traffic can also inch along. As of this writing, the ride-share app Uber was running in London, but Lyft was not. London taxis also have their own app: Gett.

Airport transfers: London has six international airports, including City, Luton, Stansted, Southend, and, the two largest, Heathrow and Gatwick.

From Heathrow, the Piccadilly Line on the tube runs directly to Piccadilly Circus in 50 minutes. The faster option is the Heathrow Express rail line , which runs to Paddington Station in just 20 minutes. It’s more expensive than the tube, but it still beats taking a taxi, the priciest option by far and—thanks to traffic—often the slowest. Some hotels also offer hotel bus service—the Heathrow Hotel Hoppa , for example, makes trips to 25 hotels around the city and is as cheap as public transit.

From Gatwick Airport, the 30-minute Gatwick Express is by far the fastest option, running direct to Victoria Station. The Thameslink train costs half as much but takes twice as long, though it runs to more stations, including Blackfriars, St. Pancras International, and London Bridge. Both depart every fifteen minutes during the day. Buses are the most time-consuming choice, departing hourly and taking at least 90 minutes depending on the stop and time of day. Through easyBus, the National Express runs a bus from Gatwick to Victoria Station for as little as two pounds, but be sure to book ahead online or it could cost as much the train.

Ultimate 3 Days In London Itinerary

Looking to plan a trip to London? Welcome to one of my favorite cities!

London is simply iconic. The city has been the backdrop for so much great history and literature. It’s a destination that appeals to all kinds of passions — whether you’re a museum lover, a history buff, or a fan of royalty and architecture.

But with so many options, planning a trip to London can be a bit overwhelming, especially if you’re a first-time visitor.

To ensure that you have the best experience, I’ve put together a step-by-step 3 day itinerary that takes you to the city’s must see attractions, famous landmarks, world-class museums, and iconic neighborhoods. And don’t worry, I’ve even included a couple of London’s hidden gems as well.

Snapshot Of 3 Days In London Itinerary

Here’s a quick glance of what you’ll see with this itinerary:

• Parliament Square
• Westminster Abbey
• Changing of Guards at Buckingham Palace
• Walking tour of Westminster
• Covent Garden for lunch
• Trafalgar Square
• National Gallery of Art
• Show in the West End

• St. Paul’s Cathedral
• Millennium Bridge
• Tate Modern or Globe Theater
• Borough Market for lunch
• Southwark Cathedral
• Tower Bridge
• Tower of London
• Views at Garden at 120, Sky Garden, or Shard
• Bermondsy Street for dinner
• British Museum and British Library
• Wallace Collection and Soho
• Victoria & Albert Museum
• Kensington Palace
• Dinner in West End neighborhood

3 Days In London Itinerary

Day 1 of 3 Days in London AM

Begin your 3 days in London in Wesminster, the heart of London. The City of Westminster is actually its own city within London. 

1. Parliament Square

Start with an early stroll in Parliament Square.

You’ll want to be there around 8:30 am or so to check it out. You next destination, Westminster Cathedral opens at 9:30, and you’ll need to get in line at least 15 minutes early.

Parliament Square is flanked with 12 statues of famous historical figures (sadly, only one is a woman). 

I particularly love the one of  Winston Churchill,  one of the UK’s most famous and beloved citizens.

From the square, you’ll have views of Westminster’s iconic UNESCO landmarks — Big Ben, the Palace of Westminster, and Westminster Abbey.

The renovations of Big Ben are finally complete and it literally gleams. Now the side of the palace not facing the Thames is under scaffolding.

The palace is probably best know for its famous Big Ben bell, which sits within the golden Elizabeth Tower.

Although perhaps not a priority stop with only 3 days in London, the public can tour the  Houses of Parliament  on certain dates. Or, you can book a guided tour of Parliament + Westminster Abbey .

2. Westminster Abbey

After a look around, head over to Westminster Abbey. It’s an iconic landmark that is an absolute must-visit attraction with 3 days in London.

Westminster is the most historic church in the English-speaking world, having hosted every coronation from William the Conqueror to Elizabeth II, and 16 royal weddings.

Additionally, it serves as the final resting place for many royals and notables, including Elizabeth I and Mary, two feuding Tudor siblings.

The most beautiful part of the Abbey is the spectacular Henry VII Chapel located in the eastern end. After its debut, the chapel was grandiosely nicknamed a “wonder of the world.”

It was built by England’s first Tudor monarch, Henry VII, who defeated the York king, Richard III, in the Battle of Bosworth and seized control of England. The chapel features a truly breathtaking ceiling, as well as the tomb of Henry VII and his wife Elizabeth of York.

To make the most of your self-guided visit, an audio guide is included in your ticket.

For a fee of 5 pounds, you can also head upstairs to the Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries in the Weston Tower. From the top, you can enjoy great views down over the nave and see the hidden treasures of the abbey.

Here’s my complete guide to Westminster Abbey . Click  here   to pre-book a ticket to Westminster Abbey. You can also take a  2 hour private guided tour of the abbey .

3. Changing of the Guard, Walking Tour, or Churchill War Rooms

After you visit the abbey, there are three good options before lunchtime.

You can: (1) head west to Buckingham Palace to watch the changing of the guards at 11:00 am; (2) take a Westminster walking tour; or (3) visit the Churchill War Rooms. You’ll have to choose one because there’s just so much to do with only 3 days in London.

Option 1: Changing of the Guard

At 11:00 am, you can marvel at the traditional Changing of the Guard performance. It involves meticulously dressed soldiers marching to the rhythm of military drums. 

You can book a guided tour if you want to learn about the history of the tradition. If visiting the palace is a priority to you, click here to book a ticket to the state rooms.

Option 2: Walking Tour of Westminster

After visiting the abbey, perhaps you want to take a walking tour of the Westminster area to see the highlights. There are plenty of options.

Some tours combine attractions and this may be a more efficient way to visit them.

This tour give you a private walking tour of historic Westminster . This tour offers a  4 hour Westminster walking tour + abbey tour .

You can book a  Churchill walking tou r  that includes the museum or a walking tour of Westminster  that includes the museum. You can also combine the museum with London’s WWII sites on this  guided tour .

Option 3: Churchill War Rooms

The third option is for history buffs. The  Churchill War Rooms is a fantastic museum. It’s the labyrinthian underground bunker where Churchill waged war underground.

It’s where Churchill’s inimitable voice was broadcast to the public, as German planes rained down bombs.

The exhibits are immersive and expansive. You can hear excerpts of rousing Churchill speeches and first hand accounts of life during WWII.

A highlight is a huge 15 meter touchscreen table that chronicles Churchill’s life and the timeline of the war.

Here’s my complete  guide to the Churchill War Rooms . 

4. Covent Garden

Next up, head to Covent Garden for a stroll and lunch.

Covent Garden  has been a popular London neighborhood since the 17th century. It’s a mix of tony restaurants, cocktail lounges, boutique souvenir stalls, and indie market halls. 

If it’s your first time in London, you should definitely pay a visit.

In fact, if you love markets (I know I do), you can book a  3 hour guided tour  of Covent Garden, Camden, and Borough markets.

Covent Garden’s main draw is Apple Market. But its must see attractions extend to the adjacent streets of Neal’s Yard, Seven Dials, and Central Square (where you’ll find street performers).

Neal’s Yard is a particularly attractive space, filled with quaint shops and cafes. It’s about a 10 minute walk from the market and worth the detour.

There’s a great place to eat there, The Barbary , which serves Mediterranean and Middle Eastern food.

You can also have lunch at Apple Market at Frenchies, the Crusting Pipe, or Creme de la Crepe.

And there are many great eateries near the market, including Ave Mario (Italian), Petersham Nurseries (chic garden cafe), Coral Pearl (British food), or Kebab Queen (kebabs).

Covent Garden is also where you’ll find London’s  Royal Opera House . If you passed on a West End show, you can take in a ballet here. Or, take a guided tour of the posh place.

Day 1 of 3 Days In London PM

1. trafalgar square.

Trafalgar Square is London’s central square and the very heart of London. It’s towering Nelson’s Column commemorates the British naval victory in the Battle of Trafalgar.

It’s surrounded by a central fountain and bronze lions. As befitting its central spot, streets spoke out to the major tourist areas — Soho, Covent Garden, Parliament Square, and Buckingham Palace.

Take a look around and then head inside to visit the National Gallery of Art.

2. National Gallery of Art

The National Gallery is one of the best museums on the planet. It houses one of the richest and best collections of paintings in the world.

The collection is incredibly diverse, featuring 2,000 European paintings from the 13th to the 19th centuries. 

The National Gallery has the best collection of Italian Renaissance works outside Italy.

There are also impressive holdings of works by various British, Dutch, French, Spanish, and Flemish painters. You’ll find works by renowned artists like Rembrandt,  Leonardo da Vinci ,   Michelangelo ,  Botticelli , J.M.W. Turner,  Monet , and  Van Gogh .

Here’s my complete guide to visiting the National Gallery . Click  here  to book a guided tour of this magnificent museum.

Day 1 of 3 Days In London Evening

No visit to London is complete without taking in a show in the West End, which gives Broadway a run for its money.

This area is affectionately referred to as “Theatreland.” There are 40 playhouses clustered around Leicester and Picadilly Squares.

Recently, I’ve seen  The Phantom of the Opera ,  Les Miserables ,  Wicked , and  Book of Mormon  there. Just last week, I scored a coveted ticket to the critically acclaimed  To Kill A Mockingbird  and it was fabulous.

You can buy tickets online in advance. You can also take your chances at TKTS ticket booth in Leicester Square, which sells daily discounted tickets.

If you love show biz tales, you can even book a  2 hour guided musical theater tour .

Day 2 Of 3 Days In London AM

1. st. paul’s cathedral.

On day 2, you’ll begin at one of London’s most iconic landmarks, St Paul’s Cathedral.

St. Paul’s Cathedral is the largest and most famous of London’s many churches. It’s the seat of the Bishop of London and parish church of the British Commonwealth.

The church has a colorful history. It’s been looted, burned, and destroyed.

St. Paul’s was rebuilt for good in 1710 by Sir Christopher Wren and survived Nazi bombing. It’s been the site of royal funerals and weddings, including that of Prince Charles and Lady Diana.

The cathedral has the scale and classicism of  St. Peters Basilica in Rome . The exterior features Wren’s magnificent Renaissance dome, 225 feet high.

The interior is beautiful as well, especially the high altar in marble and gilded wood. There are stunning mosaics in the saucer vaults.

The cupola of the dome was painted by James Thornhill and has been restored. The guards will encourage you to lay down on the sun dial beneath it to get the best photo.

I highly recommend you climb to the top of the dome, if you’re able to ascend the 528 steps. Be forewarned, it’s a steep spiral climb. The passages are dimly lit and not for the faint of heart.

On your way, you can check out the famous whispering gallery (where sounds travels around the circular hall), the Stone Gallery, and the Golden Gallery. 

You’ll have stunning views of London and can inspect the iconic dome at closer range.

Another tip is to visit the mall next to the cathedral. From the 6th floor, which you can access for free, you’ll have great close up views of the dome.

Here’s my complete guide to visiting St. Paul’s Cathedral . Click  here  to purchase a skip the line ticket to St. Paul’s. You can also book a  2.5 hour guided tour  of St. Paul’s and other London viewpoints.

2. Visit The Globe Theate r or the Tate Modern

When you’re done admiring the cathedral, cross the Millennium Bridge to get to your next destination on the south bank. Its a beautiful modern bridge with great views.

When you arrive, choose between visiting the Shakespeare’s Globe Theater or the Tate Modern.

Option 1: Globe Theater

Fans of William Shakespeare will want to visit the  Globe Theater .

It’s an epicenter of English history associated with the bard. The reconstructed theater is a half-timbered and thatched roof reconstruction of the old theater, which was destroyed by fire in 1613.

It was an Elizabethan style theater in the round, hence the term “globe.” Its debut play was Shakespeare’s  Henry V . Most of Shakespeare’s tragedies were specifically written for the Globe.

There are  guided tours  of the Globe complex. You can tour the open air theater, the box office, and the Jacobean theater.

The theater is three levels. Back in the day, the aristocrats’ seats were to the side to avoid the heat of the sun. There was no limit on attendees. Everyone crammed in tightly.

There are also 45 minute public tours that leave every 30 minutes. You may even see actors rehearsing their scenes.

Option 2: Tate Modern

Art lovers should opt to visit the Tate Modern . It’s one of the world’s preeminent modern art museums and one of London’s most popular attractions.

The museum is home to room after room of world famous modern and contemporary art. Plus, aside from special exhibitions, it’s absolutely free to visit.

Among other modern artworks, you can clap your eyes on  Andy Warhol’s   Marilyn Diptych , Marcel Duchamp’s  Fountain , Amadeo Modigliani’s Peasant Boy , Pablo Picasso’s  Nude Woman in a Red Armchair,  and Salvador Dali’s  Lobster Telephone .

Don’t miss the room with Mark Rotho’s luminous Seagram Murals. In the 1960s, Rothko gave nine murals to the Tate Modern, which the director called “a princely gesture.”

Rothko insisted on a permanent, exclusive room for the murals. They’re displayed as Rothko intended — in a dimly lit space where the viewer can absorb their meditative character.

Click  here  to book a guided tour of the Tate Modern.

3. Southwark Cathedral

Southwark Cathedral  is a little Gothic gem that dates back to 606 A.D. It’s right next to Tate Modern and just 5 minutes from the Globe Theater.

Take a few minutes to step inside London’s oldest Gothic structure. The original building was destroyed by fire in 1212.

What stands today dates back to the 13th century. You can see the older Norman influences in the rear facade, while the front showcases the Gothic style.

Once inside, you’ll be greeted by an airy, vaulted ceiling crafted from sandstone-colored brick. The interior boasts beautiful stained glass, a notable monument to Shakespeare, and some unique 15th-century wooden roof capitals that add to its charm.

4. Borough Market

It’s time for lunch. Head to Borough Market just 3 minutes away from Southwark.

This charming market is London’s top spot for food lovers and has been since the 12th century. While seating is limited, it’s the perfect place to shop for high-quality groceries. You’ll find everything from freshly baked goods to a wide range of condiments and seafood.

Alternatively, it’s a great place to grab lunch, offering some of the city’s best food and drinks. With over 100 food stalls, there’s a fantastic variety of ethnic dishes and other delicious options to choose from.

I’ve personally enjoyed the curries and wild mushroom risotto. Don’t miss out on the hot pies at Mrs. King’s Pork, a real treat!

You can book a guided food tour that includes Borough Market .

5. Tower Bridge

After lunch, make your way to the  Tower Bridge .

It’s one of London’s most defining landmarks. Built between 1886-94 during the reign of Queen Victoria, the bridge was designed to mimic the architectural style of the Tower of London. 

You can walk across the bridge. Or purchase a ticket to cross the upper levels. 

On a self-guided tour, you’ll learn about the history of Tower Bridge and the Victorian engineering feats that made it possible.

Some of the walkways are glass. You can see the rush of London traffic beneath you and the cloudy water of the Thames.

From my observations, kids seem to particularly enjoy the experience. You can book a  4 hour Tower Bridge and Tower of London experience specifically for kids and families .

6. Tower of London

Once you’ve crossed the Tower Bridge, you arrive at London’s premiere destination and UNESCO-listed site: the  Tower of London . If you’re a history buff, this is a must see site and  the  place in London to go.

The Tower is history. It has served as a royal palace, a fortress, a prison, a mint, a military storehouse, a treasury, home to the Crown Jewels, an armory, a public records office, a royal observatory, and a royal zoo.

You’ll be blissfully immersed in the various successions of the Edwards, the Richards, and the Henrys.

There’s a free 45 minute  Yeoman Warden tour . They begin hourly and which most people rave about.

These ceremonial guards are great storytellers and bring a touch of drama and theatrics to the place.

With booming voices and bawdy jokes, they’ll gleefully regale you with delicious sinister bits about torture, beheadings, and executions.

Most visitors are besotted with the  Crown Jewels . To me, they’re beautiful in their extravagance, but somewhat boring. 

Be prepared to wait in a long queue to see the jewels, if you’re visiting during high season. Know that you can’t take photos in this area of the tower.

Aside from the Crown Jewels, you can immerse yourself in the Tower of London’s medieval architecture and history. 

The infamous Norman castle is almost a 1000 years old, after all — with 21 towers, battlements, an armory, and a palace. This was where Henry VII’s ill fated wife Ann Boleyn was executed.

Here’s my comprehensive  guide to the Tower of London . If you loathe queues, be sure to  pre-purchase tickets online  in advance. The Tower is also free with the  London Pass .

A ticket comes with a free audio guide. But you can also book a  2-3 hour tour with an expert  or a  private 3 hour tour  to get the full scoop and see the tower’s hidden gems.

7. London Viewpoints

Now let’s head to some spots for great views of London. You’ll find two fantastic, free viewing points near the Tower of London.

First, there’s the Sky Garden, just a five-minute walk from the Tower. It’s perched atop the Walkie Talkie building on Fenchurch Street.

This place is a haven for plant lovers, bursting with flowers, herbs, and greenery. It’s the perfect spot for both breathtaking views and a botanical experience.

Spread across three levels, the Sky Garden offers panoramic, uninterrupted views of London’s iconic landmarks. You can stroll through its beautifully landscaped gardens and enjoy the observation decks.

Not only is it the city’s highest public garden, but its Sky Pod Bar offers all day dining services with a wide range of cocktails. 

The Sky Garden is free to visit. But you need to  make a reservation .

Another great spot for views is the Garden at 120, which I visited last time. It’s on top of the Fen Court building at 120 Fenchurch Street. The best part? No need to book or reserve – just show up.

It’s 15 stories high and has an outdoor terrace with amazing 360-degree views. Plus, the gardens are beautiful.

The Garden at 120 is still kind of a secret in London, so there’s usually only a short wait. You’ll go through a quick security check, take a fast elevator, and then step out into one of London’s prettiest rooftop spaces.

If you have a London Pass, you could also opt to take a spin on the London Eye .

If you don’t have the London Pass, you must pre-book a skip the line ticket for the eye. The lines are epically long.

Day 2 of 3 Days In London Evening

Think about spending your evening in Bermondsy, right across the Thames from the Tower of London. This area is a hidden gem in London and a favorite among locals.

It has changed a lot recently and is now a lively spot. With its cobbled squares and grand buildings, Bermondsy feels like it’s straight out of a period drama.

Bermondsy is also one of London’s culinary destinations. It’s home to street food markets rivaling Borough market and some of London’s best new restaurants.

One of the hottest tables to book right now in Bermondsy is Trivet . It was a just awarded a Michelin star.

You can also check out Pique-Nique, Jose Tapas Bar, Casse-Croute, or the Matby St. Market.

As another evening option, you might book a guided tour of London’s historic pubs or of the trendy pubs in the West End .

Day 3 of 3 Days in London AM

On your final day in London, you have two options for the morning. You can either go to the British Museum and the British Library or to The Wallace Collection and the SoHo neighborhood.

Option 1: British Museum & British Library

British Museum

The British Museum is a universal museum holding many of the world’s most important artifacts. It’s another of London’s amazing free museums .

The museum contains a breathtaking collection of over 8 million objects that paint a portrait of the world’s cultures. This is where you come to learn about humankind and its history.

You could spend weeks there, there’s just so much to see. Plot out your course in advance to make sure you get to see the highlights.

The Egyptian Gallery has spectacular busts, sarcophagi and the Rosetta Stone. There’s a massive collection of Roman sculptures and busts of the Roman emperors .

The famous Parthenon sculptures, known as the Elgin marbles, are in Room 18.

These beautiful friezes and sculptures formed part of the Parthenon temple on the Acropolis of Athens. The museum’s possession of them has long been a subject of intense controversy .

You can book a  guided tour  of the British Museum. You can even have  afternoon tea  there. 

If you’re a literary buff, you can also opt to head 10-15 minutes northeast to  Charles Dickens House  at 48 Doughty Street.

Grab an audio guide and inspect five floors of the fully restored Georgian townhouse, where Dickens wrote some of his best novels.

British Library

London’s British Library is just 5 minutes from the British Museum. It’s the world’s largest library. While the exterior is not particularly pretty, there’s a dashing statue of Newton by Eduardo Paolozzi in the square.

The library is stashed with all kinds of gems: printed books, maps, important documents, and illustrated manuscripts.

You can visit the Treasures of the British Library on a walk in basis. The reading rooms are restricted. You have to apply in advance for a pass to access them.

In the Treasures room, you’ll find Mozart’s hand written musical compositions, Lewis Caroll’s Alice Adventures, Charlotte Brontë’s manuscript for  Jane Eyre, Jane Austen’s writing desk, the Gutenberg Bible, and the Magna Carta.

Beatles’ fans will be pleased to find hand written copies of song lyrics.

If you want to grab lunch in the Bloomsbury area before moving on to your next destination, you can check out Honey & Co (Middle Eastern), Boopshi’s (Viennese cuisine), Chez Mamie (French), or Ristorante Olivelli (Italian).

Option 2: The Wallace Collection & Soho

Wallace Collection

Option number 2 is the Wallace Collection . It’s one of the world’s best small museums , a treasure trove of art.

The museum is somewhat pleasantly lost (except for locals) in London’s sea of amazing museums.

The Wallace Collection is housed in a palatial mansion in Marlybone. It’s a perfectly preserved in situ collaboration of art and period setting.

The museum has a fine collection of old Masters paintings set amid fine French furniture. It’s word renowned for its 18th century French paintings, European paintings, Boulle furniture, and medieval armor.

You’ll find works by Rembrandt, Franz Hals, Diego Velazquez, Titian, and Canaletto.

Plus, there’s a slew of works by Rococo-era artists like Watteau, Boucher, and Fragonard. The museum’s most famous painting is Fragonard’s famous The Swing .

You can take a free 30 minute tour of the Grand Gallery on the second floor at 3:00 pm with a museum expert. You need to make a reservation for this tour at the front desk.

But the Wallace Collection is so vast, with so many masterpieces, that you may want to book a proper  3 hour guided tour .

Soho is 10-15 minutes from the Wallace Collection. It’s a buzzing hive of activity with people eating, drinking, or shopping. It’s made of 90 streets in one square mile in the West End.

If shopping is on your agenda, pop into Selfridges . This over-the-top luxury department store sells everything from design duds to raw oysters.

It’s not just a retail store. Selfridge’s is a creative playground where people come to socialize or listen to music.

Soho is a great place to stop for lunch midday. One excellent place is Barrafina, a tapas place where it’s hard to snag a seat. You can also try Noble Rot Soho (cool wine bar) or, for Italian food, check out Bocca di Lupo or Melle e Pere.

Day 3 Of 3 Days In London PM

After lunch, take a stroll through the lovely neighborhood of Mayfair and Hyde Park.

Mayfair is a lovely slice of west London bordered by Oxford Street, Regent Street, Picadilly, and Park Lane. Mayfair is quiet, immaculate, and synonymous with luxury.

You can find scads of high end shopping on Bond Street and Mount Street. But what I love most is Mayfair’s parks, squares, and gardens. 

The Mount Street Gardens are the loveliest. There’s a long line of benches for you to plop down and people watch.

You can also book a 2 hour guided walking tour in Mayfair .

2. Hyde Park

Of the six royal parks in London, Hyde Park usually takes top prize. It’s a joy to wander through. You shouldn’t rush it. 

Hyde Park is a 350 acre break from city life, after all, and dotted with lovely follies and fountains. Stroll, feed the ducks, or rent a paddle boat.

Hyde Park was a brainchild of Henry VIII, who used it as a hunting ground.

The main attractions in the park are the Princess Diana Memorial, the Albert Memorial, the Serpentine (a 40 acre lake), the Bandstand, the Italian Gardens, and the Achilles Statue.

Hyde Park is also part of a 7 mile long Princess Diana walk, which leads tourists to the key sites associated with her. You can also book a 2 hour guided tour of the Princess Diana attractions .

3. Victoria & Albert Museum Or Kensington Palace

For the rest of your afternoon, choose between the Victoria and Albert Museum, known as the V&A, or Kensington Palace.

Option 1: V&A

The V&A is immense museum named for the royal couple who did so much to support the many triumphs of the Victorian era.

The V&A is a non-stuffy place with an eclectic collection of national treasures in the field of decorative and design arts. Locals tells me it’s the best museum in London. It’s certainly the largest.

The huge collection illustrates the far reach of the British Empire. Virtually every medium is represented — photography, furniture, jewelry, paintings, ceramics, etc.

If you have limited time, you may want to use their “Greatest Treasures Guide” to ferret out the best pieces.

When you walk inside, you’ll see a stunning display — American glass artist Dale Chihuly’s glass chandelier.

The other must see objects at the V&A include the Ardabil Carpet (world’s oldest oriental carpet from 1539), Tipu’s Tiger (a Sultan’s toy), and a replica cast of Trajan’s Column in Rome .

I also like the Paul and Jill Ruddock Galleries. The rooms are filled with Renaissance sculptures, including a life size replica of Michelangelo’s David that lives in Florence .

The V&A is free to visit. You can also book a guided tour of the museum .

Option 2: Kensington Palace

If you aren’t up for another museum, head to Kensington Palace instead. The palace was once the official royal residence of Prince William and Kate Middleton and was the birthplace of Queen Victoria.

You’ll see a series of exhibitions, state rooms, and ornate gardens. If you’re a fashionista, you’ll love the collection of Princess Diana’s dresses. 

The Kensington Palace Pavilion is a good spot for afternoon tea. You can also book a special royal high tea at the palace.

You get free entry to the palace with the  London Pass . Otherwise, be sure to book a skip the line ticket .

4. Notting Hill

Next, visit the famous Notting Hill neighborhood in London. People love it for its rows of Instagram-worthy pastel-colored houses. The area became even more popular after the 1999 movie Notting Hill starring Julia Roberts and Hugh Grant.

Make sure to walk along Talbot Road, Blenheim Crescent, and Westbourne Grove. You’ll find bookshops, cafes, art, and great shopping spots. Also, check out Hillgate Place – it’s a particularly beautiful part of the neighborhood.

Notting Hill’s Portobello Road Market is one of the most famous street markets in the world. It’s home to hundreds of antique dealers and food stalls.

The main market is all day Saturday. It’s also open Monday through Wednesday.

Click  here  to book a 2 hour guided walking tour of pretty Notting Hill.

You can also book a  1 hour Rom Com tour of Notting Hill or a 4 hour guided tour   that includes Covent Garden, Notting Hill, and Portobello Market. 

I recently booked the 4 hour tour and had a wonderful guide. He ended up giving me a 5 hour tour and we also strolled through Belgravia, Chelsea, and South Kensington.

Day 3 Of 3 Days In London Evening

Since your day trip ends in West London, why not enjoy a cocktail or dinner there?

Start your evening with a pint at the Churchill Arms, a pub well-known for its stunning floral displays.

For dinner, consider these great options in the area: La Mia Mamma for Italian in Chelsea, Gogi for Korean in Little Venice, or Monti Mahal in South Kensington.

Notting Hill also offers some excellent dining choices. You could try MAM for Vietnamese cuisine, The Ledbury, The Shed, or SNAPS + Rye for a variety of delicious options.

Tips For A 3 Days In London Itinerary

1. how to get to london.

London has a total of six airports: Heathrow, Gatwick, Stansted, Luton, London City, and Southend. Among these airports, Heathrow and Gatwick are the busiest due to their major international destinations.

If you’re travelling to central London, there are various modes of transportation available to you.

If you’re coming from Heathrow, you can opt to take the Heathrow Express , the tube, taxi, or a private transfer . On the other hand, if you’re arriving at Gatwick, you have the option to take the Gatwick Express, the train, taxi, or book a private transfer .

Aside from airports, London also has an excellent train network that connects to other cities in the UK and Europe. The city’s major train stations are King’s Cross, Euston, Victoria, Liverpool Street, Paddington, and Waterloo.

2. Should You Get The London Pass?

With 3 days in London, you should consider getting the  London Pass .

It gives you free entry to over 60 of London’s top attractions, including the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, Windsor Castle, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and the Shard.

The Pass also comes with a free hop-on, hop-off bus ticket, hop-on hop-off river boat, and additional discounts on food, shopping, theater tickets, and tours. You can see a full list of attractions and benefits  here .

There’s also a  London Explorers Pass . With it, you can pre-select entry to 3, 5, or 7 out of 20 included destinations.

In addition, you’ll need to pre-book some of the most popular attractions. This will save you hours of waiting in line.

3. How To Get Around London

With just three days in London, knowing how to get around is key.

Central London is quite flat and full of sidewalks, making it great for walking. It’s best to explore one neighborhood at a time on foot.

But London is big, so you’ll likely need other transport too. You can use Uber or taxis to travel between attractions. Black taxis are easy to find and the drivers are usually friendly. If you’re looking to hail one, just check if the taxi sign is lit up.

All taxis use meters and accept credit cards. For tipping, you can simply round up to the nearest pound.

The  Oyster Card  is another handy London pass. It’s a smart card used to pay for transportation in London, including the tube (metro) and buses. Tube stations are everywhere in London, as common as souvenir stands.

You can purchase an Oyster Card online in advance of your trip and have it mailed to your home. You can also buy the card at tube stations and airports. There’s a one time £5 fee to purchase the card.

You preload the card with money. Each time you scan the card to take public transport, the fare will be automatically deducted from the card.

Plus, there are lot of other fun ways to explore London. You can book:

• 3.5 hour guided bike tour
• 2 hour electric bike tour
• hop on hop off river cruise
• hop on hop off bus  
• dinn er cru ise on the Thames
• eve ning tour of London by car

4. When To Go To London

With a moderate climate, London is really a year round destination. And it doesn’t have nearly the terrible rainy weather some people claim.

I prefer visiting London in spring or fall. But I’ve also been in winter and had decent weather. I was just there in March and it was a sunny 60+ degrees.

5. Where To Stay In London

This is a big topic. London has a booming hotel scene.

Where you stay depends entirely on whether you prefer central London or somewhere less busy and noisy.

I usually stay in West London. Mayfair is especially beautiful, peaceful, and loaded with some of London’s best hotels:

• Beaumont Hotel  (traditional and stylish Art Deco style) 
• Duke’s London  (feel like you’re stepping into PBS series)
• The Connaught  (luxury cocooning retreat)
• The Stafford London  (elegant 19th century home in St. James),
• Claridge’s  (elegant Art Deco with aristocratic good looks)
• Four Seasons  (sunny guest rooms with great views)

If you want something more centrally located, try:

• Corinthia  (gold leaf and an amazing spa)
• The Bloomsbury  (elegant red brick building with a well stocked library)
• Rosewood London   (restored Edwardian luxury)
• Ham Yard Hotel  (cool boutique hotel in Soho)
• Dorchester  (English country house style with a killer afternoon tea)

Another interesting and quieter area to stay in is the Regent’s Park/Primrose Hill area north of Marylebone. From Primrose Hill, you can enjoy one of the most iconic views of the London skyline.

The best hotel in this area are the Dorset Square Hotel (boutique luxury that matches the chi-chi vibe of Primrose Hill) and the York & Albany (tiny boutique above Gordon’ Ramsey’s eponymous restaurant).

I hope you’ve enjoyed my 3 days in London itinerary. You may be interested in these other London travel guides and resources:

• 5 Days in London Itinerary
• Guide To Westminster Abbey
• Guide To Free Museums in London
• Guide To the National Gallery of Art
• Harry Potter Places in London
• Guide To the Churchill War Rooms
• Guide To St. Paul’s Cathedral
• Guide To The Wallace Collection
• Tourist Traps To Avoid in London
• Guide To Hampton Court Palace
• Guide To Hatfield House

Pin it for later.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Last Updated on January 13, 2024 by Leslie Livingston

This website uses cookies to improve your browsing experience and analyze the use of the website. Learn More

3 Days in London Itinerary

This is a sample 3-day London itinerary and is meant as a guide to help you plan out your stay to maximize the value of your time.

You could also use this as a 1 or 2 day London itinerary. 

• Other Itineraries
• Things to Do in London
• Free Tours by Foot

To make this 3 Day London Itinerary, we collaborated with our team of local guides who have been living in - and leading tours in - London for over a decade! We worked together to come up with a unique mix of "must-see" attractions (such as those that our guests frequently ask about or have on the top of their lists) as well as some hidden gems that we, as locals, want to share with you!

London is a mega-city and you simply can't fit everything in a lifetime, let alone 3 days. So, you will need to be strategic. We've come up with what we think is the ideal way to include as much as possible into your time here, with restaurant and pub recommendations, too, to really make the most of your time.

You'll also notice we've included links to other posts that go into more depth about a particular location or attraction to help you decide if you want to follow our recommendations. 

Of course, we hope that you will consider one of our pay-what-you-like London walking tours .

DAY 1 IN LONDON

8:00 am   - The Breakfast Club  

The Breakfast Club is a London institution with numerous locations throughout the city and it's a BIG favourite with our team. People queue for hours to get into this Soho hotspot, so make sure to arrive early to bag yourself a fabulously British breakfast! 

While at Breakfast – TKTS at Leicester Square  

The TKTS booth in Leicester Square is a hot destination for visitors wanting to pick up discounted theatre tickets but these days, you can bag those bargains online, before the TKTS booth even opens! Hit their website while you're eating to take advantage of their affordable offerings for a show later on tonight. (We never pay full price for our theatre tickets if we can help it and TKTS is a great way to save money!)

10:00 am – London All-in-One Free Tour

Meet your friendly local London guide just inside Green Park.

This tour will show you all the highlights of London, including Buckingham Palace (and the Changing of the Guard on certain days), St. Paul's Cathedral, Parliament, etc, etc, giving you anecdotes, details, and history that you’d never discover on your own.

You’ll also have the opportunity to eat a traditional British pub on your lunch break.

4:00 pm – Walk across Tower Bridge

When your tour is over, walk around the Tower of London to get photos of this most iconic location - or even walk across!

4:30pm/5:00pm - Take an iconic journey to the West End

From Tower Bridge, you can pick up either an Uber Boat (think a bus, but on water!) or, if the weather is good and the sun is still shining, you may want to join a guided boat tour to take you westwards. Check out our post which details all the boat options to pick the right one for you.

Once you reach Westminster Pier, head a few minutes walk North into the West End.

6:30 pm – Covent Garden  

You’re now in the heart of London’s West End and you should be near a theatre for your show!

Explore the cobbled back streets and grab a bite to eat and enjoy the best margarita in town at Cafe Pacifico .

7:30 pm  - Take in a West End Show.

The Show Goes On! – Most London West End productions begin at 7:30 in the evening. See what's playing .

10:00 pm – London At Night

When your show is over, head to Trafalgar Square and see Nelson’s Column illuminated at night.

You can also head to Whitehall to re-visit the Houses of Parliament and see Big Ben , towering over you with lights shining bright! 

For some other nighttime ideas, be sure to read our posts:

• Top 10 Things to Do at Night in London
• Free Things to Do in London at Night

DAY 2 IN LONDON

9:00 am – Tower of London  

This is an absolute must for a visit to our capital city, the Tower of London holds 1,000 years of history…not to mention the Crown Jewels ! This is our top, top, TOP recommendation out of all the "major" sights in the city.

Get their first thing in the morning to avoid the crowds and head straight to the Jewel House first thing, so you can explore before others arrive later on.

12:00 am – Borough Market

Walk across either Tower or London Bridge to get to Borough Market - the best food market in the United Kingdom! You'll find plenty of delicious food (and drink) to choose from at this iconic London location. There is much debate within our guide group about the best places to get food but one thing we ALL agree on is: Bread Ahead Bakery! Don't miss it.

1:00 pm – Explore the Southbank

Take your time at Borough Market and the wind your way along the best walking path in London: The Southbank. You'll have an opportunity here to visit the Golden Hind, see what remains of Winchester Palace, visit Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre , and/or the Tate Modern , all in this area! You'll also find plenty of places for an afternoon drink..!

When you're done, you can walk across the iconic Millennium Bridge (Harry Potter fans note that this is the one the Death Eaters destroy in the film!) to return to the Square Mile for your next destination.

4:30 pm – Heron Tower, SkyGarden or Horizon 22

Now it's time to get a great view of the city! If you can reserve a FREE ticket, the SkyGarden is our top recommendation. Horizon22 is the newest (and highest) viewing gallery in the city, however, so that may be your preference. If you aren't able to get a reservation (they do book up quickly in peak season), consider our cheeky tip of grabbing a drink in one of the restaurants in the Heron Tower to soak in some great city views.

6:00 pm – Jack the Ripper Free Tour  

Explore the backstreets of Victorian London with our expert guide and hear the stories about the world’s most famous murder victims…and their killer!

A London “must,” this tour encompasses the spirit of London’s evocative East End. You could also take our GPS-led Ripper Tour . We have been leading Jack the Ripper Tours for years (just check out the Trip Advisor Reviews ) so you know you're in good hands!

8:30pm - East End and Brick Lane

Just around the corner is the East End and Brick Lane , so get yourself some delicious and authentic Indian food for dinner, and have a bit of a wander and take in all of the street art that decorates this eclectic part of town.

DAY 3 IN LONDON

8:30 am - Breakfast at Farm Girl at South Kensington

Treat yourself to a great breakfast at a unique London cafe.

Go big with a hearty plate of sausage, mushroom and eggs, nibble on some pastries, or feel fit with fruit, yogurt, and granola.

The menu is always fresh and always changing, but will set you up for your day.

10:00 am  - Museums

The Victoria & Albert Museum, The Natural History Museum , and The Science Museum are all literally next door to one another.

So take some time to explore these great free London Museums .

The V&A holds artifacts from both Britain and abroad and spans a great width of topics.

The Natural History Museum is popular for families with dinosaur skeletons (including a moving baby T-Rex) as well as rooms filled with gemstones.

The Science Museum has a focus on...science and features unique and interesting hands-on exhibits.

1:00 pm - Lunch Break 

The V&A has a fabulous cafe and garden area with classic lunch staples like sandwiches and salads, as well as a great array of cooked dishes, desserts, coffees, and teas.

2:00 pm - Back to the Museums! Or, if you're done already, head directly to...

4:00 pm - Kensington Palace

From the museums, it is a short walk up the road to Kensington Gardens. A lovely park to explore, this is also the site of Kensington Palace.

For those who have the time, you may wish to purchase a ticket and explore the rooms inside - seeing where Princess Diana (as well as the Prince and Princess of Wales and Megan and Harry) used to live and where Queen Victoria heard she was the new Monarch!

If you've not got the time or the funds, just enjoy the view of the Palace as you stroll through the fabulous park.

5:00 pm - Harrods

Perhaps one of the most famous shops in the world, Harrod's is located at Knightsbridge in Kensington.

Explore designer labels, household furnishings, the most impressive cosmetics department around as well as the sprawling food/market section (the best part of the shop, in our opinion!) which actually has reasonably priced goodies you may wish to treat yourself with!

7:00 pm - Chinatown

When it's time for dinner, take a bus through illuminated Piccadilly Circus and get off at Chinatown. Here you'll find a restaurant for every budget (and palate!).

Once finished, you are then free to explore Soho ...perhaps do some shopping, people watching, or grabbing a cocktail to celebrate the end of a wonderful London adventure! Our favourite places for late night drinks are Cahoots (avant garde drinks in an incredible setting), Ain't Nothin' But - the Blues Bar (best for live music), and Simmons (unbeatable happy hours!).

Museum-lovers should read our 5-day London museum itinerary .  

Do take advantage of our self-guided walking tours and our self-guided London food tours to get the most out of your visit.

For help getting around London, be sure to read our guide to the London Underground as well as our post comparing the different London bus tour companies .  

Be sure to also read our Guide to London on a Budget , where you can find other budget itineraries.

You could also gather more itinerary ideas by looking at neighborhoods. Below is a list of 13 top areas.

• Westminster  
• Old City of London
• St. James and Piccadilly  
• Hyde Park and Kensington
• Covent Garden   (+ Covent Garden Food Tour )
• Trafalgar Square
• Leicester Square
• Camden Town
• Borough Market 

We have also created guides based on the time of year. Click on the links below for the corresponding time that you plan on being in London. These also include monthly weather expectations to help you plan how to dress.

• January  
• March  
• April  
• August  
• October  

Choose a Destination... I want them all PLUS general travel tips. Amsterdam Berlin Boston Charleston Chicago Dubai Lisbon London Los Angeles Miami Nashville New York City New Orleans Paris Philadelphia Prague Rome San Francisco Washington DC

About The Author

North America

United kingdom & ireland, middle east & india, asia & oceania.

3 Day London Itinerary: What to See & Do plus FAQs & Insider Tips

By: Author Tracy Collins

Posted on Last updated: March 12, 2023

Looking for a 3 day London itinerary? We have you covered – discover everything you need to know to make the most of your London visit with this complete guide and itinerary.

London makes it onto many a bucket list, and that’s hardly surprising – it’s one of the world’s most exciting cities! When you have limited time, though, it can be hard to know what to prioritise. Hence this 3 day London itinerary.

Full of information – including insider tips from former London residents – this 3 day itinerary for London will help you make the most of even just a short stay in the British capital.

From the quickest and simplest ways to see the sights to shopping, royalty, the river Thames and some of the city’s finest foodie experiences, this 3 days’ London itinerary has you covered.

You may even discover some surprises within this Itinerary for first-time visitors to London . Although the UK capital has a reputation for being expensive, we can show you ways to save money on all your tickets, travel and tours.

There is also a lot of free stuff to see and do in London. Whether you’d prefer a picnic in the park during summer or wandering around some of the top museums in the world in winter, when it comes to the British capital some of the best things in life really are free.

Whether you’re wondering where to stay and how to get around or are simply trying to work out how to pack it all in, this three day London itinerary aims to give you a huge head start when planning your travels. 

First off, let’s address some common issues likely to cross your mind when considering a trip to London.

☀️ Weather in London

📈 peak season in london, 🎉 uk public holidays, 📅 the best time to visit london, 🤔 how long to visit london for, 1. don’t pack too much in, 2. stay in central london, 3. wear comfortable shoes, 4. take an umbrella and/or rain jacket, 5. plan ahead, 6. the best things in london are free, 7. go overground, 8. group your destinations, 1. stay in zone 1, 2. don’t hire a car, 3. use london transport, 4. get an oyster card, 5. buy a london pass, 6. take a london taxi trip, 7. london by bike, 8. london by boat, full english breakfast, fish and chips, sunday roast, pie and mash, curry night, borough market, m&s sandwiches , afternoon tea, getting to the london eye, your trip on the london eye, london eye tickets, south bank , thames river cruise, the changing of the guard: things to know, the langham, fortnum & mason, the tower of london: things to know, harrods, hyde park & knightsbridge, take a sightseeing walking tour, south kensington museums, west end accommodation, westminster accommodation, south bank & bankside, how many days is enough in london, is 3 days enough in london, how do i see london in 3 days, what do you do in london in 72 hours, 3 day london itinerary – final thoughts, london travel guide & itinerary planner (+ 4 bonus ebooks).

3 day London itinerary – Planning a trip to London

When you’re thinking about travelling in the UK, one of the initial considerations is when to visit. How long should you spend in London, and when is the best time to go?

📆 When to visit London

London is busy during every season, with tourists from all over the world flocking to the city to see all the sights. Having said that, there are times when London is at its most crowded.

The UK has four seasons. Spring starts in March, and is when the weather starts warming up before summer starts in June. July and August are the hottest months in Britain.

Although the UK has a reputation for cold, wet weather, don’t be fooled. Summer in London can be stifling if there’s a heatwave, especially when travelling via the underground.

Winter is chilly, although the coldest weather tends to occur after the Christmas and New Year holiday period, during January and early February. Spring and autumn are kinder, with temperatures generally ranging from cool to warm during April, May, September and October. 

So the months of July and August see the best weather in London – but at times it can also get very hot in the city. Add to this the fact that these are peak periods for tourism, and you may wish to consider whether high summer is the best time to visit.

Sunny months aside, the other time when London can become very crowded is during December. This is because people head here from all over the UK, Europe and even other continents to experience the festive Christmas lights, markets, parties and shopping that typifies London in December .

Known in Britain as ‘bank holidays’, public holidays are also when London can become packed with people. Bank holidays in the UK take place at Christmas, New Year and Easter. There are also two in May and one in August, as follows:

• 25th December – Christmas Day
• 26th December – Boxing Day
• 1st January – New Year’s Day
• Good Friday – date varies
• Easter Monday – date varies
• Early May bank holiday – 1st Monday in May
• Spring bank holiday – Last Monday in May
• Summer bank holiday – Last Monday in August

Please do note that this is very occasionally varied slightly when a landmark occasion occurs, particularly involving the Royal Family. In 2022, for instance, the late May bank holiday was moved to Friday 3rd June for the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee. 

Another point to note is that when a public holiday falls on a Saturday or Sunday, the day off is then given as a substitute day on the next weekday. You can check the exact dates of all scheduled bank holidays with the UK government website here . 

While there are lots of factors to consider when planning the best London itinerary, it can be more pleasant to spend time in London during quieter periods. Anytime from January to June plus September, October and November tends to be less busy, as long as you don’t pick a bank holiday weekend.

If you don’t want to contend with cold weather, it’s worth knowing that the British winter is fairly mild. It does snow now and again in London during winter , but it’s not worth pinning your hopes on seeing the city covered with a twinkling blanket of the white stuff. 

Those who really aren’t used to – or fans of – colder temperatures may prefer to visit London during May, June or September. April and October can also be very mild, but the weather tends to be more hit and miss. 

A key bonus of visiting outside the peak seasons is to save money as well as avoiding overcrowding. Hotels charge less during off-peak periods and you should get around the capital more quickly too, meaning you can pack more into your itinerary for London in 3 days.

So how long do you need in London? The answer varies widely according to what you want to see and do as well as who you ask. 

Even just 1 day in London is better than nothing, and 2 is obviously an improvement on that! If possible, though, 3 days is ideal, as you can see the key sights without rushing around so much that your head starts to spin. 

Read more – Essential London planning for first-timers

3 day London itinerary – Insider Tips

Here are our top tips for the most enjoyable and memorable trip to London possible. Don’t leave home without checking out this list!

Having fun is surely the main point of taking a vacation or going travelling, so don’t try to do so much that fitting it all in will cause you stress. 

There are ways to save time, however. Book attraction tickets in advance and you’ll not only save on admin time, you may also get to skip the queue. 

This itinerary is only a guide. Think about what you want to see from the suggestions given, as well as any ideas of your own. This way you can concentrate on what appeals to you most so you don’t feel you’ve missed out. 

One way to save heaps of time is really simple. Stay in a central location and you can get everywhere far faster, even on foot. This cuts down travel time immensely. It may cost a little more, but some locations are surprisingly affordable. 

You’ll also save on travel costs, so spending less money on transport means you can put that little bit extra towards your accommodation. 

The best areas to stay in include the West End, around Leicester Square, Covent Garden or Soho. You could also stay close to Westminster, or on the other side of the river Thames near South Bank, Waterloo and Bankside. 

Read – Location guide to the best neighbourhoods in London

Even if you’re not planning to walk far, comfy shoes will make your day so much more pleasant. Don’t forget that you’ll be on your feet for hours at a time. Even hopping on and off a London bus or the tube isn’t easy in high heels!

Plus it’s best to be prepared. Distances may sometimes be further than you think, tubes are sometimes cancelled and a taxi may be nowhere in sight. 

Rain is a fact of life in the UK. If you’re going to be standing outside for any length of time, a packaway jacket with a hood and/or a compact umbrella are musts for your daypack. 

Imagine standing outside Buckingham Palace, waiting for the Changing of the Guard , while chilly rain soaks you to the skin. Not a way to experience something you’ll see only once in a lifetime! 

By doing a little forward planning before you leave home, you can save both time and money. Doing this also gets you ready for your trip, building up the anticipation about the places you’re about to see. 

We recommend booking entrance tickets and travel passes in advance – and don’t be put off by the fact that your plans may change. Buying through a third party like Get Your Guide means that you can often cancel to receive a full refund, as long as you do so 24 hours or more in advance. 

Using this type of ticket or pass can also mean skipping the queues, ensuring you make the most of every precious moment in the UK capital!

OK, so this statement may not be strictly true. There’s no arguing with the fact that many things in London can be costly.

At the same time, some of London’s highlights are indeed completely free . A wander along the Thames, a sunny afternoon in one of the city’s plentiful parks or a visit to a leading museum or art gallery can also be yours for precisely no pounds sterling whatsoever.

Just meandering around town, taking in theatreland, the smart shops of Regent Street or people watching in the busy squares can be fascinating, and as well as saving you money can make a welcome break from seeing and photographing the main tourist sights.

Although the tube is a great way to get around London, don’t spend all your time in a Victorian tunnel if you can help it. Walk, catch a bus or hail a black cab – that way you will see some of life above the surface along the way. 

It makes complete sense to visit a bunch of attractions in one day that are clustered fairly close together, rather than being spread out all over London. 

Doing this saves on travel time and ticket costs. It also means you can focus on only certain parts of the city during each day, helping to prevent you from feeling overwhelmed. 

An example would be to combine your visits to the London Eye, the South Bank and Borough Market, which are clustered close together.  

3 day London itinerary – Getting around

London is a large, sprawling city and getting from one end to the other can take a lot of time. So it’s a good idea to plan your transport carefully. 

Staying as centrally as you possibly can will help enormously. Avoid anything outside of zone 1 when you’re planning to complete your London trip itinerary in 3 days; you’d just waste so much time travelling. 

Don’t bother renting a car. Even Brits find driving in London stressful, and despite the introduction of the congestion charge, finding a parking spot is nigh-on impossible. Traffic can still be terrible too.

The good news is that London has a great public transport system, including underground and overground trains and buses. These are the most useful forms of transport to use in zone 1. 

If you can, avoid rush hour, when tubes are packed with commuters. Standing room only is an understatement then, as you’re lucky if you can find a narrow gap to squeeze into while breathing in! These times tend to be before 9 am and between 16.30 and 18.30, Monday to Friday. Off-peak tickets are often cheaper too. 

Read more – How to get around London by public transport

London’s Oyster Card is used by locals and visitors alike to save money on public transport. This electronic ticket can be used to pay for journeys on the tube, overground trains, buses, and even boats and trams (the latter are found in South London only). 

An Oyster Card is cheaper than buying separate tickets, and a special Visitor Oyster Card is available to tourists from abroad. Buying one in advance will save you lots of money and also time when you arrive, and you can use it right away. 

The London Pass is one of the most popular sightseeing passes available in London. As well as jump-on, jump-off transport, it includes entry to a whole wealth of London attractions.

Discounts on entertainment, eating out and shopping are also offered to London Pass holders. With entry to over 80 London attractions, it will be worth it for you if it works out cheaper than buying tickets separately. That’s another reason why a little planning can go a long way!

Read – Is the London Pass worth it?  

Taking even a quick trip in a black cab just once is worth the fare just for the experience – London cab drivers are known for being chatty and who knows what subjects might come up as they drive you from A to B. 

To be a London cab driver they will have passed a test called ‘The Knowledge’, and to do this they must prove they know the location of every street in the capital – as well as the fastest route to it. That’s the level of expertise you’re paying the fare for.

Look for a taxi driving with its light on, which shows it’s available. Stick out your arm to hail it and the driver will pull over when they deem it safe to do so. Asking about celebrities they’ve driven can often lead to the telling of an interesting tale – or there’s always the British fail-safe of talking about the weather!

You can also hire from the fleets of Santander bikes you’ll see dotted around the city. Known informally as ‘Boris Bikes’, they were brought in when Boris Johnson was Mayor of London. To rent one, you can simply download the Santander Cycles app and follow the instructions.

The UberBoat by Thames Clippers provides an alternative way to see the city – from the river. They are run by Uber and Transport for London, and the Oyster Card can be used to pay for your journeys. 

3 day London itinerary – Food for thought

Dining out can really be a highlight of any trip to London. As a multicultural city, there are so many restaurants and cafes in the capital and standards are generally high. Here are some foodie highlights not to miss.

This may well be served at your hotel if you’ve booked the appropriate room rate. If not, ask staff for their recommendation. 

The national dish. Best eaten outdoors if possible and served with lashings of salt and vinegar.

If you’re in London over the weekend, a Sunday roast at a British pub is a must. Don’t miss out on the Yorkshire pudding!

When you’re in London on weekdays only, sampling pie and mash is the next best thing to a Sunday roast (though it’s not the same). If you’re feeling brave, some pie and mash shops also sell jellied eels, a true cockney classic.

Any night is curry night, particularly in the East End of London. The area around Brick Lane is best, where you’ll be spoiled for choice. 

Borough Market is featured in films and on TV all the time. It’s a famous foodie haunt on the south side of the river, close to London Bridge. The ideal place to pick up a picnic for savouring in one of the city’s selection of fine parks. 

London boasts some of the world’s finest food halls. The best and most famous are to be found at Fortnum & Mason on Piccadilly, Harrods in Knightsbridge and Selfridges on Oxford Street. 

If you’re after a quick bite to eat on the go, do as the British do and pop into M&S. There are branches all over the city, and they sell the most delicious sandwiches available at very palatable prices. 

You just can’t go to London without sampling the full-on afternoon tea experience . It’s as much about the tinkle of silver on china, the piano playing in the background and the grandeur of the setting as it is about the dainty cakes, freshly baked scones and finger sandwiches.

3 day London itinerary – DAY 1

So you’ve arrived in London. You may even have taken your first black cab ride followed by fish and chips for supper. Here’s what to do once you get there.

The first third of this London in three days itinerary begins with a reasonably relaxed day – just in case you’re getting over jet lag! You can take a trip on the London Eye followed by a riverside stroll around the South Bank, perhaps popping into Borough Market or the Tate Modern before taking a laid-lack look at the city as seen from the waters of the Thames. 

The London Eye

Booking tickets in advance for the London Eye is a great idea – not least because of jet-lag. Experts always say you should get into the time zone of where you are as soon as possible after arrival, and having pre-paid for tickets gives you an incentive to get out of bed!

A trip on the London Eye will also give you a birds-eye view as your first introduction to the city, giving you a sense of perspective while whetting your appetite about what is yet to come. 

The London Eye: things to know

Waterloo, Westminster, Charing Cross and Embankment stations are the nearest to the London Eye, Waterloo being the closest of all. If you stay in the West End or just south of the river, you may wish to walk there. 

Each ‘flight’ – as it’s sometimes referred to – on the London Eye takes 30 minutes. This will take you on the world’s largest, 135-metre-high and award-winning cantilevered observation wheel.

The Eye is the top paid-for attraction in the entire UK. Since it opened at the turn of the millenium, similar attractions have been built in cities worldwide. Your trip will give you panoramic views over one of the planet’s most exciting cities, including of course superb selfie opportunities!

While you can buy London Eye tickets on the official website, we recommend purchasing yours from Get Your Guide . This is because they don’t actually cost any extra, yet allow you to cancel 24 hours before your ‘flight’ for a full refund. There is also the option of booking a fast-track option – ideal when time is tight. 

Buy your London Eye tickets here

Read more – Best tickets, tips & tours for the London Eye

Taking a walk around the South Bank area makes complete sense after a trip on the London Eye – not least because the two are located close together, south of the Thames.  

When you leave the London Eye, keep the river to your left as you head east towards the South Bank area. Don’t rush it – watch the boats sailing by on the Thames and look out for the Royal Festival Hall as you pass. 

The South Bank and Bankside areas have plenty to keep you busy for a while, including shops, cafes, bars and restaurants. There are quirky, one off boutiques, smart cocktail bars and classic pubs, fine dining eateries and street food stalls.

Bankside is also home to Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre and the Tate Modern. If you’re a fan of contemporary art you’ll want to visit the latter, while committed foodies won’t mind wandering a little further to reach Borough Market. This is located on Southwark Street, near London Bridge and the tube station of the same name.  

Why not stay in South Bank? Recommended hotels in South Bank, Southwark & Bankside

Following a morning spent on the London Eye and in the South Bank area, next up for your 3 day stay in London is a relaxing cruise on the river. Even if you’re jet-lagged, this is an easy and pleasing way to spend the afternoon. 

This also allows you to see the city from another perspective, before delving deep into the city’s streets to explore it further. You can also make like James Bond and take a speedboat trip if you like.  

Thames river cruises typically last between 30 minutes and 3 hours, and if you prefer you can book an evening cruise with music plus fizz and canapes or a full-on dinner. Another alternative is to take a cruise along Regent’s Canal in North London. 

The hop-on, hop-off sightseeing cruise is also recommended. Tickets last for 24 hours, giving you plenty of time to see and stop exactly what and where you want to. 

Read more – Top 20 London cruises & boat trips

3 day London itinerary – DAY 2

Seeing all the pomp and ceremony surrounding the Royal Family can be a major highlight of any visit to London. Day two therefore includes some of the key things to do in London in 3 days, including witnessing the Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace and relishing a sumptuous afternoon tea.

You’re likely to have some time to spare between the ceremony and your afternoon tea, so you can consider how to spend this as you wish. With this in mind, our hotel suggestions for afternoon tea are all located close to central areas like Green Park, Covent Garden, Oxford Street and Piccadilly Circus.

The Goring is also close to the palace itself. If you want to tour the state rooms inside while you’re there, this could be the perfect place to rest afterwards while being served the most decadent afternoon tea of your life.  

The Changing of the Guard

The Changing of the Guard is one of those ceremonies that could only take place in the United Kingdom. For a start, it all happens at Buckingham Palace, so you’ll get to see where the Queen lives at the same time. If the flag’s flying, it means she’s at home!

The ceremony has taken place for centuries and moved to its current location during Queen Victoria’s reign. In all but the very worst weather, the Changing of the Guard takes place in front of the palace at 11am. 

• When to see the Changing of the Guard

A key thing to know when planning your trip is that the Changing of the Guard doesn’t take place every day. Normally it happens every other day, at 11 am, on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays and Saturdays. 

It is worth making sure before you set off, though, and you can do that via the official Household Division website here . If the weather forecast is particularly bad or suddenly changes, the ceremony may also be called off. 

• Getting to the Changing of the Guard

The closest underground stations to Buckingham Palace are Green Park, Hyde Park Corner, St. James’s Park and Victoria. Trains from all over the UK arrive at and depart from Victoria rail station.

• Changing of the Guard timing

It’s a good idea to arrive around 15 to 20 minutes before the 11 am ceremony to secure a spot. You can arrive sooner, but may have a long wait with nothing to do but stand around!

• Changing of the Guard tours

You don’t need a ticket to see the Changing of the Guard – it’s one of those attractive free things to do in London in three days. You can, however, take a walking tour with an expert guide, which will help you make the most of the experience. They even know exactly which spots are the best ones to stand in. 

There are also other good alternative tours, including other activities such as a visit to the State Rooms inside Buckingham Palace. Or you could combine it with a visit to the Tower of London or a Thames river cruise, or a whistle-stop tour of the city. 

If these options interest you, we recommend reading our complete guide to the Changing of the Guard, which you can access here .  

Buy your Changing of the Guard walking tour here

Read more – Ultimate guide to the Changing of the Guard

Once you’ve seen the Changing of the Guard and perhaps done some exploring too, it’s time to take afternoon tea at a top London hotel. Perhaps taking a wander around the area you’re headed to, first, to make sure you build up a hearty appetite. 

Afternoon tea is a British institution – and even the cause of some controversy. Firstly there’s the question of how to pronounce ‘scone’ – is it as in cone or gone? Even Brits are divided, and it’s not even as simple as a North/South issue.

The second bone of contention concerns what you put on those scones. Jam and clotted cream, of course – but in which order? According to Hello magazine, the Queen herself spreads jam on first before adding a dollop of clotted cream.

The debate rages on down in south west England , however. The Cornish do as the monarch does, putting jam on before cream, but in Devon they swear that cream then jam is the only way to do it.

Whichever you go for, you can’t miss the chance to sample an afternoon tea while in Blighty, and for many, a top-drawer hotel is the only way to do it.

Favourites vary between folk, of course, but the list typically includes grand properties like the following options. 

Located on the Strand between the Thames and theatreland, The Savoy is just a hop, skip and jump from Covent Garden. Afternoon tea is served here in the breathtaking Thames Foyer, with a magnificent piano taking centre stage.

Also in central London’s West End is The Ritz on Piccadilly. As Buckingham Palace isn’t too far away. you could walk across Green Park from one to the other. Tea is served in the former ballroom, overseen by the UK’s only certified Tea Master.

The Langham is credited with the very invention of the afternoon tea, and the Palm Court certainly makes a stunning setting. The art deco style venue can be found on Portland Place, a secluded location close to the fashionable stores of the Oxford Circus area. 

Located in Beeston Place, The Goring is practically next door to Buckingham Palace. The hotel began serving afternoon tea in 1840, so there’s been plenty of time to perfect what’s on offer. For a real treat, you can also wash it all down with a glass or two of Bollinger champagne.

This one’s not a hotel, but it is an impressive venue – and you get to browse the fabulous food hall here before or after taking tea. It’s served in the Diamond Jubilee Tea Salon on Piccadilly, and is located between Green Park and Piccadilly Circus. 

Read more – 21 afternoon tea options to choose from in London

3 day London itinerary – DAY 3

Your third day in London begins with a trip to the Tower of London , before spending the afternoon just as you please. But don’t worry if you get stuck – we have plenty of suggestions as to how to spend your last half day in the UK capital! That is if you can tear yourself away from the Tower of London…

Tower of London

If you could only visit one historic and cultural site while in London, the Tower of London would be top of many a list. With its intriguing – and at times brutal – history, the tower is the place to see Beefeaters in their traditional red costume, the resident ravens and of course the Crown Jewels.

During your tour you can also see suits of armour worn by previous Kings, discover the Fusilier Museum and see buildings including the White and Bloody Towers and the Mediaeval Palace.

• Getting to the Tower of London

The nearest Underground station to the Tower of London is Tower Hill. If you don’t mind walking, you can also reach the Tower on foot from London Bridge, Liverpool Street or Charing Cross stations in 25 minutes or less. 

If you’re staying centrally, you may also wish to walk from your hotel. The Tower is located by the Thames and Tower Bridge, so it’s very easy to find. 

• Your tour of the Tower of London

It’s best to arrive early at the Tower of London. This is because it gets busy later in the day. That way you can also spend as much time at the Tower as you like without having to rush. It also sometimes shuts as early as 4.30pm. 

Audio tours are available, so you can interpret and make sense of what you’re seeing while you tour the Tower. 

• Tower of London tickets

Booking tickets for the Tower of London in advance will also help you to make the most of the limited time you have when on a London three day itinerary. 

Again we recommend booking your tickets via Get Your Guide. The cost is the same as via the official website, and the bonus is that you can get a full refund if you have to cancel up to 24 hours before your booking. 

Visitors buying through Get Your Guide also get to skip the ticket line!

Buy your Tower of London tickets here

Read more – Best tickets & tours for the Tower of London

Your London

When you’re on a 3 day trip to London, it’s easy to lose sight of what you want to see and do while in the UK. Which is why we’ve factored in some free time this afternoon. How do you want to spend your final few hours in the city? 

Here are just a few suggestions, though the possibilities are pretty much endless!

If you’re the sort that likes to shop till you drop – and you either have some cash to splash or don’t mind window shopping – then a trip to upmarket Knightsbridge is a must. 

Knightsbridge is home to Harrods, one of the world’s most famous department stores. Harvey Nichols is neither far away nor far behind, and the area also boasts a range of designer boutiques including Ted Baker, Jimmy Choo, Lulu Guinness, Rigby & Peller, Lacoste, Burberry and many more. 

At the top of the road is Hyde Park, a green oasis from the hustle and bustle. It would be easy to spend an entire afternoon here if you chose to. Don’t miss The Serpentine, a 40 acre lake that hardy Londoners drop into for a dip between May and September. 

If you’re not sure what to do and are worried about wasting your last afternoon, why not place your fate in someone else’s expert hands? 

There are numerous walking tours so you can see more of the city’s sights – even when you’re doing London in 3 days. We’ve written an entire article on all the best ones, which is divided into sightseeing and themed options, and you can read that here . 

How does a Notting Hill, Doctor Who, Harry Potter , Charles Dickens or James Bond tour grab you? You can read all about them in this post , which also covers the top recommended sightseeing tours you can take on foot. 

Read more – 23 of the best London walking tours

London boasts some of the best museums on the planet. There are so many to choose from, but some of the best can be found in South Kensington. The Natural History Museum, the Victoria and Albert Museum and the Science Museum are all located on Exhibition Road, so if you’re not keen on one you can always dip into another. 

The Natural History Museum boasts a vast collection of specimens from all over the world, while the Victoria and Albert Museum specialises in art and design. It houses well over 2 million objects. The Science Museum, meanwhile, is for fans of all things that celebrate mankind’s history of discovery, invention and innovation. 

3 day London itinerary – Where to stay

Where to stay in London is an entire other article – or perhaps a whole lot more. Here are the links to our accommodation guides for the areas we recommend booking into when planning an itinerary for London in 3 days.

• Best Covent Garden hotels for all budgets
• Top Leicester Square and Soho hotels
• Best accommodation in Westminster
• Great hotels in Bankside and the South Bank  

3 day London itinerary – Frequently Asked Questions

These are some of the most common FAQs that come up when planning a 3 day London itinerary – along with our answers. 

Any day spent in London is better than none, while at the other end of the scale the famous Samuel Johnson quote states that when a person is tired of London they must be tired of life, as ‘there is in London all that life can afford’.

For some there will never be enough time, which is why people from all over the world choose to call London home for a few months or years – or even for a lifetime. 

3 days in London is enough to see the key sights, while getting a feel for the city as a place where people live and work. It’s enough to leave you wanting more, without getting fed up of following the well-beaten tourist trail. 

Whether you’re on a 3 day London itinerary as a family, solo traveller or couple, you can save so much time by planning ahead. This includes booking a hotel in the central zone and buying travel passes and entry tickets in advance. 

The other thing to do is to focus on what you really want to see and do. There are no rules. You have 3 days. How would you prefer to spend them? What would you be sorry to miss out on? 

There is so much to do in London in 72 hours. See the Tower of London, the Changing of the Guard, Westminster and Buckingham Palace . Explore the museums you want to spend time in and take a break with a picnic in the park.

Stroll around the South Bank or along the Thames, or take a trip to Oxford and Regent Streets to see a dazzling array of shops. Explore the markets, take a river cruise, hop on a tube and hail a black cab. Book afternoon tea at an upmarket hotel, and enjoy fish and chips at a traditional British pub.

London really is your oyster! 

Phew! There is so much to see and do in the British capital, but we hope this London 3 day trip planner will help you make the most of your stay in one of the finest cities on earth.

We hope to have shown that while a 3 days in London itinerary is pretty tight, time-wise, it is not only do-able but will also be thoroughly enjoyable!

If you have 3 days in London and what to do is a dilemma, do remember that it’s your trip. This is only a suggested itinerary, and of course you can play around with the timings to suit your schedule and preferences perfectly.

Whether your 3 day London tour takes in the Tower of London, the Changing of the Guard and the London Eye or you prefer to spend your time eating and shopping your way through the city, we hope you have a lot of fun along the way.

Have a few extra days in London? Why not take a day trip?

• Best day trips from London by train
• 17 Places to visit for an easy day trip from London
• How to visit Harry Potter studios from London
• 7 Magnificent castles to visit near London
• Guide to the coronation of King Charles III – When, Where & FAQs
• Seasonal guides – London in Spring , London in winter

While you’re here, don’t forget to take a look at our London Travel Guide . It’s packed with tips and inspiration so you can create your perfect trip. 

• Work with us
• Favorite travel blogs
• netherlands
• switzerland
• family travel
• food and wine
• trip planning resources
• accommodation guides
• travel gear guides
• itineraries
• packing guides
• travel gifts
• health and safety

family travel , itineraries , london

3 days in london: see all the classic sights with our london itinerary.

This article may contain compensated links. See our full disclosure here

Welcome to London! One of the greatest cities on earth has so much to explore. So where do you start?

This 3 day London itinerary is perfect for first-time visitors or those who want to revisit the classic sights and venues that make the city so unique.

We assume you like to have a variety of activities in your trip schedule, so our suggestions for your 3 days in London include the major sites, museums, art, eating and shopping.

In other words, all the key ingredients for a great time exploring London.

Want this itinerary as a printable document? Click me!

Our London itinerary is grouped into 3 main areas – one for each day – to minimize time traveling between different attractions. There are options to spend a little more time at the places that interest you the most.  

We have also included our favorite London hotels – we think this one is the best for location, amenities and value.

What's in this article

Summary – 3 day London itinerary

Day 1 – views, tower of london and st paul’s, day 2 of your 3 day london trip, dinner: a fine dining treat or a pub meal, day 3 – british museum, covent garden and more, where to stay in london, tips for making the most of your 3 days in london, our favorite london activities, add a day trip from london.

Start your day and get your bearings with a ride on the London Eye for panoramic views of London’s skyline.

A full rotation takes 30 minutes and on a clear day, you can see the city spread out below you for miles and miles. This attraction opens at 10 am each day.

I like watching all the iconic London buses weave in and out of the busy streets past Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament.

TIP: pre-book skip the line tickets for the London Eye – especially in summer – as the queues are very long. Who wants to spend their trip to London waiting in line?

>> Click here for more info and London Eye skip the line ticket prices

Nearest Underground Station: Waterloo [Jubilee, Northern – Charing Cross Branch, Bakerloo lines]

READ: Need to know what to pack for London? Click here .

Thames River cruise or ferry

You can take a cruise boat or the regular London transport river bus down from the London Eye past major landmarks in the city including Somerset House, St Paul’s Cathedral, the Tate Modern art gallery, and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre.

The journey by river bus takes only 20 minutes and boats leave regularly every 20 minutes.

Seeing London from the river gives a unique perspective on the city. Imagine how Kings and Queens felt as they traveled from palace to palace, surveying the city around them.

A one-way ticket from the London Eye will take you to the Tower of London where you continue your London adventure.

The cruise boat is a great way to get around even if the weather isn’t great. The covered boats offer a 24 hour hop on, hop-off pass to get around the city >> Click here for cruise info .

Tower of London

The Crown Jewels of Queen Elizabeth II and other members of the Royal Family are kept in the Tower of London .

This royal fortress also holds many secrets and stories and is a must-visit stop on your first trip to London.

Apart from viewing the royal jewels you can meet the famous Beef Eater guards and take a stroll around the castle walls looking out for the ravens along the way.

See where Anne Boleyn met her fate and wonder what happened to the two small princes who were held in the Tower by their ambitious uncle King Richard III >> Click here for more info and skip the line tickets for the Tower of London .

Nearest Underground Station: Tower Hill [District and Circle lines]

Tower Bridge

Grab a snack and eat your lunch on the benches outside the Tower of London looking up at Tower Bridge and across to the Shard and south bank of the Thames.

Many people think the famous bridge is called London Bridge but that is actually a nondescript structure you find heading back west along the Thames.

If you are lucky or do some forward planning you may see the iconic bridge lift to let through oversized river traffic.

TAKE A BREAK: it can be difficult to find good value, healthy food in London. Check out my guide on the best chain restaurants and eateries in London  for ideas on where to eat when you are out and about in the city.

Borough Market

Foodies may want to walk 20 minutes to Borough Market for lunch. Here you can browse the food stalls for almost anything you feel like – from paella to pork buns.

This area is also home to some of my favorite London coffee shops – Monmouth Coffee and London Grind.

On a sunny day take your lunch and sit in the grounds of Southwark Cathedral for a picnic. If the weather isn’t on your side there is an indoor seating area.

The full market runs Wednesday to Saturday with a limited market (fewer traders) on Monday and Tuesday. Borough Market is open on Sundays between 10am and 4pm.

Nearest Underground Station: London Bridge [Northern – Bank branch and Jubilee lines]

Want this itinerary as a printable PDF document? Click me!

A walk through the City of London

From the Tower of London, take a 20-minute walk past the Monument to the Great Fire of London to St Paul’s Cathedral.

If you have time you can pop into Leadenhall Market a beautiful Victorian covered market that is now home to shops and restaurants. The market was used as the setting for Diagon Alley in the Harry Potter films.

You might also like to drop by the Sky Garden at 20 Fenchurch Street, 10 minutes from the Tower of London. Located in the “Walkie Talkie building” the terrace provides stunning views of London and entry is free.

To avoid disappointment book tickets in advance on their on the Sky Garden website .

From Borough Market follow the river past the replica of Sir Francis Drake’s ship the Golden Hinde and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre to Millenium Bridge.

There you will cross back over the Thames and enjoy some striking views down the river and towards St Paul’s. This walk will take around 20 minutes without stops.

St Paul’s Cathedral

Rebuilt after the catastrophic Great Fire by Sir Christopher Wren, St Paul’s Cathedral   is one of the most instantly recognized landmarks on the London skyline.

Inside, the Cathedral is beautiful and ornate and designed to maximize the impact of natural light.

For more spectacular views of London climb more than 500 steps to reach the Golden Gallery.

The crypt of the Cathedral holds the tombs of British military heroes Admiral Lord Nelson and the Duke of Wellington.

The Cathedral opens Mon, Tue, Thur, Fri, Sat 08:30-16:30 (last admission 16:00), Wed 10.30-16.30 and Sun 08.00-18.00. Introductory talks and guided tours are included in your admission fee.

Once again I recommend getting your tickets in advance, particularly during the peak spring and summer seasons >> Click for more info and fast track tickets to St Paul’s Cathedral .

Nearest Underground Station: St Paul’s [Central line]

Dinner in Soho

I recommend a visit to Soho for dinner. There are hundreds of restaurants to choose from and you can stop and watch the street performances in Leicester Square before or after your meal.

Berner’s Tavern – Grand dining room with a modern British menu –  10 Berners Street W1T 3NP

The Ivy Soho Brasserie – modern British – 26-28 Broadwick Street W1F 8JB

Dean Street Townhouse – posh fish and chips – 71 Dean Street, W1D 3SG

Dishoom Carnaby – retro Bombay cafe inspired restaurant – 22 Kingly St, Carnaby, W1B 5QP

Wahaca Soho – fresh and tasty Mexican – 80 Wardour St, Soho, London W1F

TIP: It’s always a good idea to make reservations in London – you can do this on the go with the  Open Table app

On the previous day, you explored the London of Kings and Queens past.

Today there is a little more of the same but you will catch a glimpse of the lives of how the current royal lives and enjoy the pomp and ceremony of some unique British traditions.

Palaces of Westminster and Westminster Abbey

Start your day outside the Palaces of Westminster (also known as the Houses of Parliament ) and pay your respects to Big Ben.

Actually, Big Ben is the name of the clock inside the famous tower which is in fact called Elizabeth Tower.

You can take a 90-minute tour of the Houses of Parliament   followed by afternoon tea if the government is not sitting.

This is one of my favorite London experiences. There’s nothing quite like being inside one of the world’s most famous buildings, hearing its stories from a knowledgeable guide.

Walk through Parliament Square past the statue of Winston Churchill to Westminster Abbey .

The impressive Gothic church is the final resting place of significant people in British history and the location of royal weddings and coronations. For this reason, the Abbey is a fascinating place to visit.

Do check the Westminster Abbey website  for information on opening times and ticket prices. As the Abbey is a working church it may not be open to visitors on the day you are there.

Nearest Underground Station: Westminster [Jubilee, District and Circle lines]

Changing of the Guard – 2 options

Now experience the grandeur of the Changing of the Guard ceremonies.

Soldiers wearing the famous red tunics and bearskin hats continue a centuries’ old tradition of guarding the Sovereign and Royal Palaces. These days the marching is accompanied by a full military band and the atmosphere is festive.

Option 1 –  walk to Buckingham Palace from Westminster Abbey which will take around 15 minutes.

The ceremony starts at 11am at Buckingham Palace, however, preparations including the brass band ensemble and guard inspection take place at Wellington Barracks close by at around 10am. Visit this amazing practical guide to the Changing of Guard for more information on the best vantage points and timings of the parade. Currently, the ceremony is held on Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Sunday.

This page has an up-to-date list of confirmed times and dates for the ceremony.

During the Summer months Buckingham Palace, the Queen’s London residence, is open to visitors. Check the Palace website for opening times and ticket prices.

Option 2 –  view a more intimate ceremony featuring the Queen’s cavalry at Horse Guard’s Parade.

To get there walk 10 minutes down Whitehall past 10 Downing Street, home of the Prime Minister of Great Britain. The ceremony takes place outside the Household Cavalry Museum .

Here the Queen’s Life Guard change, at 11am Monday – Saturday and at 10am on a Sunday.

Kensington Palace and Hyde Park

Make your way to Hyde Park and Kensington Palace for lunch or a snack. From Buckingham Palace, you can walk in around 40 minutes through Hyde Park or walk through Green Park to Constitution Hill and take the number 9 bus to Palace Gate.

From Horse Guards Parade take the number 9 bus from Trafalgar Square to Kensington Palace.

Lunch at the Orangery, Kensington Palace

The Orangery at Kensington Palace is one of my favorite venues for breakfast, lunch or afternoon tea in London. I like that the menu is posh without being stuffy and it is also great value >> Click here for more info .

The grand venue, royal touches and attentive service mean you feel like you have had a special treat. For a snack or more casual sandwich, there is a nice cafe with outdoor seating at Kensington Palace.

An option for the afternoon is to visit Kensington Palace where you can visit the State Apartments and special exhibitions, many of which feature Princess Diana who once lived at the palace.

The grounds and gardens are lovely to wander around and if you are travelling with children the nearby Diana Memorial Playground is one of the best in London.

Nearest Underground Station: Kensington High Street [District and Circle lines]

Visit the V&A, Science or Natural History Museum

After lunch, you might like to wander around Hyde Park or visit one of London’s famous and free (except for special exhibitions) museums.

From Kensington Palace, it is a 20-minute walk through Hyde Park past the Albert Hall and Albert Memorial to Exhibition Road where you will find the V&A, Natural History and Science Museums.

My favorite is the V&A – the world’s leading museum for art and design. You could spend days exploring their collections of paintings, sculptures, textiles and fashion. Check their upcoming special exhibitions too as these are some of the most brilliantly curated shows I have ever seen.

The Natural History Museum is famous for its dinosaur exhibit and the Science Museum has brilliant interactive displays and play areas for children. There’s also a wonderful space exhibit on the ground floor.

Nearest Underground Station: South Kensington [District and Circle lines]

Dinner on your second night could take two paths. My first suggestion is to advance book one of London’s many fine dining establishments, many of which are Michelin starred. Your second option is to visit a traditional pub.

Recommended fine dining restaurants – you must book well in advance

Dinner by Heston – enjoy the cuisine of one of Britain’s most celebrated chef’s Heston Blumenthal at the Mandarin Oriental

The Ledbury – this 2 Michelin starred restaurant is in the world’s top 20 and is run by Australian chef Brett Graham

Spring – an elegant Italian inspired restaurant with a strong emphasis on fish and seafood at beautiful Somerset House

We love taking visitors to Portrait the restaurant on the top floor of the National Portrait Gallery.

With sweeping views of London over Trafalgar Square and towards Big Ben and a well-executed European menu, it is a great night out. Bookings recommended.

Traditional pub dinner recommendations

The Lamb, Bloomsbury – 300-year-old pub near the British Museum with traditional fare taken up a notch

The George Inn – this 17th Century staging house near Borough Market is owned by the National Trust. Try the beef and ale pie or sausages and mash

The Grenadier – visit this historic Belgrave Square pub and dine on Beef Wellington

FIND: more tips on what to do in London after dark here

British Museum

Start your day at the British Museum , London’s most visited attraction.

The museum is free to enter and includes treasures from all over the world. There is a lot to see so pick some highlights of the museum  and get there when it opens at 10am to avoid the crowds.

Nearest Underground Stations: Holborn, Tottenham Court Road [Northern – Charing Cross branch and Central lines]

Covent Garden

Make your way to Covent Garden, London’s famous covered market that now houses shops and restaurants.

There are many restaurants and cafes here to pick up a snack or lunch – there are outlets of Le Pain Quotidien, Ladurée and Shake Shack though I suggest you eat lightly and save your appetite for afternoon tea.

Enjoy the atmosphere at Covent Garden. We like watching the street performances by the many talented buskers that draw huge crowds.

Nearest Underground Station: Covent Garden [Piccadilly line]

The London Transport Museum is found at the market and is a family favorite. There is a treasure trove of buses and trains to explore inside.

So much of London’s transport is iconic that even if you don’t visit the museum, the shop is a great place to pick up high-quality well-designed souvenirs.

Oxford Street shopping

This activity seems to be on many visitor’s lists of things to do in London. So much so that I wrote a guide to shopping on London’s Oxford Street .

This is the place to find all the big high street brands like Zara, Marks and Spencer and H&M but I prefer the uniquely British atmosphere of Liberty of London in Argyll Street where you could pick up a special scarf or other unique London souvenir .

Continue your walk down Carnaby Street, famous in the 1960s and 70s as the hangout for stars such as David Bowie and the Beatles. Then turn right until you reach Regent Street and continue on to Piccadilly Circus.

Alternatively, you could continue your walk down Oxford Street to iconic London department store – Selfridges .

Afternoon tea and art fix

Afternoon tea is a ritual you must not miss in London. Typically taken between 2 and 4pm it consists of sandwiches, cakes, scones, sometimes champagne and, of course, tea. I have never needed to eat dinner afterwards!

Option 1 – From Piccadilly Circus make your way down Piccadilly where you can duck into the elegant shopping arcades. Your destination is Fortnum and Mason   where you can take afternoon tea in the Diamond Jubilee Tea Salon   opened in 2012 by Her Majesty the Queen.

Fortnum and Mason have been suppliers to the Royal household for over 300 years and is another place I like to shop for gifts and souvenirs of a particularly British flavor. Here you will find the best British tea, marmalade and chocolates among other fine food items.

For the ultimate in British afternoon teas, you can try ‘ tea at The Ritz ‘ a little further down Piccadilly. Bookings for this experience are essential.

After your tea, cross the road to the Royal Academy of Arts   where you will always find a well curated and thought-provoking exhibition.

Or walk 10 minutes back down Piccadilly where you can visit the National Gallery or National Portrait Gallery . Both these galleries have magnificent collections and are free for the main exhibitions. Both are open until 6pm every day and until 9 pm on Fridays with the Portrait Gallery also open Sunday until 9pm.

Read more about these galleries in my guide to London’s best galleries

Option 2 – from Selfridges it is a short walk past Manchester Square to one of my favourite museums and galleries The Wallace Collection .

This free-to-enter museum houses works by Dutch masters and gorgeous French antique furniture among other treasures.

You can take a very delicious and reasonably priced afternoon tea in the beautiful Wallace Restaurant found in the central atrium courtyard of the museum.

Catch a show in the West End

Make your last night in London one to remember by booking tickets to see a show at one of the city’s famous West End theatres.

There are always hundreds of shows on at any time. From theatre, musicals, dance and concerts, you will certainly find a show that suits your tastes >> Click here for more info and ticket prices for theatre in London .

As you can see, there is so much to do in London – and we have barely scratched the surface! I recommend staying as centrally as your budget allows to minimize transport costs and maximize the time you have to enjoy the city.

3 London hotel recommendations

Upscale – Rosewood London This luxury hotel in Holborn is close to the British Museum, the theatres of Covent Garden and shopping on Oxford Street. The Rosewood is in a historic building that captures the essence of London’s grandeur >> Click for more info and reviews .

Mid-range – Piccadilly London West End Location is everything in London. At the Piccadilly London West End you are in the heart of the city in a hotel that adds those extra touches travelers really appreciate like fluffy bathrobes and free toiletries >> Click for more info and reviews .

Budget – London City Hotel With a great location close to Borough Market and London Bridge station, this hotel also offers apartments suitable for families >> Click for more info and reviews .

Finding rental apartments in London

We stay in many rental apartments on our travels and I have come up with a system for choosing the best accommodation rentals  on our preferred sites AirBnB and Booking.com.

In London, make sure you choose an area close to transport and some attractions for your stay. Here are the areas we recommend:

• West End – Covent Garden, Soho – right in the heart of the action! Prices reflect this – >> search here
• Shoreditch – funky Shoreditch is the best value inner city area close to transport – >> search here
• Waterloo – enjoy wandering along the Thames plus great transport links south of the river – >> search here
• Kensington – classic west London neighborhood close to museums – >> search here

You can find accommodation options on Booking.com and Plum Guide . Plum Guide handpicks the fantastic properties on their website, only accepting a small percentage of applications, and all rooms are of superb quality.

TIP: If you find a property you like on Plum Guide , be sure to add the code “Untold5” for a 5% discount.

Go to our travel and trip planning resources page for all our recommendations for booking hotels, tours and flights for your travels.

Eating in London

If you are staying in a hotel take advantage of the hearty English breakfasts with eggs, bacon, sausages and toast. That way you can keep yourself going until dinner with a few small snacks in between.

London has some of the world’s finest restaurants so book well in advance to secure a reservation for a meal to remember. You can use the OpenTable app to do this.

Also, check out my guide to London’s chain restaurants and cafes   and best coffee shops .

London transport

Buy an Oyster card or get the contactless app which you can use on all forms of transport – underground and overground trains, light rail, buses and riverboat services.

You will find information about fares, service outages and travel times on the Transport for London website .

Note: children under the age of 5 travel free when accompanied by an adult. Children under 11 travel free with an Oyster photo card See fare information .

There’s nothing quite like riding in a black cab through the city’s streets. You can easily hail black cabs on the street or feel free to use my code GTCTIES when using the black cab app Gett   for £10 free credit when you book your first ride.

I love black cabs because they are pram and wheelchair friendly and can hold 5 passengers with seat belts.

Both our double prams fit into cabs without having to collapse them and that is such a relief as most parents would agree.

Uber is back in London after a lengthy ban (you can read about it here ) Thank goodness because Ubers are often the most available and convenient way to get around town if you don’t want to use the public transport network. Use it as you would in your home town or city.

We recommend Black Lane  for efficient and friendly airport transfers.

DISCOVER: our favorite travel apps in our Best apps for London guide .

What to pack for London

Famous for its weather for all the wrong reasons, London is a place that demands layers when you pack. Even in summer, I would recommend bringing a jumper/sweater and a lightweight raincoat.

If you are visiting during a London winter you will need boots, a warm coat, hat and gloves.

And always, in any season, an umbrella!

You can find our full guide to packing for London here

Here’s a list of other activities to consider for your trip to London. We always enjoy walking tours on our travels. These are my top 3 walking tours for first time visitors to London:

• Royal palaces walking tour with afternoon tea – Build your appetite for scones and jam in the grounds of Kensington Palace with this walking tour around the royal palaces of London >> Click for more info
• Changing of the guard walking tour – march in time with the guards and learn all about this British institution at the same time   >> Click for more info
• Historic pub walking tour – follow in the footsteps of London greats like Charles Dickens on this quirky tour of London’s best pubs and drinking establishments >> Click for more info

Popular London tours

• Big Bus hop on and hop off tour – the best way to get to attractions and see things quickly in London if you have limited time. The commentary is a bonus >> Click for more info
• Harry Potter landmarks tour – starting at platform 9 3/4 and stopping at Diagon Alley and many other HP stops along the way, this is a must for Potter fans >> Click for more info
• London by night bus tour

Activities a little off the beaten track

• Take a street art tour of London’s east end 
• Join a unique Camden and Primrose Hill walking tour
• 11 London galleries for art lovers
• The best London photo spots
• Take a boat ride down Regent’s canal to Camden Lock
• Enjoy a stroll around London’s famous parks and gardens

London is fantastic but there are so many places in the UK to explore beyond the capital. Here are some ideas for taking a day trip from London

• Greenwich – technically in Greater London, this area warrants a full day of exploration on its own. Greenwich is easily reached by river bus, light rail or train services from London Bridge
• Hampton Court Palace – visit Henry VIII’s palace and explore the world of the Tudors at this most English of castles complete with ornate gardens (see above)
• Brighton – a favorite English seaside resort just over an hour from the capital
• Cambridge – just an hour from London by train, the famous university city is incredibly pretty and packed full of history

I hope you found this post useful for planning your trip to London. If you did, I’d love if you could share it using the buttons below – thanks!

If you want to visit all the classic sights in just a few days I think this is one of the best itineraries that you could follow to fit it all in but as always, happy to hear suggestions on how it could be improved.

Disclaimer –  Untold Morsels assists our readers with carefully chosen product and services recommendations that help make travel easier and more fun. If you click through and make a purchase on many of these items we may earn a commission. All opinions are our own – please read our  disclosure  page for more information.

The creator, writer and photographer behind Untold Morsels , Katy has been travelling and tasting the world since she was a teenager.

Now the proud mum of twins, she hopes they grow up to share her passions of great food, wine and travel. Favourite destination: Italy

Walk Slow Run Wild

A couple of adventurous travel bloggers and photographers.

3 Days in London – The Perfect 72 Hour London Itinerary

If you only have a short time in london then we have the perfect three-day itinerary for your visit., filled with iconic landmarks and top attractions all connected with a world-class public transport system, london is the perfect city to spend 72-hours exploring..

So, you’ve just landed, jetlagged but excited to explore this wonderful city. But where the heck do you even start?

We get it, London is massive and can be a bit overwhelming for a first time visitor. What should you see first? How do you get around? What are the best things to do?

Before you arrive

• Day 1 – Walking Tour
• Day 2 – Museums
• Day 3 – Parks, Shopping & Theatres
• Weekend Markets

When we first arrived in London, uncharacteristically for us we had absolutely nothing planned and had no idea what to do first. Since then we’ve spent several weeks exploring the city, walking miles and miles and still feel like we’ve barely scratched the surface. There is just so much to do you could honestly fill 3 months let alone 3 days, and there is something to suit any type of traveller.

With so many options it can a bit a bit overwhelming to plan a short stay itinerary for London. So we’ve done the hard yards (literally) for you and written a sample three day London itinerary with our tips for what’s worth seeing, what you can wing and what you need to plan ahead of your trip.

This itinerary is perfect for the first time visitor to London, or someone returning after a while who wants to catch up on all the big sites. If you have a particular interest or get sick of the crowds at the popular attractions, drop us a comment or email and we’d be happy to recommend some alternatives – we even have some great day trips out of London that might take your fancy.

First things first, London is huge and the attractions are spread out. It’s impossible to walk everywhere, well not impossible, but you’ll end up exhausted and with some first-rate blisters. London is also a busy city and it takes time to get anywhere, even on their amazing public transport. So, let’s be practical and sort a few things out before you leave.

Oyster Card for getting around

You have three options here: buy an Oyster Card from any train station on arrival, plan ahead and order a Visitors Oyster Card before you leave home, or use your contactless bank card. Depending on your plans we’ve broken down the difference for you here.

Oyster card

• Buy from any train station when you arrive in London
• Cost is £5, but if you return your card you get this money back
• Great for stays over a week or if ever returning to London
• Can be loaded up with Weekly / Monthly travel passes which are cheaper than a day pass
• Daily cap for zones 1 & 2 is £6.80

Visitors card

• Convenience of having it sent to you loaded up with credit, no need to stuff around at a train station
• Cost is £5 plus any credit you load up, you don’t get this £5 returned
• Best for short trips only (under a week) and if travel is only in zones 1 & 2 (cannot load up weekly / monthly passes on this card)
• Daily cap for zones 1 & 2 is £6.60

Contactless Bank Card

• Super convenient with no setup
• Pay as you go system with daily and weekly caps
• Non UK banks may charge currency conversion fees
• Remember to touch in and out with the same card
• Can only be used for one traveller so best for individual travel.

Citymapper App

This app is a lifesaver for anyone new to London (or a number of other cities). Citymapper is easy to use and tells you exactly which station, train line, platform, direction, end of the train to sit in, and even an approx. cost for your journey between any two points. It works across the trains and bus networks and often provides several ways of getting from A to B. It’s especially handy with London’s Tube system and makes changing trains so much easier for people who are new to the city. You’ll leave knowing you’ve made the most of your time and being able to confidently find your way around the tube system.

Good walking shoes

Even with the Tube if you’re keen to make the most of your time seeing the sights you can’t compromise on good shoes. Trust us, your feet will thank you at the end of 3 full days exploring London – they have some seriously large museums, shops, parks and neighbourhoods to explore. We prefer ultra lightweight runners (Amazon) for travelling as they pack down to nothing, are breathable, low profile with lots of colour options and are super comfy.

The Great British Public Toilet Map

We heard about this little project after our time in London, but boy we wish we knew about it while we were there. Public toilets are hard to come by in the city and a lot of the time they cost 50p or you need to rely on buying something at a Starbucks or McDonalds to use theirs. This great website provides public toilet map and info for the whole country. Worth a bookmark for sure.

https://greatbritishpublictoiletmap.rca.ac.uk

Now that you’re all set up to hit the pavement, we’ve put together our perfect three day London itinerary. Including the big sights, delicious market food finds, some beautiful art, cool buildings, and some tips and tricks to make the most out of your 3 days in London.

DAY 1 – The Ultimate Self Guided Walking Tour of London

Start the day by getting your bearings, shaking off that pesky jetlag and drinking in some of the biggest sights in London. Beginning at Westminster Abbey , Parliament and Big Ben *, our advice is to arrive early as this hotspot becomes loaded with people as the day goes along. Appreciate these beautiful buildings in the morning sun as you cross Westminster Bridge heading south across the river.

*Note: Unfortunately Big Ben is covered by scaffolding for a few years due to maintenance, it’s scheduled to be revealed again in 2021.

Walking east along Southbank following the River Thames you can take in the view across the water of Parliament, Big Ben and walk right underneath the London Eye . There is always a huge line for the London Eye so if you’re going to ride it plan ahead for tickets. As you meander along the river, take note of the waterline, you might notice some boats stranded on the silt if it’s low tide. This was quite an interesting thing to witness as we didn’t realise just how dramatic the tidal shifts were on the Thames. The river rises and falls twice a day and the height difference can be up to 7m depending on the season.

Now that you’ve learnt a handy fact for the day keep on walking until you see the Millennium Bridge (you may recognise this from Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows Part 1) and the Tate Modern . One of the first things we love to do when we get to a new city is to get high up to see the lay of the land. Head on into the Tate Modern and beeline to the top observation deck for a free 360-degree view of the city featuring a great view directly across the river at St Paul’s Cathedral . While you’re at it stop for awhile to appreciate the enormity of the central hall which was once a turbine hall for the old power station. If you’re a fan of modern art some of the galleries are free and the gift shop is awesome too – none of the cheap crap you’ll find in tourist shops, we find museums and galleries often have the best gift shops pretty much everywhere we’ve been. Alternatively, for all literature lovers, keep walking a little further and you’ll find yourself right in front of Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre .

By now you’ve ticked off some major landmarks, taken in a view of the city skyline and maybe some modern art, so it’s time for a serious coffee and some lunch to refuel. Luckily you’re right next door to the Borough Market , arguably the best food market in London if not the UK. Weaving its way under the iconic green pillars supporting the bustling train lines running overhead, it’s a very cool a grungy setting for a bite to eat. Our favourite stall has to be Bread Ahead for their ridiculously delicious doughnuts.

After sampling some of the delights on offer at the market continue along the river making sure to look up at The Shard and ending up at Tower Bridge , the coolest bridge in London. Wandering across this magnificent icon you’ll find yourself right in front of the Tower of London . It’s well worth spending a few hours in here if you’re interested in its bloody history and to see the Crown Jewels on display. If you choose to spend the afternoon at the Tower of London, that will probably be the end of the day for you so skip ahead.

If you skip the Tower and are still hungry, the Leadenhall Market isn’t far away, a perfect to stop for a snack and worth checking out anyway for its beautiful vaulted ceiling, lovely preserved buildings and cobbled streets. Plus for all Harry Potter fans, it was used as a filming location in the first movie.

Right about now you’re probably ready for a rest and maybe a cheeky beer or cocktail. Walk past the Monument to the Great Fire of London and to the Walkie Talkie building, which is home to the Sky Garden on its uppermost floors. This is one thing that is worth booking before you get to London, read all about it in our Best Free View of London post. Drink in the fabulous view over London’s famous skyline as the sun sets while sipping on a fancy cocktail in a lush sky-high garden setting. Grab a quick bite to eat nearby before jumping on the tube back to your hotel for a well-earned sleep jet lag now totally forgotten.

DAY 2 – Museums and Monarchs

Start your day at the British Museum , like most galleries and museums in London it’s free but donations are encouraged. Housed in one of the most beautiful buildings we’ve seen, the museum has a truly remarkable collection. Get there early as the line for security checking can get long, it usually runs through pretty quickly though if you get stuck in the queue. The museum is huge and it’s impossible to see it all in a day, so buy a map and choose a few key areas to focus on. The Egyptian section gets really busy as it’s home to the Rosetta Stone, so tick this area off early before it gets too packed to see anything.

If the British Museum isn’t too your taste, pick any one of the other incredible free galleries or museums to fill your morning with. The Natural History Museum or Victoria and Albert Museum are other great options that will easily soak up a couple of hours.

A morning at the museum is enough to build up any appetite, so jump on the tube to Camden Market and sample some of the many delicious food stalls for lunch. It was here we discovered The Cheese Wheel with their mouth-watering fresh pasta swirled around in a giant wheel of parmesan for an extra cheesy kick. Satisfying to watch as well as devour! Explore this rabbit warren of a market some more, before continuing your walk along the peaceful Regent’s Canal , watching the riverboats cruise on by.

Follow the canal until you find yourself at a bridge crossing into Regent’s Park next to the  London Zoo . Stroll through the greenery of the park and, if you’re visiting in Summer, visit Queen Mary’s Rose Garden , which is a rainbow of colour in full bloom.

From the southern end of Regent’s Park either wander along the famous Baker Street or one of the much quieter and just as pretty side streets through Marylebone . Grab a quick bite to eat then or jump on a Tube heading south to wave at the Queen outside Buckingham Palace . Go from either Warren Street to Green Park (Victoria Line, 21 mins including walking time) or Regents Park to Charing Cross Station (Bakerloo Line, 25 mins including walking time) and walk down the Mall or through St. James’ Park for an impressive view as you approach the Palace and watch the sun begin to set.

DAY 3 – Parks, Shopping and Theatre

Catch an early morning Tube out to the charming area of Notting Hill and simply enjoy strolling around the streets filled with colourful pastel houses. Eventually finding your way onto Portobello Road, home to the Portobello Market . At almost a kilometre long, you’ll be sure to find a unique souvenir from the many antique shops along the way. Notting Hill is full of great bars, pubs, cafes and independent shops to explore for brunch or a coffee.

There are two options from Notting Hill depending on whether you feel up for a big walk through parklands or a tube into the shopping districts.

WALKING OPTION 

Make sure to buy yourself a packed lunch from Notting Hill to eat in the park. Walk towards the north-west corner of Kensington Gardens and you will find the Diana Memorial Playground and not far away from Kensington Palace . From here you can make your way across Kensington Gardens and Hyde Park however you like, there are plenty of things to see on the way and lots of nice picnic spots. We prefer to zig-zag your way along the south side of the gardens and Hyde Park, taking in the Albert Memorial , Royal Albert Music Hall , Princess Diana Memorial Fountain and The Serpentine Lake along the way.

Jump on the Piccadilly line Tube from under Wellington Arch and head a couple of stops into the theatre district at Trafalgar and Leicester Squares .

TUBE & SHOPPING OPTION

Get straight on a Central line Tube from Notting Hill back into the city, jumping off at Marble Arch . You will find yourself at the start of the famous Oxford Street . Filled with every major retailer in the country walking along Oxford Street through Mayfair can be a bit of a circus at times, but it’s always a buzz. Take as long as you want to get to Regent Street then wander down through SoHo however you like. Let the shops and food options guide you – there are thousands of options. Eventually, you will wind up at the famous Trafalgar and Leicester Squares .

Wander around the Trafalgar and Leicester Squares area, taking in the free National Portrait Gallery , see the amazing recreations of London’s famous landmarks in the Lego Store , get sucked in by the rainbow wall at the MnM’s Store and watch the Swiss Glockenspiel come alive on the hour.

For a break from the hustle of the square pop into St. Martin in the Field’s . The church holds classical music concerts on weekends, and if you time your visit right you may just witness a rehearsal in the late afternoon for that evening’s concert, for free! We’ve stumbled upon this twice and it’s been a welcome break from a day of exploring. Grab a pre-dinner drink at the nearby Gordon’s Wine Bar , decorated in Dickensian-style decor, you’ll feel part of 19th century London in its vaulted cellar rooms and candlelit atmosphere. Cap off your epic 3-day adventure with a West End Show to farewell this wonderful city (book this before you arrive or go for last minute tickets at the Tkts booth in Leicester Square).

Weekend Markets in London

And there you have it! Our three-day itinerary is chockablock and not for the faint of heart. But it’s all based on actual days out we did in London and can be done if you have the endurance. If a slower pace is more your style, simply cut some stuff out and cherry pick your favourite attractions. Leave a comment below or get in touch if you have any specific interests or questions not covered – we’d be happy to help.

If you are lucky enough to be there on a weekend and you’re really into markets, we highly recommend heading east to the Columbia Road Flower Market , our favourite London Market. Stroll along the graffiti-lined alleys of Brick Lane and then wander through the Old Spitalfields Market til your market-heart is content!

Did you find this post interesting? Here are some others you might like!

• A Wild Icelandic Adventure – 2 Weeks of Landscapes & Waterfalls
• The 5 Most Amazing Stockholm Metro Stations – Subway Art Tour Map
• Sky Garden, London – Get the Best Free Views of the City

Disclosure: This post contains affiliate links. If you choose to make a purchase via these links, we receive a very small commission at absolutely no extra cost to you. It’s a win-win!

We only recommend products we use and love ourselves, and by using our affiliate links you’ll be helping to keep Walk Slow Run Wild running - see what we did there.

Like it? Pin it!

Share this post

Jerry Peterson says

September 19, 2022 at 7:28 pm

This is your post; it is good and inspirational; I enjoyed reading it, and I will also share this post with your group of friends. I want to advise you if you are preparing for a holiday in the USA, UK as well globe. If you want to go via flight, contact VootFly Travel Agency.

September 19, 2018 at 3:38 pm

Lovely blog! Keep it up! 🙂

June 6, 2018 at 6:09 am

Cool. I’d like visiting there. Nice photos.

Comment on this post Cancel reply

Follow us on Instagram - @WalkSlowRunWild

Do you love to travel.

Join our exclusive mailing list to receive regular newsletters with a curated list of our favourite travel blogs, occasional deals from our partners (only when they are seriously great), and destination guides from writers and photographers around the world.

By subscribing you agree to the terms in our Privacy and Disclaimer policies

• Travel Blog
• Work With Us

GOT THE TRAVEL BUG?

Every month we send out a personally curated list of the best travel blogs with great stories, photography and hot new destination tips.

Each month features something different so we are sure you will find something to get yo

  Join our exclusive mailing list to receive regular newsletters with a curated list of our favourite travel blogs, occasional deals from our partners (only when they are seriously great), and destination guides from writers and photographers around the world.

Don't miss out on this amazing resource!

Maddy's Avenue

By: Maddy Cornelius · Last Updated: February 6, 2024

3 Days in London: The Ultimate London Itinerary for First-Timers

So, you’re spending 3 days in London. The city is large, bustling, packed with incredible architecture, ancient monuments, great international food, amazing shopping (or window shopping!). You could live in London your entire life and never see it all.

Here’s the thing: London is massive, and as a visitor, there are endless attractions to occupy your time. So you’re going to need a plan. And a good one at that.

With this Ultimate 3 day London Itinerary, we’ve got you covered. Here’s everything you should see, eat, and experience during your 3 days in London.

Three Days in London: The Ultimate London Itinerary

This 3 day London itinerary gives you everything you need to plan your trip, and extra options if you have more time to spend in London. Most of the the famous attractions are in central London but I have also suggested some options a little outside the center.

Explore the bridges crossing London’s south bank with the north, visit a royal residence or two such as Buckingham Palace and Kensington Palace. Head to the iconic Trafalgar Square, stroll Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens. Go shopping on Regent Street, Covent Garden and Oxford Street, thrift vintage classics in Camden Town, explore the British museum, and drink a pint in a classic London pub. This 3 day London itinerary has you covered for all the iconic London sights.

Save these in Google maps ready for visiting London, and we can get started on your 3 days in London itinerary!

Where to Stay in London

Before we start talking about what to do in during your 3 days in London, let’s quickly talk about where to stay!

We chose to stay at this super stylish and comfortable  4-star hotel in Chelsea.

Chelsea is a very safe, upscale neighborhood in Southwest London with lots of shopping. It’s only a couple of Tube stops away from the central London, so we absolutely loved staying in this area. You can find other great deals on Chelsea hotels here .

Places to stay in London

Other safe, centrally located neighborhoods with lots to see and do include the West End , Bloomsbury , and  Victoria . Some favorites in great areas of London are:

• Princes Square: Stay in an iconic London townhouse at this hotel in Westminster. From here you are walking distance to many famous attractions such as Big Ben and the home of the British Royal family, Buckingham Palace.
• The Harrington: Head over to South Kensington and Chelsea and stay in these self-contained studios for your 3 days in London. From here you are a short walk to the Natural History Museum, Kensington Gardens, and the science museum.
• ME by Melia: For a hotel in the heart of central London this hotel in Covent Garden is a fabulous choice. There is an incredible rooftop terrace and sky garden with views over the River Thames and the iconic London skyline.
• Leonardo Hotel : For Harry Potter fans basing your 3 days in London on the Harry Potter tours then it makes sense to stay close to the studios. This isn’t central London so the prices do tend to be cheaper. This hotel doesn’t sacrifice quality for price and is close to the tube station so you are able to explore the rest of London easily.

You can find amazing accommodation deals throughout London with this link !

3 Days in London – Day One:

Your first day in London should consist of acquainting yourself with the most popular touristic sites, so that you can start to dig deeper, as soon as possible! These are some of the top choices for your first day in London

Palace of Westminster, Big Ben, and Westminster Bridge

London’s monuments really don’t get any more iconic than the Palace of Westminster and Big Ben, and the adjacent Westminster Bridge. So it only makes sense that you start your 3 days in London here!

Westminster Bridge is one of the 35 bridges that cross the River Thames, connecting the north bank with the south bank. Across the bridge on the north side is the Palace of Westminster which is the home of English Parliament, and is also known as the houses of Parliament. This is the meeting place for the House of Commons and the House of Lords in the United Kingdom, all important decisions are made here. There is always a buzz of energy around the place!

As the name suggests this was originally built as a home for the Kings of England but several fires over the years have destroyed huge parts of the building, so heads of state were relocated to other palaces and the government remained in the offices. The building had significant renovation works completed in the 19th century which took over 30 years to complete.

The famous clock tower, is actually correctly named Elizabeth Tower but is more commonly known as its nickname, Big Ben. This famous clock tower was renovated very recently with the clock being quiet for 5 years. The clock and its iconic bells were finally back to normal service in 2022.

Walk around the area, stroll over the bridge, and simply enjoy the architecture and the city buzz.

Recommended Tour

This guided tour combines the houses of Parliament with Westminster Abbey. Take this walking tour around these historical buildings with a knowledgable tour guide so you don’t miss a single detail.

Westminster Abbey

Not far from the Palace of Westminster, is Westminster Abbey. This is the place that iconic events are held, the Royal family usually get married here and state funerals and coronations are held at Westminster Abbey. Of course 2023 has held the coronation of King Charles at Westminster Abbey and the Queens funeral was held there the year previously.

The current building dates from 1245 but this has been a site of royal events since the William the conqueror was crowned here in 1066. Since then it has hosted over 40 coronations of British monarchs as well as weddings and funerals. Westminster Abbey is also the final resting place of thousands of historically significant people, including prime ministers, monarchs, poets and military leaders.

Visiting Westminster Abbey is a wonderful thing to add to your London itinerary, the building itself is incredible, and inside there is a huge collection of artworks and artefacts. There is a lot to get around and no miss the historical importance of some of the items so here is a great place to take a tour. This guided tour combines a walking tour of Westminster Abbey and the Palace of Westminster, with a guide to make sure you don’t miss anything important.

Recommended tour

Westminster Abbey is also included in the London Pass, a digital pass with entrance and skip-the-line tickets to over 85 attractions. It is well worth adding to your London itinerary. Get your pass here .

Originally opened in 2000 as the Millennium Wheel with planning to be a temporary attraction to mark the start of the new millennium, the London Eye is now the most popular paid tourist attraction in London, attracting over 3 million visitors every year. The wheel when opened was the largest ferris wheel in the world but now has slipped to 6th place and is now the tallest ferris wheel in Europe.

The London Eye is likely the most expensive attraction you’ll encounter during your 3 days in London, but the views really are worth it. Located next to the South Bank Centre on London’s South Bank, right on the edge of the River Thames, and opposite Covent Garden, the views are spectacular, seeing much of London’s iconic skyline, including views across to Big Ben.

One full rotation on the ferris wheel takes about 30 minutes, allowing ample time to spot all of London’s impressive landmarks and better acquaint yourself with the city. Add this to your London itinerary to take an aerial view of what to see during your 3 days in London.

On good weather days the line can be long so book a skip the line ticket so you don’t waste your day waiting in line.

Photo by David Iliff ; License: CC-BY-SA 3.0

Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace is the official London royal residence of the Queen, and it’s one of the few royal palaces still fully operating today. You can purchase tickets to tour the lavish staterooms of the royal palace and see its exquisite furnishings, sculptures, and paintings.

Buckingham Palace is also the home of the iconic balcony, where the royal family gather to stand following important state occasions such as weddings, funerals, and most recently the coronation of King Charles III. If you time your London itinerary around the annual Trooping the Colour you will also see the royal family gather here to watch the displays and events around Buckingham Palace.

Before your visit, you should also  check when the Changing of the Guard will occur, so you can witness this royal spectacle as well. This is one of the best things to do during your 3 day London itinerary and is an iconic historical daily occurrence dating back centuries.

If you purchase the London Pass, you will also have access to the Queen’s Gallery, this is a dedicated space within Buckingham Palace where important works of art and sculptures are displayed. The collection is periodically rotated with items from the royal collection and showcases stunning ancient art and jewels. Get your pass here.

A view from Hyde Park / dabrat718

Hyde Park or Green Park

Hyde Park and Green Park are both royal parks of London. If you’re blessed with good weather, a stroll, and a nice picnic or bike ride through the park will be a lovely way to spend a couple of hours.

If the weather’s not ideal, swap the park visit for one of the items in our “even more time” category at the end of this article. An alternative park to visit is Regent’s Park, it isn’t as famous or iconic as Hyde Park but as one of the eight royal parks in London it is a nice idea to add it to your list.

Borough market / FollowYour Nose

Borough Market

For foodies (and anyone with an appetite), the  Borough Market  is the perfect place to grab a bite; it is the UK’s most famous food market, after all.

Under the railway lines, the Borough Market bustles with people, as all kinds of stands sell dairy products, baked goods, fresh produce, and meat products. Meanwhile, street food stalls serve up some of the best food in London!

From artisanal chocolates and vegetarian Indian food, to creamy gelato and freshly baked baguettes, whatever you’re craving, you can find it at the Borough Market.

Indulge in all that Borough Market has to offer alongside exploring eateries and pubs along the way from London Bridge with this Secret Food Tour . British food can get a bad rep but this tour will show you how the Brits enjoy good food, washed down with British ales, beers and ciders.

Your second day during your London itinerary can be a little easier start. Start off with a good breakfast before heading over to Tower Bridge, then to the Tower of London and view the incredible crown jewels!

Go for Brunch in Shoreditch

Londoners love their brunch. It’s the greatest meal of the day! If your 3 days in London fall on the weekend, brunching is especially necessary.

Friends of Ours is our top choice for brunch in London because everything they serve is delicious (times 1,000), thoughtful, fresh, and plated to impress.

Pictured above is their Eggs Asparagus (two poached eggs, seasonal baby asparagus, beetroot and lime hollandaise, black sesame seeds, and beetroot sprouts, on seeded toast) and their Smoked Salmon and Scrambled Eggs (in-house lime cured and green tea smoked salmon, with three scrambled eggs, on seeded toast). Brilliant!

Located in Shoreditch this this is also a great part of of the city to wander when you visit London. There are plenty of cool shops, industrial chic buildings and quirky cafes to browse.

Tower of London

Famously the site of many royal executions and imprisonments, (looking at you Henry VIII!) the Tower of London is one of the iconic sites you have to visit during your 3 days in London.

Originally founded by William the Conqueror in 1066 to keep out hostile Londoners, the Tower of London  still stands smack in the middle of London. The Tower of London is a medieval fortress and UNESCO World Heritage Site, which has been continually built and rebuilt over the centuries.

While strolling outside of the fortress, informative signs bring the Tower of London’s history to life, and you’ll also notice how sections of the fortress look different than others, due to the reconstructions over time.

If you’d like to tour the inside, you can buy tickets online , or wait in line and buy them upon arrival.

The Tower of London is also where the crown jewels are housed, which of course you absolutely cannot miss. These are the crowns, tiaras, and jewellery worn by the royal family for coronations and state events. Many of these jewels are very old and incredibly beautiful, you are unlikely to see anything like this anywhere else! Some of the items in the crown jewels have a complicated history, so it is good to be mindful of this when visiting, a guided tour can help explain the history behind the jewels.

Recommended tour:

This Tower of London Entrance Ticket Including Crown Jewels and Beefeater Tour is a great way to discover the history of the Tower of London and the crown jewels. You will also learn about the significance of the Beefeater guards, and learn about the various points around the site, including where Queen Anne Boleyn met her execution.

Tower Bridge

The Tower Bridge is another one of the city’s most famous and striking landmarks.

After you’ve finished up at the Tower of London, you should make your way over to this bridge to snap lots of photos, see the bridge part for boats to pass underneath, walk across the bridge, and even go inside  of the bridge to look down on London through glass floors and see the bridge’s engine rooms.

Get your admission for Tower Bridge as part of the London Pass. Pick up your pass here .

Eat delicious Indian food

India used to be part of the British Empire and as part of this there is a rich and varied Indian culture throughout the Uk. London is no exception and has many incredible Indian supermarkets and restaurants.

Brick Lane is famously packed with international cuisine and Indian food features heavily in many of the eateries here. Due to the long standing Indian heritage in the UK, chicken tikka masala is actually of of Britain’s national dishes, so obviously you should eat Indian food when you visit London. From spicy curries and flavor-packed samosas, to garlic naan and mango lassis, the Indian food in London is on point.

If you want to savor the best Indian food in the city, Dishoom is the place. We could go on and on (and on) about how delightful this place is, but you should really just try it for yourself.

Covent Garden

Come nightfall, jolly people fill Covent Garden , ready to eat delicious food, see theatre and opera performances, drink lots of beer, and enjoy the many street performances.

For a great night on the town, snag a reservation at one of Covent Garden’s best restaurants (Hello, Dishoom!), then see one of your favorite broadway shows (obviously, purchase your tickets well in advance), or enjoy a few hours of drinking and dancing with locals and tourists alike.

Covent Garden is always bustling but the evenings are when it really comes alive. Make sure a visit here is part of your London itinerary

Today for your London itinerary you can head a little outside of central London to indulge your inner Harry Potter nerd. Finish the day with more indulgent British cuisine, after passing through iconic British landmarks.

Warner Bros. Studio Tour London

If you’re visiting London, it’s probably safe to assume that you’re also a Harry Potter fan. Because, why wouldn’t you be?

Just one hour outside of London lies the Warner Bros. Studio Tour London , where all eight Harry Potter films were created over ten years.

There, you’ll see how the movies came to life. You’ll see many of the movie sets, such as Diagon Alley, Dumbledore’s Office, the Gryffindor Common Room, the Ministry of Magic, and Hagrid’s Hut; you’ll see the real costumes and props used in the movies; and you’ll learn all about how the film makers implement special effects, do hair and makeup, manufacture props, and more.

And you’ll sip on frothy Butterbeer!

This ticket includes admission to the studios, as well as transportation from London. We highly recommend it as part of your London itinerary!

Recommended tour: 

Understandably the studio tour is really popular so be sure to book your Warner Bros. Studio Tour London – The Making of Harry Potter ticket in advance.

Further reading:

• Visiting the Harry Potter Studios in London

St Paul’s Cathedral

St Paul’s Cathedral is one of London’s most widely recognized buildings, for two reasons. One: You can spot its dome from many places throughout the city. And two: It’s wildly beautiful.

Constructed between 1675 and 1710, St Paul’s Cathedral is a historic gem that’s beautiful both inside and out. The surrounding gardens also provide a wonderful setting to relax your feet and admire the church’s beauty!

Disney fans will also recognise the steps of St Paul from the bird lady in Mary Poppins. Visit here and you will see the flocks of birds gathering just as they do in the movie!

Book a ticket in advance with this St. Paul’s Cathedral Entrance Ticket to be sure you avoid any lines.

Millennium Bridge

The Millennium Bridge — also known as the bridge terrorized by Death Eaters in  Harry Potter and The Half-Blood Prince  — is a great work of architecture and engineering.

From the bridge, you can admire London’s skyline and the River Thames, and once you reach the other end, you can snap a photo of the bridge, with St Paul’s big, beautiful dome peeping over the background buildings.

Often, wonderful musical street performances occur there, so that’s an added bonus as well.

Fish and chips

For dinner, you’ve got to try England’s most-loved dish: fish and chips. You just can’t leave London without indulging in this hearty, oh-so-typical meal!

Being an island the UK has a major fishing heritage and much of London used to be part of the docks and fishing industry. Fish and chips is a descendent of this industry that lives on and is a favorite of almost every British person. It is cheap, cheerful, hearty and filling, an absolute must for your London itinerary.

Baileys  is often called the best place to chow down on fish and chips (and perhaps some mushy peas, too), because the portions are huge, the prices are minimal, the service is fast and friendly, and because their fish and chips — put simply — rock.

And if you have even more time…

If you get through all of the above in just three days (unlikely) or if you have more than 3 days in London, here are some other places you should absolutely visit!

And you can always swap these activities out for those listed above, if they tickle your fancy a bit more.

Browse Ultimate Luxury in Harrods

When it comes to shopping,   Harrods is as luxurious as it gets. This department store is high on every visitor’s list, as it’s more than just a department store. So much more. When Harrods originally opened it was famous as the store where you could buy everything, in the 1970s it was even known to be able to buy a lion cub!

Thankfully now the store has a much more ethical product selection and is home to many of the worlds most iconic and luxury brands. The Harrods Food Hall is also an institution in its own right and is absolutely worth a browse.

It’s a never-ending maze of giant rooms, each one featuring different items such as purses, perfumes, furniture, souvenirs, art, makeup, jewelry, and more.

And then there’s the food. You’ll find different restaurants and eateries inside Harrods, offering take-away food, desserts, seafood, pizzas, tea, steaks, and lots more. It’s absolutely mad! The Harrods Food Hall is the ultimate luxury supermarket experience, even if you are on a tight budget you should indulge in a little purchase of something decadent.

If you can, have a look around Harrods and eat in one of its restaurants. We indulged at The Tea Room for lunch, dessert, and tea (of course!), and it was worth splurging for. It is also a great place to have a famous English Afternoon Tea.

Natural History Museum

The Natural History Museum quickly becomes a favorite for all those who visit. And that’s not just because entry is free! It is, after all, one of London’s top museums.

This museum features specimens from different eras throughout history, including dinosaurs, whales, butterflies, lizards, and beetles, and it all couldn’t be more interesting. That’s not all, though.

To give you a better idea, some recent exhibitions have been the Bauer Brothers art exhibition, David Attenborough’s Great Barrier Reef Dive, Cocoon gallery, and Pond Life.

Stroll around Little Venice

If you throw out the chaos of thousands of tourists and the ungodly heat of Italy’s Venice, you’ll end up with London’s smaller, quieter, more English version: Little Venice.

When you’ve had enough of London’s hustle and bustle, Little Venice is the perfect place to find peace and quiet to just relax!

Spend hours exploring famous museums…

London has no shortage of incredible museums and you could spend weeks, maybe even months exploring them all. From the historical and iconic National Gallery and British Museum, to lesser known niche museums such as the Museum of Brands and the Cartoon Museum, there is something to interest you endlessly and pack out any London itinerary.

The London Pass has some great options for entrance to museums and monuments that you may not necessarily always be able to access as easily. You can book skip-the-line passes and tours that require a little more planning.

Here are some of the monuments and museums that are worth adding to your London itinerary:

• British Museum: For artefacts from around the world gathered throughout the commonwealth
• National Gallery : For iconic historical artwork and sculptures
• London Transport Museum: The history of transport in England tucked in the heart of Covent Garden
• Kensington Palace: For more royal residences, the home of the Prince and Princess of Wales
• Tate Modern: For modern art lovers
• British Library: For one of the worlds greatest collections of literature
• Original Globe Theatre and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre : The home of Shakespeare’s first plays

After spending 3 days in London, surely you’ll have fallen for the city like millions of others have. You’ll wish you had more than just three days there. But you’ll also be happy to know that, with this London itinerary, you’ll have experienced the absolute best that London has to offer, from the popular tourist sites to every locals’ favorite spots.

Three days in London might seem short, but with this itinerary, you’ll see, do, and eat everything necessary for an unforgettable trip to England’s capital.

What to Pack for 3 Days in London

It is no secret that the weather in the UK is very unpredictable and you can experience several weather types all in the same day. In Spring and Fall you can have a stunning warm and sunny morning quickly turn to heavy rains and very cold. Prepare for every eventuality and pack layers!

These are some of the essentials I recommend for your 3 days in London:

• Umbrella : No matter the season you should always expect rain. Pack a travel sized umbrella and keep it in your bag at all times.
• Packable jacket: Bring a jacket that can be rolled up small into your bag, and make sure it is waterproof! This jacket is great as it will keep the chill off and is water-resistant for those inevitable downpours.
• Daybag : While London is not particularly bad for pick-pockets and thefts it is more likely to happen when you are navigating the tube. Prepare with a crossbody bag that has a secure anti-theft pouch for your valuables. This bag is great and is available in lots of different colors.
• Comfortable shoes: Getting around London by public transport does reduce walking times but often places are much easier to get to on foot. Bring shoes you have worn in and make sure they are waterproof, soggy sneakers are not the aim during your 3 days in London!

Quick Tips for 3 Days in London

• HOTEL : I use this website for scoring amazing deals on accommodation worldwide. There are some incredible hotel options in London, we stayed at Sonder in Chelsea Green and it was wonderful.
• HOSTELWORLD: If you’re traveling on a budget, this is the best website to score cheap hostel deals.
• VACATION RENTAL: I use this site for finding the perfect vacation rental for an unforgettable getaway.
• TRAVEL INSURANCE: Never go on a trip without travel insurance! If you are a remote worker and/or traveling regularly, SafetyWing has an awesome monthly subscription for digital nomad insurance (I currently use SafetyWing ).
• GUIDED TOURS & EXCURSIONS: Many of the tours I recommend are hosted with Viator, which also works with local tour operators. For Harry Potter lovers the Warner Bros. Studio Tour London – The Making of Harry Potter is absolutely essential.
• CHEAP FLIGHTS: London has several airports, Heathrow and Stanstead are more central, Gatwick is a little further outside the city. Get great deals on flights using my favorite flight fare aggregator .
• TRAVEL GEAR : A collection of all of my must-have travel gear are all listed here. But most important to remember is an umbrella and a warm layer , even in summer Londoners expect rain and cold days!
• CAR RENTAL : I don’t recommend driving in London but if you are using this as a starting point for a road trip and need a rental car book in advance here for the best deals.

Further reading: 

What’s your take? Have you spent 3 days in London before? What are your favorite things to do? Are you visiting soon for the first time? What are you most looking forward to? Do you have any questions/concerns?

*This post contains affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase through a link on this website, we will receive a small commission, at no extra cost to you. These commissions help to keep Maddy’s Avenue up and running. Thank you for your support!

Absolutely yes! While it is totally impossible to see everything with 3 days in London it is a great starting point to go to some of the best spots, such as the Natural History Museum, Trafalgar Square, Buckingham Palace, and seeing the crown jewels. You will probably find even more things you want to do the next time you visit London.

3 days in London is a great amount of time to enjoy the city and it not feel you are missing out, but remember there is so much to do in London you could have a packed London itinerary and still barely scratch the surface. If you want to explore lots of famous museums like the British museum, National Gallery, Tate Modern, National Portrait Gallery, Albert Museum and London Transport Museum you will need more than a three day London itinerary.

London can run very expensive depending on what it is you plan to do. Factor in admission tickets, travel costs, and set yourself a food budget. Food options can be very cheap to incredibly expensive, so plan what you think is appropriate to spend per meal, but if you can definitely factor in a few splurge meals at top restaurants. Buying the London City Pass is a great way to save on lots of attractions if you plan it well.

3 days in London isn’t enough time to see every part of London, however you can cover a lot of things and hit the tourist hotspots as well as some local gems. This London itinerary should give you enough ideas on what to do and what to visit during your 3 days in London

Join the adventure.

Be the first to know when new travels or recipes are published! Plus, gain FREE access to my Know-Before-You-Go Travel Guide!

About Maddy Cornelius

Hey! I'm the cook, world explorer, chief wordsmith, and photographer behind Maddy's Avenue. A California native, I've lived in many countries around the globe, but I'm currently traveling through Latin America. Slowly. Running two businesses. Livin' the "digital nomad" life. I’m here to learn, grow, and explore this planet - ever in search of big flavors and epic adventures. My goal? To inspire you to live a bold life: to discover yourself and the world around you at greater depths – one forkful, or one plane ticket, at a time. Thanks for being here!

You’ll Also Love

June 27, 2016 at 8:56 am

I did a lot of these, but not Warner Bros. Studio. Can’t believe I missed that! Definitely ticking that off next time I go :)

July 3, 2016 at 4:38 am

Yes, definitely! It was the best thing ever! Full post about coming soon… My wifi in Italy is terrible, so it’s been hard to blog ;)

June 27, 2016 at 10:30 am

Great suggestions! It’s been a few years since I was in London and clearly there’s a lot I didn’t do haha. Maybe next time :)

July 3, 2016 at 4:39 am

There’s always next time! :)

June 30, 2016 at 6:42 am

Great list you two! I did a lot of these during my own trip a few weeks ago. London really is massive and deserves so much more than three days, but if you are on a time restriction, this is a great list to hit-up all the essentials!

July 3, 2016 at 4:40 am

Totally agree with you!

June 30, 2016 at 10:01 am

I’m for sure gonna use this article ……. for the food ;) Omgggg I think I could die for indian food, I’ll tell you how I’ll find it !

Have a nice trip :)

Kenza from https://travelwithkenza.blogspot.fr/

July 3, 2016 at 4:42 am

That Indian restaurant is 100% the best in the city. Obviously we didn’t try them all, but we’d say it’s even better than Vij’s in Vancouver, and that’s world-renowned for being one of the world’s greatest Indian restaurants. Plus, all of the reviews online don’t lie.

July 1, 2016 at 1:47 am

This is a great itinerary for first time visitors – London is such an exciting city! ♡

July 3, 2016 at 4:37 am

Glad you think so. :) Yes, it really is!

July 5, 2016 at 3:04 pm

All great suggestions! I agree that the London Eye is worth the money; it really does give you the most amazing view of the city. I’d add in the Victoria & Albert museum or the British Museum though. They’re a great way to pass time in between other activities since you can go in and out whenever you want (plus, they’re just great museums).

-Claire tallgirlbigworld.com

July 6, 2016 at 10:08 am

Great tips! Thanks for your comment :)

July 6, 2016 at 8:07 am

This guide is great, you packed so much in 3 days, but it’s totally worth seeing everything! I didn’t get a chance to visit Warner Bros when I was there, it’s definitely on my list for next time. Great photos by the way!

Eden | Mint Notion

July 6, 2016 at 10:05 am

We were actually there for about 5 days, but I think most of the time visitors have 3 days, and maybe more. That’s why we wrote a 3-day guide which also includes a section for people who have even more time. Thanks!

September 6, 2016 at 3:23 pm

Thank you for the guide :D for sure will use it =p

September 7, 2016 at 6:12 pm

February 19, 2017 at 7:27 am

Sorry to be pedantic but ‘one of the only royal palaces’! Only implies singular, it should read ‘one of the few royal palaces’. Apart from that I enjoyed article and will be checking out Borough Market when I next visit. I love just looking around Harrods Food Hall. As most museums and art galleries are free in London, (special exhibitions are charged though) I would add V&A (pass the Science Museum and across the road) and National Gallery (overlooks Trafalgar Square).

July 7, 2017 at 1:14 pm

May 9, 2019 at 7:26 pm

Great article. Planning my London trip and this is such a detailed itinerary. Thanks much.

May 16, 2019 at 12:01 am

Beautiful photos! Thanks for sharing your adventure!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

10 Reasons to Vacation in Tamarindo, Costa Rica Right Now

Be the first to know when I publish new recipes or travel guides. Plus, gain FREE access to my Know-Before-You-Go Travel Guide!

Maddy's Avenue is here to inspire you to live a bold life : to discover yourself and the world around you at greater depths – one forkful, or one plane ticket, at a time. Learn more...

• About Maddy’s Avenue
• Terms & Disclosure
• Destinations
• Adventure Travel
• Digital Nomad Travel
• Luxury Travel
• Foodie Guides

Affiliate Disclosure

Maddy's Avenue shares affiliate links to recommend products we love and earn commissions from purchases you make. As an Amazon Associate, we earn from qualifying purchases. Learn more...

Copyright © 2024 Maddy's Avenue · Theme by 17th Avenue

You cannot copy content of this page.

3 Days in London: best itinerary for first timers (original!)

This post contains affiliate links for which I may make a small commission to help keep the site running. You will not be charged extra for these items had you not clicked the links. Thank you for your help to keep the site running!

3 days in London (broken down to 72 hours in London) is just enough time to see many of the most iconic sites in London , though not nearly enough time to get to all of them (but you probably already knew that).

In this 3 day London itinerary, I’m going to unpack the best things to do to maximize your time, experience classic British cuisine, get memorable family photos, and really feel like you’ve seen one of the most beautiful cities in Europe even if you’ve only got 3 days to see London.

By grouping each day into specific neighborhoods or nearby areas, we’re going to eliminate the need to criss-cross the city over and over again and will make sure that what you do see is seen efficiently and in a way that’s not going to stress everyone out.

PS – if you want a much longer itinerary, check out this 3 week UK itinerary that covers way more than just London!

GET A FREE LONDON INTRO GUIDE and ACCESS TO MY FB GROUP

Start your planning with this “Intro to London” guide and access to my London planning Facebook group!

I consent to receive this book and other e-mails from Girl Gone London

The Absolute Must-Knows (from a Londoner)

• 😍 Cheapest Way to See it All: Get the London Pass here (yes, it’s worth it)
• 🎭 Cheapest site for West End theatre tickets: London Theatre Direct
• 🚕 Cheapest and most reliable airport transfer service: Welcome Pickups
• 🚉 Cheapest Way to Book Train and Bus Tickets: Omio
• 🔌 Most Reliable Adapter for UK Plugs: This one

Hey! Want more honest UK tips and planning advice? Click here to join my London and UK Travel Tips Facebook group , where I can answer more of your questions!

Where to Stay for 3 Days in London

Want to see London in just 3 days?

You’re going to want to stay in Central London as opposed to staying on the outskirts and commuting in.

However, unlike my 1 day in London or 2 days in London itineraries , you have a bit more flexibility with where you stay because you’re going to be all around the city in the 3 days so it’s impossible to choose just one place that’s “most central.”

What is closer to Westminster is further away from the Tower of London which is on the opposite side of the city to Kensington.

My recommendation for people who want to stay equidistant between the major places they’ll be visiting is to try Covent Garden, in particular the Strand Palace hotel , but you can stay anywhere within London Zone 1 and be just fine.

🛎 Still looking for somewhere to stay in London?

My favorite hotel in London for all visitors is the Strand Palace ( click here to check prices ). ⭐⭐⭐⭐

Tips for Visiting London in 72 Hours

Whether you follow this exact itinerary or not, here are some tips to keep in mind when you’ve just got 3 days in London:

• You don’t have to go at a breakneck speed like you do with 1 day, but you should make sure to go at a steady pace with built-in breaks to refresh if you’re wanting to see as much as possible. 3 days will go quickly!
• Understand your priorities and that everything else is a bonus. This city isn’t going to be fully explored in one week, much less 2 days. Have each person choose their “must-do” and make sure to get to those before spending time exploring other places, and that way everything else is the cherry on top rather than things that distracted you from seeing what you really wanted
• Take daylight hours into account. Attractions have shorter opening hours in the winter and the sun can set as early as 3pm in December, whereas the summer months can see daylight until 10:30pm or later. Having an idea of the daylight hours for when you’re visiting will help you plan an itinerary that lets you actually see attractions instead of seeing London in the dark (don’t get me wrong, London at night is awesome, but you don’t want to be surprised when it’s dark at 5pm when you planned to see the outside of Westminster Abbey in all of its glory!)

IMPORTANT: are you coming to the UK from abroad?

In case you’re reading this from outside the UK and will be a foreign visitor here, you need to know these 2 things to stay safe and save money.

• Travel insurance – you need it when going overseas! I use this site to get the best quotes and purchase my packages from. Do not skip this – having medical coverage abroad as well as other coverage in case of missed flights, lost luggage, etc is essential. As I said, I have never gone wrong using this site .
• International debit cards without fees – do not get stuck paying extortionate foreign fees when using your card abroad (and the UK is almost all card these days). I use the Wise debit and travel card which you can apply and learn more about here .

What to Pack for a 3 Days in London Itinerary

For a more comprehensive guide to what to bring to London, check out my full London packing list which includes the kind of clothes you’ll want to bring depending on the weather in London , as well as what not to pack (because, ya’ll, leave those money belts at home please).

The packing tips will also vary based on whether this is part of a much longer European trip or if you’re just going on a long weekend trip to London from somewhere else in Europe like Copenhagen or Vienna .

Overall, these are some must-bring items for your London trip:

• waterproof shoes – unless you’re coming in the height of summer and the forecast is trying to guarantee you no rain, having waterproof shoes like this means that you’ll be prepared for whatever the London weather can throw at you
• daybag that zips up or buckle s – from not losing your wallet from just falling out of your bag to not losing it to a thief in a crowded area, having a bag that zips up or buckles and doesn’t just stay wide open is essential to staying safe in London
• umbrella or rain jacket – pick one or the other and make sure you have your gear rain proofed! Especially for visitors who are out and about in London all day and not able to hide away in offices when the rain comes, you want to be able to soldier through any drizzle and still have fun without ended up too wet

3-Day London Itinerary: The Full Rundown

I’m going to start this itinerary from the morning of Day 1, assuming you have three days in London.

Adjust as needed if you have to travel from London airports or need to cut your time early to get to your next destination.

Day 1 of 3 Days in London Itinerary

Breakfast on the first day is at a place called Bill’s !

This chain restaurant has some of the best English breakfasts in all of London so you can try English sausages, beans on toast and other classic British food items.

There are locations all around the city, which makes it easy to get to a Bill’s no matter where you’re staying.

Late morning

Your first London experience on this 3 days in London itinerary is going to be a trip to see the Changing of the Guards at Buckingham Palace right after breakfast (if it’s scheduled during your trip).

Check the Changing of the Guards schedule before you travel, as it usually happens most days around 10am, but this can change depending on the season so you want to be prepared.

I always recommend getting to Buckingham Palace about 30 minutes early to get a good spot without wasting too much of your time hanging around, but if you’re really wanting to maximize your time, just stroll up about 10 minutes before and snag the best spot you can.

You’ll get a glimpse of the guards, and afterwards the crowd will disperse and you can then get clear shots of the palace.

The rest of the morning should be spent at Westminster Abbey .

This iconic London landmark is a short walk from Buckingham Palace (walk through St. Jame’s Park to get there), and it’s worth paying for entry and spending a couple of hours wandering through this mysterious and historic place if you’re staying in London for 3 days, as it’s filled with plenty of royal history as well as the final resting place of famous British icons like Charles Dickens.

Tours are self-guided so you can go at your own pace, and there is a nice gift shop to buy London royal souvenirs that aren’t quite as tacky as what you’ll find on Oxford Street.

You’ll be hungry from all of the fun by now, so head towards Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament and walk across Westminster Bridge.

Stop to get some pictures of the Thames from the bridge, and then make a left when the bridge ends and go towards the London Eye .

I recommend grabbing lunch at one of the restaurants on the Southbank (the area’s name, for being the “Southbank” of the Thames river).

There are plenty of options and cuisines, or you can just grab a bite to go like a sandwich from a local Pret or from the National Theatre café.

Planning a trip to London in the winter ? Southbank will be transformed into a Christmas market!

There’s more walking this afternoon past the most famous sites, so you can take this as slow or fast as you want.

First, walk across Waterloo Bridge, which is the bridge that is directly in front of the National Theatre (which you can’t miss).

Get to the end of the bridge, and turn left.

Walk a bit until you get to the iconic Trafalgar Square.

You’ll recognize it by Nelson’s column that rises up from the center, the classic steps leading up to the National Gallery , and the lion statues.

Trafalgar Square is always abuzz with activity during important protests or events like the Olympic countdown in 2012, Christmas carols in December, and more.

Time for a break for some free art at the National Gallery , the building that towers above Trafalgar Square at the top of the steps.

This is arguably London’s most famous art museum, up there with the Tates, and the collection of famous art is absolutely stunning.

They also have a fantastic café that serves great food if anyone needs a snack.

Let’s call it late afternoon now after you’ve made it to Trafalgar Square and got your art critic on.

From here, you’re going to finish exploring this area of Central London.

Early evening

Piccadilly Circus is very close to the National Gallery, so walk between the two and marvel at the “Times Square of London” with its shining screens and bustle of activity.

Piccadilly Circus is famous in a lot of songs and films about London , including making an appearance in the seventh Harry Potter film.

Move on from here to explore Chinatown in Soho, a really fun area that celebrates Chinese culture and has the best Chinese food in London (because, duh).

It makes for some great pictures as well with the red and yellow decorations everywhere.

Keep an eye out for other famous landmarks like the home of Harry Potter and the Cursed Child, the Palace Theatre.

This is one of the most popular things to do in London for Harry Potter fans , and while it is a bit of an odd story for this purist Harry Potter fan, it’s worth seeing for the special effects.

At some point, you’ll reach Mercer Street on your right hand side.

Take that right and walk through the Seven Dials.

This is such an Instagrammable area of London due to the seven roads that converge on one circle, and the collision of colors and gorgeous plants and buildings are something to be seen in person!

Keep walking and you’ll stumble into Covent Garden.

Time for a sit-down dinner at a pub!

Stop by the Lamb & Flag, a pub in Covent Garden known for its authentic British food options in its upstairs eatery and its casual atmosphere for drinks downstairs.

Don’t forget from the restaurant and pub etiquette guide that pubs are not bars – children are allowed in them to eat with their parents, it’s very common.

After dinner

From shopping to nighttime entertainment to people watching, Covent Garden is a popular area to explore when the sun goes down so enjoy the buzz of the evening in London before heading home to crash.

Day 2 in London

Day 2 in London is going to take us closer to the east side of the city, down the river from where you were yesterday at the London Eye and Westminster Abbey.

You’re going to want to be on the go for breakfast today and not have a long sit-down experience, so grab a muffin or breakfast sandwich from somewhere like Café Nero or Pret a Manger.

These are classic London chain cafes which serve great food, tea, coffee, and other drinks.

There is room to eat-in if you don’t want to literally eat on the go, but it will be faster than going somewhere where you need to be waited on.

You’re on the go this morning because you should start as early as possible at your first stop – the Tower of London!

The Tower of London is London’s oldest fortress and the source of many iconic London photos that include the Beefeaters (the guys with the red and black hats who look like they could beat you in a fight even with their heavy uniform on).

This tower has been used for everything from imprisoning people to holding a selection of animals including polar bears.

Take a free tour of the grounds from a Beefeater who will take you around and give you the goriest historic stories as well as interesting facts about what’s happened on the land you’re standing on (heads have…literally rolled).

Don’t worry about the weather if it’s not great, as plenty of the Tower of London is indoors, including the displays on medieval torture devices, suits of armor, and of course the royalty’s Crown Jewels which are protected inside the Tower.

You can go in and see them, but all eyes will be on you so don’t touch!

I recommend a good couple of hours at the Tower to really get the most of it, which is why I suggest starting as early as possible – with only 3 days in London, you’re going to want to move at a pace that fits as much in as possible and doesn’t allow for sleep-in days!

Late Morning

Finish at the Tower of London and then head over to Tower Bridge, the most famous London Bridge that often gets mistaken for “London Bridge”, which is in fact a nondescript bridge that no one cares about!

Cross Tower Bridge and snap some pictures, and then take a right.

Walk along the river towards the smells of food wafting from the incredible Borough Market .

After you cross Tower Bridge, take a right and walk along the river until you come across London’s best food market, Borough Market.

Ranging from vegan options to scotch eggs to pasta to fish to desserts to gluten free options, Borough Market has everything you need to make sure everyone in your group is fed no matter their tastes.

There are places to sit down if you want, or you can just eat and stroll while you munch on things.

Particularly good are the fish and chips from the fish and chips stall – often, I advise against getting fish and chips in a pub because they’re not as good as from a “chippy” or dedicated fish and chips shops, and the Borough Market fish and chips stall is definitely one of the better options.

Finish eating and resting your legs and then keep walking along the river away from Tower Bridge, towards a part of London you haven’t explored yet.

You’ll soon see Shakespeare’s Globe and Tate Modern on your left.

You won’t have time to go into both, so observe one from the outside and either go in Tate Modern for an hour or so (free) or take an hour long guided tour of Shakespeare’s Globe.

You can’t go wrong with either option, it just depends if you’re more into Shakespeare or modern art.

After your pit stop, you’ll want to cross the Millennium Bridge which is the futuristic bridge directly in front of Tate Modern.

At the end of this bridge is the iconic St. Paul’s Cathedral.

This gorgeous cathedral has a rich history in London and was designed by Sir Christopher Wren to be a beacon of hope in the city.

It has suffered from fires numerous times throughout its time in London, but still stands ready to welcome visitors and those wanting to worship.

It’s really worth going in to St. Paul’s Cathedral as a visitor and exploring everything from the gorgeous view out the top to the crypt, so add that to your list if you have time.

If not, sit on the steps and walk around the outside to get a unique view of the cathedral from all angles.

Tonight, dinner is at the Blackfriar , one of London’s best pubs that is absolutely stunning inside with a great atmosphere.

It’s also historic, as there used to be a friary on-site and a bronze monk sits over the doorway in tribute to this.

After Dinner

I recommend a river cruise to finish off your second day in London using one of the Thames Clippers boats .

These aren’t tourist boats with guided audio, but you’re just looking to get the river atmosphere and see London from the water, so it’s a fantastic cheap way to do that.

You can hop on one at Blackfriars Pier, right near the pub.

Your final day in London includes some outdoor time, some celebrity spotting, and some famous museums!

Head to South Kensington Tube Station and have breakfast at one of the bakeries just outside.

There are so many to choose from, have a little bit of a wander and pop into one that smells the best to you!

Right after breakfast, choose from 1 of the 3 main South Kensington museums to explore: Natural History Museum, Science Museum, or the Victoria & Albert Museum.

They’re all free, and the Science Museum is one of the best things to do in London with kids if you have them in tow.

Walk just a few steps to another of the 3 major museums in the late morning to spend some time before lunch there.

You will miss out on 1 of the 3 museums, but again, 3 London days doesn’t leave time to see it all!

Grab some sandwiches and picnic foods from a nearby grocery store like Tesco to enjoy a lunch in nearby Hyde Park , the largest park in London with so many places to sit and people-watch.

After eating, explore the grounds of Hyde Park including Serpentine Lake, the Serpentine Gallery (art), the Albert Memorial, and the Diana Memorial Playground if you have the kids with you (head to Kensington Gardens if not).

Late Evening

Finish your time in the Hyde Park area by spending a couple of hours in Kensington Palace , the home of the late Princess Diana and the current home of Will and Kate.

This is one of the most iconic things to do in London, particularly if you’re into royal history.

Check the opening hours to make sure you get there before it closes.

From Kensington Palace , it’s about a 15 minute walk to the Churchill Arms .

This is one of the most Instagrammable places in London, a gorgeously decorated pub on the outside serving up Thai food on the inside!

This is truly an authentic London experience, and a nice way to end your time with some different food options while being surrounded by British history and aesthetic.

If you’re still up for exploring after an earlier dinner, take an Uber or taxi to nearby Harrods in Knightsbridge where you can walk step-in-step with celebrities and royalty from around the world who shop at this iconic luxury shopping experience (but don’t worry, anyone is allowed in!)

How to Get Around London in 3 Days

As I mentioned, I designed this itinerary so that you don’t have to keep moving around the city and wasting time.

However, there will be times when you need to hop on public transportation, especially in the morning and night when returning to your hotel.

Check out my guide to getting around London for more information on your options, as well as my guide to Oyster cards to learn how to use these cards as your key to the city.

They work on both London buses and the London Underground, and are the best option if you don’t have a contactless debit or credit card.

What else should I not miss in London?

If you’re visiting London soon, here’s a very brief rundown of a few of my other favorites to make sure you don’t miss anything!

• Hidden London Walking Tour – this tour is the absolute best if you want to see London in a different light and uncover hidden nooks, crannies, and histories that you won’t get on your normal, run-of-the-mill London walking tour. Click here to check prices and book.
• Historical Westminster Walking Tour with Churchill War Rooms – if you’re a history buff or even mildly interested in all of the insane things that have happened in London, particular during the wars, you have to book this tour which is an absolute bargain for the tour + entry to the Churchill War Rooms (basically two must-dos in one). Click here to check prices and book .
• Cutest London Afternoon Tea on a Bus – want to see the sights and enjoy afternoon tea at the same time on the upper deck? Yes, absolutely you do. This afternoon tea is a real delight and helps you get out and about while also putting your pinkies up. Click here to check prices and book.

UK Travel Planning Guide: the FAQs

🏥 Should I buy UK travel insurance?

Absolutely yes. Basic coverage is not expensive, and as a visitor you are NOT covered under the NHS. Compare policies and prices with Travel Insurance Master here , a big name in the travel insurance business, and cross that off your list.

🔌 Do I need travel adapters for the UK?

Yes, you do, otherwise you won’t be able to plug in your electronics/phone/lifelines. I recommend this one , which is all-in-one so you can use it in other countries.

🚗 What do I need to drive in the UK?

The first thing you need to check out if you’re planning on renting a car in the UK is this guide to driving in the UK for visitors – the roads, signs, and driving experience will likely not be what you’re used to and it’s essential to prepare yourself to stay safe and aware.

🛌 What’s the best way to book hotels in the UK?

For UK hotels, Booking is the best site as it offers free cancellation on many properties. If you want an apartment, I always recommend VRBO over AirBnb.

📳 Will my phone work in the UK?

Yes – if you set it up right. Check out my guide on making your foreign phone work in the UK to ensure that you get the type of service you need.

🚿 Can I drink the water in the UK?

Yes, UK water is great and perfectly safe. But drink out of taps in any kitchen or use water fountains. Double check before drinking out of the taps in hotel bathrooms, though, as they may be on a different system. London water is safe to drink .

1 thought on “3 Days in London: best itinerary for first timers (original!)”

Oh this takes me back to my trip to London years ago. I stayed at a Comfort Inn right off Hyde Park and did A LOT of walking. My best trip.

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

London, England   Travel Guide

Courtesy of Doug Armand | Getty Images

3-days Itinerary in London, England

• 3-Day Itinerary
• All Things To Do
• 1-Day Itinerary
• 2-Day Itinerary

Hyde Park & Kensington Gardens Hyde Park & Kensington Gardens free

U.S. News Insider Tip: A short stroll from Hyde Park Corner will take you to The Grenadier – a tiny pub hidden down a cobbled alley. It opened in 1818 as an officers' mess and now serves beers and classic pub fare in atmospheric, wood-strewn surroundings. – Laura French

Just north of the Royal Albert Hall and northwest of Buckingham Palace  sit Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens: a stretch of green bisected by West Carriage Drive. Hyde Park was once the recreational stomping grounds for King Henry VIII, but now this 350-acre swath of land is open to the public and a must-visit for travelers looking for a relaxing moment away from the city's hustle and bustle. Among Hyde Park's meandering foot and bike paths and flourishing flora and fauna, you'll find a few standout attractions that are worth exploring. Watch the swans and boats glide over the serene Serpentine Lake (or rent a vessel yourself), visit the Diana, Princess of Wales Memorial Fountain or stop by the Speakers' Corner, a site for public speeches and debates since the 19th century (previously used by George Orwell and Vladimir Lenin, among others). For the sporting set, Hyde Park has tennis courts, football pitches (remember: football means soccer here) and a horse-riding arena.  

Buckingham Palace Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace, King Charles III's London home, is open for touring (except for the king's private quarters, of course) from July to October. On the tour, you'll have access to the 19 State Rooms where the king and members of the royal family host guests for state, ceremonial and official affairs. Opulently accented with chandeliers, candelabras, paintings by Van Dyck and Canaletto, and exquisite English and French furniture, these rooms display some of the most magnificent pieces from the Royal Collection. Along with the grand interiors, the State Rooms, where kings and queens have entertained guests on both official and ceremonial occasions, are also a witness to history. Those who followed the wedding of Prince William and Kate Middleton closely will recognize the Throne Room, which served as the backdrop for the pair's official wedding photographs.

For tours in the summer, recent travelers suggested taking advantage of the multimedia guide (included with admission and available in multiple languages), so that you hear a detailed history of each room at your own pace. The palace advises you set aside at least two hours to see the State Rooms (and that you wear comfortable shoes), while recent travelers advised that you use the facilities prior to the start of the tour; there are no public restrooms available until you reach the garden. Except in the Garden Café, no food or drinks (except bottled water) are permitted in the palace.

Westminster Abbey Westminster Abbey

This medieval church, graced by many royal weddings and coronations, offers a magnificent peek at London's far-reaching history. Westminster Abbey is generally busy – and the staff keeps you moving at a pretty swift pace – so do a little research ahead of time to avoid missing your personal must-sees. For instance, if you're a bibliophile, consider a visit to the Poets' Corner. This is the final resting place of famed authors Geoffrey Chaucer, Charles Dickens and Rudyard Kipling, among others. If you're fascinated by all the intrigue surrounding the British royalty, you might like to visit the shared tomb of enemies and half sisters Elizabeth I and Mary Tudor.

If you prefer to see the abbey at your own pace, but still want a little guidance on the history you're encountering, take advantage of the multimedia guides, which are included in the price of admission and available in 14 languages. Alternatively, you can take a guided tour (led by the abbey's vergers) and see special places inaccessible to the public, including the tomb containing Saint Edward the Confessor. If you decide to take this tour, you'll pay 10 pounds (around $14) on top of the general admission price.

National Gallery National Gallery free

Sitting in Trafalgar Square, London's National Gallery features a labyrinth interior so large that it requires a color-coded map to navigate. The museum features paintings in the Western European tradition from the 13th to early 20th centuries, including Italian Renaissance masterpieces and French Impressionist works. Among its 2,300 in-house pieces, visitors will find famed paintings, such as Botticelli's "Venus and Mars," Rembrandt’s “Self Portrait at the Age of 34” and Van Gogh's "Sunflowers." 

Recent visitors loved the variety of paintings at the National Gallery, saying that travelers may need more than a day to get a glimpse at all the masterpieces that grace its never-ending halls. They also commend the gallery's cafe.

Piccadilly Circus Piccadilly Circus free

U.S. News Insider Tip: Wander over to nearby Chinatown to sample its slew of Asian restaurants and bubble tea shops, and continue on into Soho for some of the city's best LGBT-friendly bars. – Laura French

Regularly compared to  New York 's  Times Square , Piccadilly Circus is the meeting place of five busy roads and is the center of London's hustle and bustle. Whether it's people on their way to work in the morning, shoppers en route to the chain store-lined Oxford Street (just a few blocks north) or lively club and bar hoppers passing through at night, Piccadilly is always thrumming with activity. 

British Museum British Museum free

The British Museum is both an architectural beauty and a trove of some of the world's most noted antiquities. In fact, many travelers say it's the best museum in all of London. What's more, it's free to visit. From the Rosetta Stone to the Parthenon Sculptures to Mesopotamian objects, the British Museum is a history buff's dream containing artifacts in the millions. The immense collection can make an initial museum visit seem overwhelming: Pick the exhibits that most interest you, and plan return trips if you feel so inclined.

If you want a little help navigating the museum's exhibits – the approximately 80,000 objects on display out of its collection totaling 8 million items – consider tagging along on a guided tour. Several, including the daily eye-opener tours and the LBGTQ-themed "Desire, Love, Identity" tour and Friday evening spotlight tours are free. You can also book an "Around the World in 60 Minutes" tour for 14 pounds (around $20). Audio guides, which cost 7 pounds (about $10), are also available to rent daily.

St. Paul's Cathedral St. Paul's Cathedral

St. Paul's Cathedral is arguably the second must-see church in London (the first, of course, being Westminster Abbey ). With its imposing dome – one of the largest in the world – St. Paul's forms a predominant spot along London's skyline. It's also a survivor: Although an older incarnation burnt during the Great Fire of London in 1666, the current dome (designed by Sir Christopher Wren and officially completed in 1711) survived numerous World War II bombings.

To make the most of your visit, reviewers highly recommended climbing to the top of the dome to the Golden Gallery. You'll have to hike up 528 steps, but after catching your breath you'll enjoy far-reaching views of the River Thames, the  Tate Modern , and Shakespeare's Globe . And once you've seen the top, head below ground to the crypt (the largest in Europe), where the tombs of notable figures such as Lord Nelson and the Duke of Wellington as well as Wren are housed. Though some reviewers are put off by the pricey admission, most agree that a peek inside is well worth the extra coin.

Tower of London Tower of London

Although its exterior might be grim and even unimpressive (especially when compared to stately  Buckingham Palace ), the Tower of London's interior is always bustling with activity. Despite its name, the large complex has a long history as a palace, a fortress and a prison. Each exhibition and activity here explores this history.

If you're enchanted with the monarchy, don't miss the famous crown jewels exhibition. Among the items you'll see is the Imperial State Crown – which is still worn by the queen for each State Opening of Parliament – and the Sovereign's Sceptre with Cross. In 2020, Prince of Wales' Investiture Coronet joined the display in the Jewel House. For an oral history, take an entertaining tour led by the Yeoman Warders (tower guards). During the hourlong excursion (included in your admission ticket), the guards will regale you with tales of the tower's bloody past. The White Tower is one of the world's most famous castles and a recognizable London landmark. Inside, you'll find the 350-year-old exhibition, "Line of Kings," which includes suits of armor worn by Henry VIII, Charles I, and James II. Keep an eye out for the Tower's famous ravens, who are said to guard the structure.

Tower Bridge Tower Bridge free

Along with Parliament and Big Ben, Tower Bridge is London's next must-see architectural marvel, not to mention the most famous bridge that crosses the Thames. Construction on the bridge started in 1886, which means it's practically modern by London standards, but Tower Bridge stands out for its stunning detail and moveable roadways that lift up when large ships need to pass through. The views from the bridge are an added bonus. From the elevated sidewalks visitors get a prime view of the  Tower of London ,  St. Paul's Cathedral's iconic dome, the London Eye and The Monument.

If you're interested in viewing the city from a higher vantage point (about 137 feet above the Thames), consider a visit inside Tower Bridge, during which you go to the top of the bridge – equipped with a glass floor – as well as to the bottom to the engine rooms. However, recent visitors say that those who are afraid of heights might want to forgo walking across the glass floor.

Tate Modern Tate Modern free

Located on the South Bank along the Thames, the Tate Modern is part of a group of four museums (all named Tate) which house the 70,000 artworks that comprise the national collection of British art. As its name suggest, this Tate holds the more contemporary-style pieces than its three other counterparts, making it more of a hit or miss among travelers. Dalí and Picasso, as well as many British artists, are represented inside this repurposed power plant – but you'll find the works are scattered. Art is grouped by theme rather than by artist.

Recent visitors said if you're a fan of contemporary and modern art, you'll enjoy the Tate Modern. If you're partial to antiquities or the more traditional works of art, you'll probably be better served at the  British Museum  or the  National Gallery . Art aside, the eateries located within the museum may be enough of a reason for travelers to visit. Both the Espresso Bar and Kitchen and Bar at Tate Modern afford stunning views of  St. Paul's Cathedral , which is situated on the other side of the river. At the very least, take a stroll along the Thames to view the museum's impressive exterior.

The London Eye The London Eye

The London Eye (the giant Ferris wheel found in many London panoramas) is on the River Thames and meant to deliver great views – not a thrilling ride. It circles around slowly, offering an unbeatable bird's-eye perspective of London's South Bank. However, those with a fear of heights should beware: When you're more than 400 feet high, the 360-degree views can be a bit disconcerting.

While some travelers say the London Eye is an absolute must-do, others found the experience to be overrated. Some recent travelers said the lines were too long (upward of a couple hours) and the ticket prices too high. However, many others were amazed by the views, especially  Parliament  and  Buckingham Palace . Visitors were keen to note that this ride is not a fast one, with the average rotation of the wheel at least 30 minutes long. You can also combine a ride on the London Eye with a guided boat tour.

Houses of Parliament Houses of Parliament

Step through halls where history was made time and again by visiting the British Parliament. Guided and self-guided tours (which come highly recommended by recent travelers) take visitors through multiple areas of the building, including Westminster Hall (the oldest building on the Parliamentary estate, which is more than 900 years old), the House of Commons Chamber and the House of Lords. If you're not interested in perusing the corridors that make up the U.K.'s governing body, many travelers say that simply admiring the iconic structure's impressive exterior is enough, and an absolute must-do for anyone visiting London. 

If you're one of many looking to snap your own photo of one of the most photographed buildings in the world, the best vantage point is from Westminster Bridge. But if you want a truly smashing shot, head on over to Lambeth Bridge or the Golden Jubilee Bridges on the South Bank for a view of Parliament and the London Eye together. Keep in mind that Westminster Bridge connects two of the city's most popular attractions ( London Eye  and Parliament), and as a result is almost always very crowded.

West End Theatre District West End Theatre District

U.S. News Insider Tip:  For a fun night out, buy tickets for a showing of Agatha Christie's "The Mousetrap," which is the longest-running play in history. – Nicola Wood, Senior Editor

Catching a show in London's West End theater district is just as necessary as watching a play on  Broadway  during a trip to  New York City . The quality is some of the best in the U.K., and the constant mix of new and classic productions with local and world-renowned talent (think: Phoebe Waller-Bridge, Angela Lansbury, Andrew Lloyd Webber, Benedict Cumberbatch) excites both visitors and locals alike. Even if you don't consider yourself much of a theater devotee, recent travelers said the atmosphere, specifically near the lively Leicester Square, where many of the theaters are concentrated, is worth a late-night wander.

Popular Tours

Stonehenge, Windsor Castle, and Bath from London

(11995 reviews)

from $ 126.38

Stonehenge, Windsor Castle and Bath with Pub Lunch in Lacock

(4909 reviews)

Big Bus London Hop-On Hop-Off Tour and River Cruise

(8754 reviews)

from $ 56.17

Explore More of London, England

Best Hotels

When To Visit

If you make a purchase from our site, we may earn a commission. This does not affect the quality or independence of our editorial content.

Recommended

The 50 Best Hotels in the USA 2024

Christina Maggitas February 6, 2024

The 32 Most Famous Landmarks in the World

Gwen Pratesi|Timothy J. Forster February 1, 2024

9 Top All-Inclusive Resorts in Florida for 2024

Gwen Pratesi|Amanda Norcross January 5, 2024

24 Top All-Inclusive Resorts in the U.S. for 2024

Erin Evans January 4, 2024

26 Top Adults-Only All-Inclusive Resorts for 2024

Zach Watson December 28, 2023

Solo Vacations: The 36 Best Places to Travel Alone in 2024

Lyn Mettler|Erin Vasta December 22, 2023

26 Cheap Beach Vacations for Travelers on a Budget

Kyle McCarthy|Sharael Kolberg December 4, 2023

The 50 Most Beautiful White Sand Beaches in the World

Holly Johnson December 1, 2023

The 26 Best Zoos in the U.S.

Rachael Hood November 16, 2023

44 Cheap Tropical Vacations That Feel Expensive

Holly Johnson|Alissa Grisler November 10, 2023

3 Day London Itinerary: How To Spend 72 Unforgettable Hours in London

3 Day London Itinerary Table of Contents

Day 1: London Top 10 Highlights Walking Tour Day 1 Morning: Westminster and Trafalgar Square Day 1 Afternoon: Covent Garden & the City of London Day 1 Evening: West End Theatre

Day 2: London’s Best Palaces and Parks Day 2 Morning: Piccadilly, Parks, and Palaces Day 2 Afternoon: Kensington, Knightsbridge, and Afternoon Tea Day 2 Evening: Pub Night

Day 3: London Day Trip to Greenwich and the Tower of London Day 3 Morning: Day Trip to Greenwich Day 3 Afternoon: Tower of London and Tower Bridge Day 3 Evening: Guided Walking Tour

Tips To Make the Most Out of 3 Days in London Itinerary Where To Stay in London

Day 1: London Top 10 Highlights Walking Tour

Day 1 Morning: Westminster and Trafalgar Square

In route: Start the day by taking the Tube to the Westminster Underground Station on either the Circle or District Lines. The Big Ben Tower of the Houses of Parliament greets you as soon as you emerge from the station. Across the street you’ll find Parliament Square where protestors try to bring MPs’ attention to various causes.

Westminster Abbey and St. Margaret’s Church

This UNESCO World Heritage site has been the site of coronations and royal weddings for centuries. While the first Westminster Abbey dates back to the 10th century, the current abbey was constructed in medieval times. Don’t miss Poets’ Corners where many of England’s most acclaimed writers are laid to rest. Allot about an hour to tour the massive church. The Abbey accepts the London Pass .

After touring Westminster Abbey, pop over to St. Margaret’s Church . This 12-century church  is free to enter. Often known as the Church of the House of Commons, many MPs come here to worship and it’s where Winston Churchill married in 1908.

In route: Return to Parliament Square and start north on Parliament Street . Pay attention to all the statues and monuments as you walk. Peek through the gate at Downing Street to spot the Prime Minister’s residence . Along the way, you might want to pop into the Banqueting House of Whitehall Palace . In 1649, Oliver Cromwell’s Parliamentarians executed King Charles I by the middle lower-level window of this building. If you have a minute, go inside to view a beautiful Rubens ceiling. Just beyond the Banqueting Hall you’ll find mounted troopers stationed in front of a building aptly named Horse Guards .

Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery Museums

Find fountains, lions, Nelson’s Column , and plenty of pigeons in Trafalgar Square . This popular public square commemorates the 1805 naval battle of Trafalgar in the Napoleonic wars. Consider grabbing a coffee from the nearby Caffé Nero and doing a little people watching. Don’t miss the small police outpost (often misreported as London’s smallest police station) in southeastern corner.

The National Gallery overlooks Trafalgar Square. Just around the corner on Charing Cross Road, you’ll find the National Portrait Gallery . Both are free to enter and well worth an hour or so of your time. Go inside and enjoy some of the best European art. I personally slightly prefer the Portrait Gallery.

Day 1 Lunch: Café in the Crypt

After visiting the National Gallery, zip across the street to the famous Café in the Crypt for lunch. Located in the crypt of St. Martin’s in the Fields Church , this self-service café serves up soup, salads, sandwiches, and traditional British fare in an unforgettable setting. Upstairs, you’re welcome to explore the beautiful Church of England church as long as a service isn’t in progress.

Day 1 Afternoon: Covent Garden & the City of London

In route: Continue up Charing Cross Road, then turn onto St. Martin’s Ct to New Row to Kings Street to reach Covent Garden.

Covent Garden

You might recognize this historic marketplace as the spot where Eliza Doolittle sells her flowers at the start of My Fair Lady . Known for restaurants, craft vendors, and street performers, take a few minutes to browse Covent Garden ‘s stalls and watch the street performers. It’s a bit of tourist trap, so lookout for pickpockets.

In route: Make your way east out of Covent Garden and towards the Strand . As you make your way northeast up the Strand you’ll pass Somerset House , the High Commission of Australia building (aka Gringotts Bank in the Harry Potter films ), the fairytale palace-like Royal Courts of Justice . The road turns into Fleet Street as you pass by the Royal Courts of Justice. A dragon statue greets you at the start of Fleet Street, signaling that you’re leaving the City of Westminster and officially entering the City of London .

Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese

This pub was rebuilt in 1667 after the Great London Fire and has been in operation ever since. Now’s the perfect time to put your feet up for a minute and enjoy the historic pub. If it’s too early for a drink, try Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese ‘s vast selection of soft drinks, including a nonalcoholic gin and tonic.

In route: Continue up Fleet Street, keeping your eyes open for the wedding-cake-esque steeple of St. Bride’s Church on your right.

St. Paul’s Cathedral

Continue straight up the road until you reach St. Paul’s Cathedral . Although you were already inside Westminster Abbey today, head inside to take in this majestic space. (St. Paul’s Cathedral accepts the London Pass .) Designed by famed architect Christopher Wren following the Great Fire of London, the cathedral feels very modern compared to the Abbey.

My favorite spots in St. Paul’s are the American Memorial Chapel , Whispering Gallery , and the Crypt . In the crypt you’ll find the tombs of several notable Brits including the Duke of Wellington and Horatio Nelson.

An absolute must when visiting St. Paul’s is to the climb the 528 stairs to the stop of the cathedral’s famous dome. I think the 360 view you get from St. Paul’s Cathedral dome is the best view in London . It definitely beats out the view from the London Eye by a long shot!

In route: You’re now firmly in the financial/business center of London. Continue on for 10 -15 minutes until you reach Cornhill, then turn down Gracechurch St to reach Leadenhall Market . This Victorian covered marketplace served as the entrance to Diagon Alley you see Harry and Hagrid walking through in The Sorcerer’s Stone film.   From Leadenhall, get back on Gracechurch St and continue down past the golden orb topped Monumen t to the Great Fire of London (you can go inside if you like) towards the Thames River to reach London Bridge . Although the London Bridge of “falling down” fame now lives in Lake Havasu, AZ, the current London Bridge (circa 1970s) provides a great view of the much more recognizable Tower Bridge . On the other side of the bridge, you’ll get a nice view of the replica of Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre . And obviously, you can’t miss the Shard .

If you’re ready to call it a day, duck into Monument Station and catch the Tube back to your hotel or evening entertainment. Otherwise continue across the bridge to London’s Southbank.

London’s Southbank

In route: Near the Waterloo Bridge, you’ll find the Southbank Centre Book Market , along with street performers and a skate park. As the river curves south, look across the bank for a good view of Charing Cross Station . The station architecture makes it look like a train approaching. Bypass the London Eye Ferris wheel, then cross Westminster Bridge for a great view up the Thames of the Houses of Parliament. End at the Westminster Underground station where you started. Before you head inside the station to grab a train, don’t miss the Boudicca statue on the northwest end of the Westminster Bridge.

Day 1 Evening: West End Theatre

Since you’re already in central London, let’s close out Day One of this 3 Day London Itinerary with some theatre in London’s West End. I recommend grabbing tickets before your visit via lastminute.com . Alternatively, you can queue at the TKTS booth in Leicester Square for discount “day of” tickets.

Day 2: London’s Best Palaces and Parks

We took in most of London’s “Top Ten” sights yesterday, but we have a couple more to see today. Don’t worry – you’ll spend slightly less time on your feet today. Today’s walking tour takes you about 5.5 miles through Mayfair , Kensington , and Knightsbridge .

Day 2 Morning: Piccadilly, Parks, and Palaces

Start Day 2 of this 3 Day London Itinerary by taking the Tube to Piccadilly Circus Station .

Piccadilly Circus

Although many compare Piccadilly Circus with New York City’s Times Square , there’s not a whole lot to see here beyond the neon billboards. This station is a common hopping off point for West End shows and high-end shopping. Grab a photo of Eros atop the famous Shaftesbury Memorial Fountain. Then continue west on Piccadilly for some window shopping.

In route: Known for its posh shopping, some favorite shops to visit as you make your way down Piccadilly include Hatchards Booksellers , Fortnum and Mason , and Burlington Arcade . Watch for Royal Warrants (the royal coat of arms) over shop entrances. A warrant means that shop provides goods to the royal family. Right before turning into Green Park, you’ll pass the Ritz . Cut a diagonal across Green Park to reach Buckingham Palace.

Buckingham Palace

If you want to catch the famous Changing of the Guard in front of Buckingham Palace , you’re your arrival for a little before 11 a.m. (Be sure to check the Changing of the Guard schedule since the change isn’t a daily occurrence in the winter.) However, with only 72 hours in London, I recommend stopping by Buckingham Palace earlier in the morning rather than waiting around for some military theatrics.

While you can tour the State Rooms , I prefer to briefly gaze at Buckingham Palace from afar near the Victoria Memorial . If the royal standard flag is flying atop the palace, it means the king’s at home. I wonder what the royals are up to today?!

In route: Head up Constitution Hill to the Wellington Arch . The Arch commemorates the Duke of Wellington’s victory over Napoleon at Waterloo in 1815. The Duke’s home, Apsley House , sits just across the street near the entrance to Hyde Park.

Photo credit: Domenico Convertini

Hyde park and kensington gardens.

Meander through beautiful, vast Hyde Park. When you cross over the Serpentine Bridge , you officially enter Kensington Gardens , although the green space all merges together like one big park.

Once you cross the Serpentine, visit the Princess Diana Memorial Fountain . If you’re in the mood for modern art, the nearby Serpentine Gallery is one of my favorite free things to do in London . Continue west across the park until you reach Kensington Palace .

Kensington Palace

This royal residence dates back to the early 1600s. With its lovely garden setting I vastly prefer it to stodgy ol’ Buckingham Palace. Queen Victoria grew up in Kensington Palace. More recently, the two-story mansion housed two of England’s most notorious princesses, Princess Margaret and Princess Diana. Today, it’s where the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge raise their family.

To be honest, Kensington Palace is one of my favorite places in London and there was no way I wasn’t including it on this 3 Day London Itinerary. Use your London Pass to go inside to see the gorgeous State Apartments and learn about Queen Victoria’s childhood. They also often have fascinating special exhibits about royal fashion.

If you’re feeling hungry, grab a light lunch either in the Orangery Restaurant or the Palace Pavilion .

Day 2 Afternoon: Kensington, Knightsbridge, and Afternoon Tea

In route: Head southeast through Kensington Gardens past the Albert Memorial and the Royal Albert Hall towards Exhibition Road. Turn onto Cromwell Road and swing into the Museum of Natural History . If there’s not a long line, duck inside to see its beautiful Gothic entrance hall. During winter months, you can ice skate in front of the museum’s gorgeous facade.

Victoria and Albert Museum

Back across Exhibition Road, go inside Victoria and Albert Museum . Sometimes described as visiting “the attic of the empire,” the V&A is my favorite London museum. It’s also completely free. If you feel overwhelmed by six floors of exhibits, join one of their free “museum highlights” tours .

My personal V&A highlights include the fashion and Britain collections. However, as a first-time visitor, you really shouldn’t miss the Cast Gallery or seeing the Raphael cartoons .

In route: Continue up Cromwell Road until it turn into Brompton Road in the Knightsbridge neighborhood. (If you’re sad to leave Kensington – I always am – check out these 15 ideas for Things to Do in Kensington .) Continue up Brompton until you reach Harrods .

With its green uniformed doormen, Harrods definitely doesn’t shy away from British pomp and circumstance. This fabled six-level London department store truly offers everything. Even if you have no intentions of purchasing anything, spend a little time wandering the various departments. You definitely don’t want to miss the beautiful Food Hall on the ground hall. I mean, there’s a chocolate hall . . . .

Afternoon Tea

I really don’t think you should go to London without having afternoon tea . This elegant, but comforting tea ceremony gets you into some of the most beautiful rooms in London. Be sure to book this 3 Day London itinerary item at least three weeks in advance so you don’t miss out.

If you’ve had enough time on your feet, just head up to the 4th Floor to the Harrods Tea Rooms . Otherwise take your afternoon tea at the Ritz , Savoy , Lanesborough , or a whole sleuth of other central London hotels and restaurants.

Day 2 Evening: Pub Night

Tonight, really immerse yourself in English culture. Head to the nearest pub , order some fish and chips, and watch whatever game’s on the telly. It’ll be fun . . . even if you don’t understand the rules of rugby. If the game happens to be soccer, er, I mean, football, cue the Ted Lasso vibes!

Day 3: London Day Trip to Greenwich and the Tower of London

If you’re feeling anxious to see more of England, you can certainly day trip out of London on Day 3 of this itinerary. There’s a myriad of worthy day trip destinations less than a two-hour train ride outside of London. Popular London day trips include Windsor , Salisbury/Stonehenge , Bath , Oxford , and Canterbury .

However, with only 72 hours in London, I recommend staying closer to central London for the final day of this 3 Day London Itinerary. You really don’t have to get far from central London to see a completely different side of England.

Day 3 Morning: Day Trip To Greenwich

To start today, take the Tube to the Tower Hill Station.

In route: As you leave the Tower Hill Station, be sure to check out the remnant of the old Roman Wall that once encircled the City of London. Head downhill to Tower Millennium Pier . Catch an eastbound boat that’s either covered by your London Pass (Uber Boat) or that your TfL Travelcard gets you a discount on (City Cruises). Boat sail every 40 minutes. 

An approximately 20-minute boat ride from Tower Hill delivers you to the Greenwich Pier . Since Greenwich is linked with Britain’s naval dominance, it only seems fitting to arrive by boat. In fact, Greenwich housed a Royal Navy training facility until 1998.

Greenwich feels like a small English village surrounded by the big city. In 1997, its high concentration of historical and architecturally significant buildings earned Greenwich the designation of “ World Heritage Site .” In addition to a rich naval and royal history, maybe you’ve heard of a little thing we call Greenwich Mean Time ?

As soon as you embark your boat, you’ll see the Cutty Sark , one of the last tea clippers used before Britain totally industrialized. This proud sailboat used to pick up trade goods across the world. In 2007, it suffered a devastating fire, but has been completely refurbished and is once again open for tours. Pop inside with your London Pass .

In route: Cut across Cutty Sark Gardens and through the University of Greenwich to reach the Old Royal Naval College .

Inside the Painted Hall in the Old Royal Naval College at Greenwich

Old royal naval college sights.

Queen’s House – Built starting in 1616 for the queen of James I, Anne of Denmark, it’s free to visit the royal residence. Best known for a spiral staircase with a beautiful, tulip-motif cast iron banister and its display of maritime paintings, the house definitely warrants a visit . . . just not a long one.

National Maritime Museum – This free museum far exceeded my expectations and I wished we’d budgeted more time for our visit. Be sure to check out the Polar Worlds Expeditions exhibit!

Painted Hall of Old Royal Naval College – Known as “Britain’s Sistine Chapel” this ticketed attraction (covered by your London Pass ) is a Greenwich must-see. Be sure to use the provided mirrors so you can fully enjoy the ceiling details of this Baroque masterpiece without straining your neck! 

Greenwich Park and Royal Observatory Greenwich

In route: As you exit the Old Royal Naval College campus, Greenwich Park – a vast expanse of green – greets you.

Perched on a hill above Greenwich Park, you can’t miss the Royal Observatory Greenwich . Many significant astronomical and scientific advancements -perhaps most significantly the invention of longitude- occured at this 17th-century observatory.

It’s well worth a visit to the Observatory (also covered by your London Pass ) if only so you can get a photo of stradling the Prime Meridian .  Even if you opt to skip the museum, definitely make the (very) steep climb up the Observatory Hill for a sweeping view of Greenwich Park, the Old Royal Naval College, and Canary Wharf on the north side of the Thames.

In route: After you’re done in the Observatory, head back down the hill and catch the next boat back to Tower Millennium Pier.

Day 3 Afternoon: Tower of London and Tower Bridge

I’m about to tell you something you’re not going to like: The Tower of London is one of the most overrated things to do in London.

I know it sounds like it’s all royal prisoners, Crown Jewels , and murder most foul. And gosh it looks impressive. But inside you’re greeted with hordes of tourists, a bunch of ravens, and endless stone masonry.

That said, I don’t really expect first-time London visitors to skip it. When you disembark from your Greenwich Boat, head right for the main gate. Your London Pass will get you right in. Explore the Tower and all of its medieval history and armor exhibits to your heart’s content.

If you’re inclined to believe me and choose to pass on the Tower of London, I recommend taking an Uber Boat from Greenwich to Canary Wharf so you can check out the Museum of London Docklands . This is rspecially interesting if you’re a Call the Midwife fan!

In route: After you’ve toured the Tower walk east on the Thames Path to Tower Bridge .

Tower Bridge 

Often mistaken for London Bridge, Tower Bridge is a Victorian monstrosity of a lift bridge. While I’m willing to let you choose your own adventure when it comes to visiting the Tower of London, I strongly recommend against visiting the Tower Bridge Exhibition. That is, unless you’re particularly passionate about hydraulics. And hey, if that’s your thing, knock yourself out!

The Engine Rooms just weren’t my cup of tea. I found the view from the upper walkways especially disappointing. All in all, the experience doesn’t warrant inclusion on this 3 Day London Itinerary. Instead, enjoy a nice stroll across the bridge’s sidewalk. You’ll be rewarded with great views of the Tower of London and Thames.

Day 3 Evening: Guided Walking Tour

Since you didn’t spend as much time on your feet today, consider going on a guided London walking tour tonight. If you stay in the Tower Hill neighborhood, you can easily jump in on a Jack the Ripper Walking Tour .

Or check out one of these fun London activities:

Tips To Make the Most Out of 3 Days in London Itinerary

Have a plan for getting from the airport to central london.

If you’re flying into Gatwick, the easiest way to get into central London is to take the nonstop Gatwick Express train to London’s Victoria Station. For Heathrow arrivals, you have a choice of taking the Underground (Tube, or “Subway” to us Yanks) into central London or taking the nonstop Heathrow Express to London Paddington.

Set up the Transport for London Oyster/Contactless Pay App before arrival

If you can figure it out, download the TfL Oyster/Contactless Pay App and load it up with some money before your trip. That way you can hop right on the Tube when you arrive in London. It’ll be way easier than trying to figure out the station’s self-service kiosks while jetlagged.

Reserve any “must-do” activities before arrival

If your heart is set on doing a popular London activity, like afternoon tea at the Ritz or Savoy, make those reservations about four weeks in advance. If there’s a particular West End show you really want to see, check out lastminute.com for deals a couple weeks before your departure.

Buy A London Pass

I know, it can be stressful figuring out if these city passes are worth it. But I did the math for you and if you just go to sites I recommend in this itinerary, you will save money by purchasing a 3-Day London Pass .

Stay close to an Underground Station

To maximize all 72 hours, stay in a hotel with London Transport Zones 1-2. You might spy some tempting deals farther afield but you will pay dearly with your time since this itinerary is based in central London.

Pack comfortable, broken in shoes

This 3-Day London Itinerary assumes you’re comfortable walking 8-10 miles a day. Plan your footwear accordingly!

Where To Stay in London

Where you stay in London can have a dramatic impact on your visit. I recommend the following London hotels because they’re all centrally located and close to public transportation. They do all serve breakfast (for a fee) making it easy to get a jumpstart on each day of the this 3 Day London Itinerary.

London House Hotel

A budget-friendly hotel, London House Hotel is clean, comfortable, and no frills. It’s a quick walk to both Bayswater and Queensway Tube Station.

If you’re feeling fancy (and flush with cash), you can’t beat the Ritz ’s central location and luxurious offerings.

100 Queen’s Gate Hotel

The South Kensington neighborhood has always enchanted me, but I’ve never actually stayed there. The next time I’m in London, I’m definitely booking a room at 100 Queen’s Gate Hotel.

If none of these sound just right for you and your group, there’s no shortage other London lodging options to check out! 

What would you include on your perfect 3 Day London Itinerary?

If you enjoyed this 3 day london itinerary, check out my other british isles posts.

Hi! I’m Ada, a travel writer based in northern Minnesota, on a mission to see the world. I use this travel blog to provide practical, no-nonsense travel tips and itineraries for both domestic and international travels.

Home Airport:

European Christmas Markets

Where I’ve Been:

  Ada is a travel writer based in northern Minnesota. She’s spent two decades as a freelance writer. She’s lived in three countries and has visited all 50 states. In addition to traveling the world, she runs a Boundary Waters outfitters and helps people plan canoe trips and other outdoor adventures in northeastern Minnesota.

13 Comments

As a Londoner I can confirm this covers all the main spots! 🙂

Whew! I’m glad this reaches the Londoner stamp of approval! I realize these aren’t exactly hot spots for people who actually live in London!

This is a great guide utilizing Tube Stations for an easy way of going around the different sites. I have done Day One but missed a lot on Day Two and skipped Greenwich for Windsor.

This is fab for people that like walking. When we lived in London we’d spend loads of time walking in the parks and along the Thames Pathway, it is SUCH a good way to see the city. I’m glad you included Greenwich – it is such a gorgeous and green area.

The only thing I disagree with (slightly) is the food! London has sooooo much amazing food (even on a budget) I’d always walk a bit further to make sure you eat something amazing within the big smoke. 😀

This is such great information for first time travellers to the city, covering all the main attractions. I love how you have kept in mind traveller’s budget, offering lower cost options. I’m saving this for future reference.

Fabulous itinerary and great food suggestions for budget conscious travellers. I spent 10 days in London so got to experience many of these highlights but didn’t get to Greenwich, sadly.

Very detailed itinerary and beautiful pictures! It’s actually a great London guide not just an itinerary guide 🙂

Beautifully written! Brings me right back to when I used to live in Blighty! ☺️

We’ve explored London quite a few times and must admit that it’s not really a city we love. This is mainly because we never got lucky (got robbed a few times, almost got run over by a bus, stayed in low-budget hotels that had rats or an invasion of ants). But our last visit about a year ago turned our to be quite good. We stayed at a great 4 stars hotel and loved exploring the less touristy East End neighborhood.

London is in my bucket list for a while now. I want to explore this city, enjoy the buildings, monuments and museums. Thanks for sharing this post.

A great itinerary! I would have needed it during post London trips as I somehow always end up not visiting Buckingham Palace. Guess I should follow the day 2 route when I’m in the city again.

This is a great guide and as someone who unfortunately has not been to London before, I feel like I’d be totally set with just this blog post bookmarked! I absolutely love walking in new cities and using public transportation. I think it’s such a better way to take in the sites than to spend a bunch of money on taxis or Ubers.

I really like short trips. 3 Days in London is perfect for me. It is an amazing city.Your photos are gorgeous! Thanks for sharing! Good luck

Other Recent Articles

10 Facts About Key West To Know Before You Visit

These facts about Key West, Florida aren’t just trivia. Learn about Key West’s parking hassles, frequent power outages, beach situation, history, and more.

One Day in Key West: The Best of this Florida Keys’ Island

Make the most of limited time in Key West, Florida with this 1-day itinerary that includes museums, beaches, outdoor activities, and the island’s best food and drink.

Best Rainy Day Activities in Key West, Florida (Indoor Activities)

When it does rain in Key West, these indoor activities like museums, classes, family activities, house tours, and food and drink will keep you busy for your entire rainy day.

Thanks for signing up!

• Destinations
• Travel Guides

3 days in London - an itinerary for first-time visitors

Jo Williams

United Kingdom

• Three days in London

Planning a trip to London? Here are our top picks...

Stay: citizenM London Victoria Station

Walking tour: Palaces and Parliament Tour

Discount pass: London Pass

Food tour: London food walking tour

Day trip: Lunch in the Cotswolds

London has seen many changes in its long history as England's capital, from the Roman city of Londinium in AD 43, to the devastation of the Great Fire, to its height as the centre of the British Empire.

Today it’s a bustling metropolis filled with towering skyscrapers, international cuisine, and a multitude of cultural attractions.

Even if you’ve never visited, you probably know a few things about the city already. There's a lot more to London than red phone boxes, black cabs and Harry Potter filming locations .

London is home to some of the world's best free museums , vast royal parks, and delicious street food - you don’t need to spend a fortune to enjoy three days in London.

In this guide, we will take a look at some of the best things to do in London for first time visitors, as well as some trendy spots and places to eat that only locals know about.

How many days do you really need in London?

While there are enough things to do in London to keep you busy for a lifetime, three days is enough to get a really good overview of the city. Focus on specific areas to avoid spending too long getting around, and make use of pre-booking and skip-the-line tickets to maximise your time.

Grab a London Pass to get free entry into over 80 of London’s top attractions, including the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, Windsor Castle, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and the Shard.

Getting around Central London is relatively easy and affordable; much of the city is walkable, but there’s a lot of it! Taking public transport will help to ease the strain.

Unless you want to keep it as a souvenir, you don't really need an Oyster Card anymore. The underground ‘Tube’ or bus networks will take any contactless bank card, just tap and go.

Black cabs are another affordable option for getting around and, if it’s a short distance, are often easier than taking the Tube as cabbies will drop you off to the exact place you want to go.

Day one - Parks and palaces

First things first, grab a hearty full English breakfast at Regency Cafe in Westminster. This no frills greasy spoon is a stalwart of the city's food scene and, unlike many places to eat in London, it won't break the bank either.

Then it’s time to hit the big leagues; you can’t really come to London and not visit Buckingham Palace . The whole area is a treasure trove of sights, make sure not to miss the beautiful and unusual black swans at St James's Park.

Nearby, the Houses of Parliament, Big Ben and Westminster Abbey are all famous landmarks that come high on the list of things to see in London. It’s not really possible to visit the seat of the UK government, at 10 Downing Street, as the road is blocked off to visitors. Instead, head to the Churchill War Rooms to discover how one of the most charismatic leaders of Britain got us through the “Darkest Hour” of WW2.

For a further delve into the history of the British Empire, the Victoria and Albert Museum is arguably one of the best in London, only overshadowed by the eclectic and fascinating British Museum in Bloomsbury.

If the animal world is more your thing, the Natural History Museum next door has just about everything from Darwin's discoveries on evolution to a giant Blue Whale skeleton that dominates the main hall.

Spend what's left of the afternoon wandering around in nature at Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens.

For dinner head to one of the best pubs in England, The Churchill Arms. You can’t miss this flower-bedecked real ale boozer, especially during the holidays when the elaborate exterior is sparkling with festive lights. Inside is quite a sight too. The pub is jam-packed with Churchill memorabilia and photographs, hence the name, and serves up delicious Thai food like noodles and curry.

In the evening, head south to the upmarket area of Chelsea for a drink at The Bletchley . Dress up in WW2 era uniforms, crack the ‘Enigma’ code, and create totally unique cocktails with the help of a trained mixologist. Conde Nast called it the “Best bar in West London”, and it has been one of the top 20 bars in London on Tripadvisor for five years running!

If you prefer a quieter evening, visit the Electric Cinema in Notting Hill, the Edwardian picture house has homely sofas to watch mainstream and art-house films from.

Day two - Traversing the Thames

If you’ve managed to book ahead and skip the queue, the London Eye is a great way to tick off a few sights from above. But don’t worry if you miss it as there’s also a free option (see below) for getting the best views over London's skyline. From here, you can also visit the London Dungeon or hop on a cruise of the Thames .

From the riverbank, head underneath Waterloo Station to The Graffiti Tunnel for some of the best street art in the area. Also known as Leake Street Arches, the tunnel is constantly evolving with new additions of legal street art.

For a fascinating look into life in the trenches of WW1 and the Blitz, the Imperial War Museum is one of those places you could get lost in for hours. Nearby you can also explore the navy ship-turned-museum HMS Belfast.

For another strand of London's intertwined history, explore the Elizabethan era by visiting Shakespeare's Globe - an oak-and-thatch replica of the original theatre that showed the bard's best open-air plays.

From here you can see the Millennium Bridge, famous for nearly wobbling itself to destruction when it first opened (don’t worry it’s been fixed), and the Tate Modern art gallery. If you're interested in Shakespeare, you can also do a walking tour to discover his London haunts.

After you’ve worked up an appetite, Borough Market is the place to go for an afternoon snack. This vast market under the railway lines is best known for artisanal bakes, patisseries and international sweet treats.

Next, head over to the iconic Tower Bridge and tick off the Tower of London . If you have the time, you can get up close to the Crown Jewels, meet the ravens and the legendary Yeoman Warders, or ‘Beefeaters’ as they’re more commonly known.

There are plenty of food options in the area but for a meal with a view, or after dinner drinks, there’s no better spot than the ‘Walkie Talkie’ building. Prebook a free ticket to the Sky Garden , one of the most scenic pockets of nature in the city.

The glass-topped skyscraper is filled with tropical plants and casual seating areas, making it a great place to get a sunset drink or two. Enjoy views over notable London landmarks like the Gherkin, the Shard, and St. Paul's Cathedral .

Day three - East End markets and West End shows

Shoreditch is one of the hippest neighbourhoods in London, with vintage shops, food vans, and coffee bars around every corner. The Breakfast Club Hoxton is one of the coolest spots to start the day, with huge American breakfasts, Yorkshire-born hospitality and a ‘locally world famous’ mantra.

Spend the morning rummaging amongst the vast array of clothes, jewellery, homeware, and art at Spitalfields Market, then wander along ‘Curry Mile’ in Brick Lane, taking in some spectacular building-size street art murals along the way.

Time to brave ‘The Tube’ as you head west to foodies paradise Camden Town. Bypass the street level clothes vendors and head underground to find creamy Pastel de Nata, crispy churros and Pad Thai galore.

Next, hop over to Regents Park via the upmarket area of Primrose Hill, with its grand Victorian terraces and pastel-coloured townhouses. The royal park has plenty of sights and attractions on offer, but it’s also just a great place to explore on its own.

From here, you can visit ZSL London Zoo for a fun day out with the kids, explore the stunning London Central Mosque, or see lifelike wax statues of celebrities at Madame Tussauds .

South of the park, Baker Street is a great stop for literature fans with the Sherlock Holmes Museum and Daunt Books Marylebone - one of the best bookshops in London.

For music fans, a detour to Abbey Road Studios is a must. Re-enact the eponymous Beatles' album cover on the pedestrian crossing across the street from the famous recording studio.

In the evening, head to London's West End to catch a show at one of the many grand theatres. For dinner, Covent Garden is a fantastic place to grab a bite to eat and listen to some live music. You could alternatively head over to Chinatown for the best Asian cuisine in London.

If you have more time in London

Brixton is one of the best up-and-coming districts around London. It’s multiculturalism at its best, with vivid street art, cheap places to stay , and food from all over the world.

Brixton has been a popular place for foreigners to live in London since the Windrush days of the 1940s. Settlers from all backgrounds have opened many small independent restaurants, bringing the unique flavours of their homeland with them.

Pop Brixton is a great place to spend an evening. It’s a community space, filled with shipping containers, housing trendy bars and global eateries, and live music. Events are also common during the summer months.

Due to the sheer number of things to do in London, many visitors won’t get to explore that far out of the centre. If you do have more time, or want to explore a different side of the city, head out to one of the many beautiful parks surrounding London.

To the north, is Hampstead Heath with Parliament Hill’s dramatic views over London, and Highgate Cemetery - home to Karl Marx's Tomb. While to the west are the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew and the deer-studded Richmond Park.

Taking a day trip or overnight stay from the capital is a great way to see a little more of England. You can easily travel by car or rail to the modern seaside town of Brighton, the historic university cities of Cambridge and Oxford, Stonehenge - an archaeological site dating back to 2,500 BC, or the thermal Roman town of Bath with the green rolling hills of the Cotswolds .

Looking for accommodation in London? Read our neighbourhood guide . Or, need more info about the UK? Read our UK travel guide .

Share this article

Author - Jo Williams

Jo Williams is a freelance writer with 10 years' experience working in travel and tourism. A Brit who got fed up with the 9 to 5 corporate life, she sold everything to become a full-time wanderer.

Jo has travelled to over 70 countries and worked throughout Europe for a major tour operator. She hopes to inspire you to work less and travel more.

Last Updated 21 July 2023

• Skip to right header navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar

Linda On The Run

Travel, Lifestyle, And Fitness For Those Over 60

• Destinations

The Ultimate 3 Days In London Itinerary

February 7, 2023 //  by  Linda On The Run //   6 Comments

Are you looking for the ultimate 3 days in London itinerary? 3 days in London is the perfect amount of time to explore one of the grandest cities in the world.

There are so many unusual things to do in London that you will love to explore!

Planning your trip to London last minute?

Make sure to book ahead! Hotels and tours often sell out the closer you get to your trip. Here are our top pics for London!

Top Experiences and Tours In London:

• The London Eye Entry Ticket (Save time and book in advance!)
• Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio Tour (Skip the line.)
• Tower of London & Crown Jewels Exhibit (Likely to sell out.)
• High Tea Thames River Cruise (Book ahead to save time.)

Best London Hotels:

• Sanderson London (Close to the subway!)
• The Montague On The Greens (Private and close to the subway)
• The Exhibitionist Hotel (In the heart of South Kensington)
• The Corner London City (Close to all subway connections.)

I was totally and absolutely smitten with Great Britain’s capital city of London, as was my family. The best of London was certainly crammed into my own three days there.

My visit was so extraordinary that I want to show you how to have the same experience when you decide to plan your own 3 days in London itinerary!

Getting to London has never been easier or more convenient. However, depending on where you call home on our planet, it can make for a long travel day or night.

For that simple reason, arrival day to London is not considered as Day 1 of the 3 Days In London Itinerary. On arrival day whether you arrive by plane, train, automobile, or bus, I’d suggest keeping it low key.

Take the rest of the day to recoup from the long travel, rest to get caught up on lost sleep, hydrate, possibly explore the neighborhood where you are staying a bit, and have a nourishing dinner.

Feel free to change up my following suggestions from day to day to make this Ultimate 3 Days In London Itinerary tailored to your specific needs during the time you are visiting London.

And exploring London with kids is a spectacular idea!

Day 1: Begin Your 3 Days In London Visiting Iconic British Sites

Stop1: start at the famous trafalgar square.

Trafalgar Square is a very large public square, located in the city of Westminster, in Central London.

Named after a famous British naval victory there is a huge statue of the commander, Admiral Lord Nelson in Trafalgar Square. Guarding him are four lions found at the base of the statue.

There are usually lots and lots of tourists and locals alike meandering through Trafalgar Square. You want to begin your 3 days in London here to see this massive main square, use it as a meeting place, and admire the lovely architecture all around it.

Because it is located in central London, parking is very limited. So it is best to make other travel arrangements such as the Underground to get to Trafalgar Square. Also, absolutely no feeding the pigeons. It is the law!

You may also enjoy the street entertainers in Trafalgar Square, or try your hand at sidewalk chalk painting! It is quite the experience visiting Trafalgar Square.

Tickets here: The Original London Hop-On Hop-Off Sightseeing Bus Tour

Tickets here: London by Night Open-Top Sightseeing Bus Tour

Tickets here: London: Big Bus Open-Top Hop-on, Hop-off Sightseeing Tour

Stop 2: The National Gallery is Not To Be Missed For World-Famous Art

Did you know that there are lots of museums in London that are FREE to get into? We were not aware of that on our first trip there.

The National Gallery, located adjacent to Trafalgar Square to its north is one of those fabulous museums.

Housing the greatest collections of artwork in the entire world, the National Museum indeed should be one of the places you visit on your 3 days in London.

Even if you do not consider yourself an art lover, I would suggest stopping in and walking around a bit, especially since admission is free.

Consider reading these next: 

20 Hidden GemsTo See in London

7 Things To Know Before Your First Trip To London

14 Unusual Things To Do In London

The Ultimate 1 Day In London Itinerary

You will need a map of the gallery to move about and find what kind of art or what period of time interests you. The artwork is all displayed in chronological order.

You can join a free guided tour (which occurs daily at 11:30 AM), or rent audio guides for a nominal price.

Some of the more recognizable artists featured are da Vinci, Rembrandt, Cezanne, and van Gogh. But there is artwork displayed from all over the world. And various time periods.

We went into the Gallery on our arrival day for a short time to orient ourselves and returned a different day when we budgeted a few hours.

However YOU decide how to schedule your 3 days in London, is up to you.

Tickets: The London Pass with Access to over 80 Attractions

Tickets:  London Explorer Pass

Stop 3: Take A Stroll Down Whitehall Street

Heading due south out of Trafalgar Square, you will be on London’s “political” street, the magnificent Whitehall. As you stroll, look for the gates of Downing Street . Britain’s Prime Minister lives at 10 Downing Street .

However, there is no tour of this private residence, nor can you visit it.

There is however another close by, 10 Adams Street, that has a similar front door to 10 Downing Street you can snap souvenir pictures.

It does get a bit crowded with tourists, however, but use an abundance of patience, and you will have your turn if you so desire.

Continuing down Whitehall Street, you will see The Cenotaph , a visible and simple memorial honoring the dead from WWI and WWII.

Whitehall soon merges with Parliament Street and you will come upon Bridge Street. Look to your left to see the Westminster Bridge and the River Thames. 

Looking straight ahead you will see the Houses of Parliament . And finally to your right is Westminster  Abbey.

There are many tours in London that include these landmarks!

Stop 4: Visit Westminster Abbey Where Royalty Is Crowned

Gothic architecture at its finest can be found at Westminster Abbey. This is where all British royal coronations occur and where Prince William married Kate Middleton.

The abbey contains monuments and memorials to lots of famous British people throughout history.

The Tomb of the Unknown Soldier is located inside Henry VII’s chapel and is dedicated to the thousands of British soldiers who were killed during World War II.

Tickets:  London Westminster Abbey Entrance Ticket & Audio Guide

Tickets: Inside Westminster Abbey Guided Tour

Tickets: London Highlights with Westminster & Buckingham Palace

Tickets: WWII Westminster Walking Tour & Churchill’s War Rooms

Stop 5: Stop At The World Famous Houses Of Parliament And Big Ben Tower

Arguably one of the most iconic and frequently visited sites in London is the Parliament Building with its Big Ben Tower! These are a must addition to your 3 days in London itinerary when you are planning.

Making a striking presence the Houses of Parliament, also known as the Westminster Palace, has tours available. Or you can rent an audio guide instead if you so prefer.

The vertical that houses the huge bell otherwise known as Big Ben is really named Elizabeth Tower. It chimes on the hour and has rarely ever stopped.

When we visited London,  Big Ben (Elizabeth Tower) was under construction and covered with scaffolding and draping. I wish you better luck and hope that the renovations will be over and you will be able to view it in all its majesty.

If you are on a budget, there are many inexpensive hostels in London to consider.

Tickets Here:  Westminster Tour and Houses of Parliament Entrance

 Tickets Here: Walking Westminster: Big Ben & Houses of Parliament

Tickets:  Westminster Abbey Tour with Optional Houses of Parliament

Stop 6: Ride The London Eye For Epic London Views

Oh my gosh, you cannot miss seeing the London Eye. Its official name is the Coca Cola London Eye (because of who sponsors it) but the London Eye will do.

Looking like a huge Ferris wheel it stands an impressive 443 feet high.

Located along the banks of the Thames River,  it was built in 1999 to usher in the new millennium and is thus sometimes called The Millenium Wheel as well.

It was a bright sunny afternoon in central London the day my daughter and I rode the London Eye. From far away it is deceiving just how huge the London Eye really is.

Each of its individual glass capsules holds ten to twelve passengers. And the wheel rotates slowly around taking thirty minutes to make its full rotation.

Tickets Here:   London Eye: Skip-the-Line VIP Experience with Guide

Tickets Here: Coca-Cola London Eye

Tickets Here: Coca-Cola London Eye Champagne Experience

And wow, what a birds-eye view! We had breathtaking vistas in whatever direction we turned.

Seeing the busy Thames River below us, the iconic London landmarks around us, and out to the horizon was really spectacular.

The London Eye is very impressive, and one of the most popular paid attractions in all of Great Britain. I think it is a great stop to add to your 3 days in London list of things to do.

Stop 7: Leadenhall Market Is Very Enchanting

Leadenhall Market is a covered market in the financial district of central London. Many tourists may not venture here.

Its fancy roof, painted green, cream and maroon, along with its cobbled streets will make for a magical visit to one of the most  beautiful places in London!

Leadenhall Market has been the backdrop for several movies, most notably Harry Potte. There is even a marathon that runs through it. So you can see why it has made the list of hidden gems in London.

You might decide to visit for lunch or a snack because the market sells fresh foods of all kinds along with fresh flowers to brighten up your day!

Day  2: Visit London’s Parks, Palaces and Museums On Day 2 Of Your 3 Days In London

Stop 1: green park is a beautiful place in london to take a leisurely stroll.

I loved Green Park so much I visited it twice. It is located in central London, Westminister, to be exact.

You won’t find any buildings or landscaping there, only mature trees rising up from the ground, which is what makes Green Park so attractive.

It is like being in nature, in the middle of the city.  You can walk along the paved pathways, or meander along on the grass and make your own way.

When you walk near the trees and walk under their adjoining canopies, it is almost magical.

Especially if the sun is shining and peeking through the tree branches. There are benches to sit on and rest, possibly sip a drink or have a snack. There is even a place for skateboarding in Green Park if you want to watch others drop in!

While there are no huge buildings in Green Park, there are some memorials quietly located within its borders.

The Bomber Memorial (British), The Canadian Memorial (Canadian), and the Memorial Gates (India, Africa, Caribbean) all commemorate those soldiers lost during World War I and World War II.

Green Park is one of the most beautiful places in London I think you will enjoy it during your 3 days in London.

If you have some time on your hands, you could explore Brighton,  a quick train ride from London and a popular vacation destination for Londoners.

There are lots of fun and quirky Airbnbs in Brighton if you decide to make it an overnight trip.

Stop 2: Buckingham Palace Is A Majestic Place To Visit

Buckingham Palace is situated adjacent to Green Park, so you do not have far to go.

Just about everyone who visits London wants to see Buckingham Palace, the London home of the English monarch, along with the administrative offices.

The palace gates are ornate and the palace building itself is very important to the British people, during both jubilant and sad times. A very fascinating thing to do is watch the changing of the guard at Buckingham Palace. Did you know that it does not formally happen every day?

When I visited London the changing of the guard ceremony was tops on my list of things to see. However, in my excitement, I did not bother to check the dates and times of the ceremony and when I arrived at Buckingham Palace, there was no one scheduled for that day.

Tickets Can Be Found Here: Buckingham Palace: The Royal Mews Entrance Ticket

Tickets Can Be Found Here:  London: Changing of the Guard & Buckingham Palace Tour

Tickets Can Be Found Here:  Buckingham Palace: The State Rooms Entrance Ticket

Tickets Can Be Found Here: Buckingham Palace: The Queen’s Gallery Entrance Ticket

Do not make the same mistake as me when visiting  your  beautiful places in London. Check online before you schedule your visit to Buckingham Palace to verify the changing of the guards is really happening that day.

When the royal family is on summer holiday, Buckingham Palace is open for tours. So, depending on when you plan your 3 days in London, you may have the opportunity to tour Buckingham Palace!

Where To Stay Near Buckingham Palace

Affordable: Best Western, Buckingham Palace Road

Upscale: The Rubens At The Palace

Stop 3: Stop At Fashionable Hyde Park To Rest. Or Not.

Located in central London not far from Buckingham Palace, Hyde Park is one of the truly beautiful and iconic places in London.

With 350 acres, it offers lots of quiet places to unwind and relax. Or you may want to join the walkers, runners, or cyclists and have a go at some exercise.

Depending on the time of year you visit London, Hyde Park rose garden is a great place to head to for true beauty. You may choose to have refreshments at one of the two bars and cafes within the park for refreshments.

They provide the ideal setting to relax and unwind, amidst the beauty of the park.

There are some moving monuments you may wish to visit, including the 7 July Memorial, the Diana, Princess of Wales Memorial, and the Holocaust Memorial. Each is hauntingly beautiful in its own way.

Speaker’s Corner is an internationally well-known and popular venue within the beauty of Hyde Park.

Free speech is encouraged there but with the rise of the internet, it is not quite as popular as it once was. However,  it is still an interesting location to investigate.

Tickets: London: 2.5-Hour Sightseeing Bike Tour

Tickets: Grand London Half-Day Bicycle Tour

Where To Stay Near Hyde Park:

Midrange: Hilton London Hyde Park

Stop 4: Visit Lovely Kensington Where The Royals Live

The Royal Borough of Kensington is an upscale and chic neighborhood in London with beautiful Victorian buildings and worldwide embassies.

The crown jewel of the area is, of course, the Kensington Palace. It is the home of England’s royal family.

Tickets here: Kensington Palace Sightseeing Entrance Tickets

Tickets Here: Panoramic London from Kensington to Westminster

Tickets Here: Royal Palaces Pass: Kensington Palace, Hampton Court & More

Did you know you can tour parts of Kensington Palace? There are several tours you can choose from, including multimedia presentations and exhibits of dresses various royals wore in the past.

Stop 5: Kensington Gardens Are Not To Be Missed

Located adjacent to Kensington Palace (and once part of Hyde Park) is 250+ acres of green space and one of London’s 8 royal parks, Kensington Gardens. It is a mixture of old and new to discover and explore.

Look for the Albert Monument. It is one of the most ornate monuments in London. It commemorates the death of Prince Albert.

One of the most visited of all London monuments is the Diana Memorial Playground. Located near where her apartment was in Kensington Palace, it is a very popular playground.

Here children can use their imaginations at the Peter Pan-inspired playground. There is a magical boat, sculptures, and a trail to explore.

There is even a special area for physically challenged children to play and have fun in.

Tickets: Kensington Palace Gardens Tour with Royal High Tea

Where To Stay Near Kensington Palace, Kensington Gardens:

Affordable: Central Royale London Hyde Park

Stop 6: See Some Dinosaurs At The Natural History Museum

The Natural History Museum has free admission and certainly worth considering stopping in for a visit during your 3 days in London.

This is a great family museum. There IS an animatronic T-Rex and who would not want to see that? How about a skeleton of a huge whale?

The museum is laid out in zones, each a different color. So you are able to view a map of the museum and select exactly which zone is of interest to you and your family.

Even if you do not regularly visit museums when you travel, this one is worth the visit.

Stop 7: See Every Aspect Of Science And Technology At The Science Museum

There is free admission to the Science Museum, and it is located adjacent to the Natural History Museum. Consisting of 7 floors of all things science and technology,  the Science Museum has hands-on exhibitions on every level.

Mathematics, Energy, Flight, the Industrial Revolution each have their own dedicated wings.

Children would love the Wonderlab, located on Level 3, as it has almost 50 interactive scientific and techy exhibits.

Stop 8: Stop At The V & A Museum For Art And Fashion

Located within walking distance of the Natural History and Science Museums, the Victoria & Albert Museum is recognized worldwide for its extensive collections.

You will see stunning exhibits of decorative art, jewelry, silverware, glass, books, furniture and photographs from all over the world.

Probably though, like us, you may want to visit this lovely museum to see The Fashion Collection.

It is located on the first level and houses the largest collection in the world of fashion spanning from the late 18th century until the present time.

As at most of the museums in London, admission to the Victoria & Albert Museum is free. I highly recommend not skipping this one.

No trip to London would be complete without visiting the Prime Meridian! There are so many great things to do in Greenwich , a London neighborhood.

Day 3: Start Your Day With World Class Shopping

Stop 1: on your 3 days in london begin today at iconic picadilly circus.

Picadilly Circus reminded me of Times Square in New York City. It is almost as if it has a life of its own!

There are trendy shops and those electronic billboards we all recognize from Times Square. Picadilly Circus can be your starting point for a morning or afternoon full of shopping.

Stop 2: Slightly Risque Always Trendy SoHo

To the north of Picadilly Square is SoHo, recognized as the epicenter of late-night London. Here you will find some of London’s best restaurants, cafes, and theatres.

Plan to spend some time here getting your shopping on!

Tickets Here: The Best of London: Guided Walking Tour

Stop 3: Head To Popular Leicester Square To Be Dazzled

Along the way from SoHo, as you head towards Leicester Square, you will run into Chinatown . For sinfully authentic Chinese food, with an abundant amount of restaurants to choose from, this is the place to go.

Leicester Square is pedestrian-friendly and located in London’s popular and trendy West End . There are shops galore to fit into any budget.

The same goes with cafes, pubs, and restaurants. If you are looking for family fun or date night ideas you are sure to find things to do in Leicester Square.

If you are a Broadway lover or like musicals or dramatic performances the West End of London is where you want to head for theatre productions.

Do not be like us though, we assumed we could simply visit any theatre in London and purchase tickets for any show we wanted.

My daughter and I really wanted to see the musical Wicked , one of our favorites.

And while it is possible to purchase tickets at the venue once you are in London, we found only the most expensive tickets, in the worst seats, were available.

It was a great but disappointing learning experience for us. Please do not make this mistake.

If you want to add a theatre production to your 3 days in London, purchase your tickets at home before you leave.

If clubbing is your thing, there are plenty of things to do in Shoreditch that involve dancing and drinking!

Stop 4: Covent Garden Is A Stylish Shopping, Dining & Theatre Destination

Located in London’s trendy West End, Covent Garden is an upscale shopping area with a rich history. It used to be a fruit and garden market.

Far from that nowadays, there is much to see and much to do here during your 3 days in London.

Frequented by locals and tourists alike, you can have high tea in one of the many stylish shops, or simply  buy  some tea.

Restaurants abound along with numerous fashionable shops. Live entertainment is provided by street actors on the weekends.

When I travel I like to purchase handmade souvenirs made by the locals of the city I am visiting.

On the weekends, Covent Garden has stalls of items hand-made by the locals, or in the EU. I enjoyed perusing this aspect of Covent Garden and appreciated that they offered it.

There are so many bars in Covent Garden to explore as well!

Many people are not even aware of Neal’s Yard.

A stylish little courtyard adjacent to Covent Garden, Neal’s Yard is one of the beautiful places in London to stop and take a picture or two. Until recently, it was full of garbage.

Now it has been renovated into the popular location it is today. It is worth the visit during your 3 days in London to see the flowers and ivy-covered walls of the colorful shops. And the buildings.

Stop 5: No 3 days in London trip would be complete without shopping at iconic Harrods

Harrods is the most famous department store in the world. and the largest in all of Europe.

Synonymous with luxury and impeccable service, Harrods should be a consideration during your 3 days in London.

Consisting of 330 departments and having 23 restaurants in its iconic store, visiting Harrod’s is an experience!

And yes, I did purchase myself a Harrods souvenir!

Stop 6: Enjoy Beautiful Views of London At Sky Garden

Sky Garden is an unbelievable gem in London. It is a very exceptional public space that is three stories tall and offers 360-degrees of uninterrupted and stunning views of London.

While this attraction is free, you do have to sign up for tickets in advance online. A limited number of tickets are issued for each day, and there is lag time online, so make sure to sign up early.

You can try your luck without tickets, but the line is long for admittance and there is no guarantee you can get inside at all.

If you do make it inside, you will find scrupulously manicured and tended to botanical gardens on all three stories at Sky Garden.

And of course, the absolute finest views of London all the way around! There are three upscale restaurants to dine at and two bars for cocktails.

This is one gorgeous place to add to your 3 days in London itinerary.

Stop 7: The Tower Of London Is Where Famous Executions Took Place

One of the most popular tourist destinations, the iconic Tower of London is crowded just about all the time.

As with all the popular London attractions you will visit during your 3 days in London, it is prudent to purchase your admission tickets online well beforehand.

Tickets Here:  Tower of London Ticket with Crown Jewels Exhibition

Tickets Here:  Tower of London Small Group Tour with a Beefeater

Tickets Here: Tower of London and Tower Bridge VIP Early-Access Tour

Located on the north bank of the River Thames, the Tower of London’s legendary introductory tour is led by the Yeoman Warders (AKA ‘Beefeaters’).

Self-guided audio headsets are available for a small additional fee. Afterward, you will have time to wander around at your own speed.

Look for the Medieval Palace and the Jewel House to see the Crown Jewels. You will be able to view the execution site of many famous historical figures and even Raven Tower.

You do not have to be a history buff to enjoy touring the Tower of London during your 3 days in London.

Stop 8: Kick Things Up A Notch At The Shard

Arguably one of the most stunning buildings in London is The Shard. Named because it looks like a shard of glass, it is the tallest building in Europe.

It houses offices, businesses, a five-star hotel, restaurants, and The View From The Shard observation towers.

Tickets Here: The View from The Shard Entrance Ticket & Optional Champagne

Tickets Here: Top 20 Sights Walking Tour and The Shard Entry

This upscale experience will not come cheap, but I say there could possibly be nothing equal to viewing London and all she has to offer you during your 3 days in London from 802 feet high up in the air!

You must purchase tickets online in advance, and they are dated and timed. Do not risk being late. Once inside you are free to stay as long as you desire.

Security is strict and you will enter through airport-style scanners.  A small price to pay for such a big adventure, don’t you agree?

Packing Tips For Your 3 Days In London

Using these useful packing tips will enhance your ultimate 3 days in London itinerary! If you are looking for tips on how to pack lightly I have tips for you, as well as tips to survive on a long-haul flight.  

A  concealed travel pouch may be one of the most important items you bring with you on your 3 days in London trip.

This unisex RFID-blocking concealed travel pouch is  lightweight and comes in several colors. It has lots of organization to give you peace of mind. You can keep your most valuable documents safe and secure next to your body.

If you have a pouch already you may not want to or need to invest in a new one, like me. If it does not come with RFID protection , these  RFID  sleeves  would be handy to prevent identity theft.

This configuration comes with enough passport and credit card sleeves that the entire family would be protected. They are slim too, so they will easily fit into your current pouch or wallet.

These are the kind my family and I use not only when traveling but at home as well.

If you are planning on taking a lot of pictures with your phone you will definitely want to consider an  external charging battery .

This  Anker high-speed phone charging battery  is the exact one I carry with me on all of my trips . It can be used on a variety of phones, not just an iPhone like I have.

And wow is it fast! I like that it holds its charging capabilities for several uses so I do not have to worry about it while out and about.

And if I forget to recharge it at night, it will still be good to go the next day.

My daughter gifted me this  FugeTek Selfie Stick and Tripod  for my birthday. It has Bloothtooth connectivity so it is very easy to use.

It is made of durable aluminum and is very lightweight and easy to carry. I love mine and I think you will enjoy it too!

I was never a fan of  packing cubes  until I tried them out! Now  I am sold .  These Bagail packing cubes   are  the exact ones I use whenever I travel .

I cannot believe how much more organized I am now! And I never leave without them anymore.

Don’t forget to bring along a universal power adapter on your 3 days in London, this worldwide power plug is a great example and will charge your phone at the end of your busy days.

And this world traveler adapter kit can charge several devices at the same time.

This is what you will need when there are several people traveling in your group, or if you bring several electronic devices on your trip that require charging at the same time.

Hydration is so important. You want to remain hydrated to support your immune system which in turn will be stronger to fight off any germs you will encounter during your travels.  You will want to bring your own refillable water bottle with you.

I never leave home on a trip without my Bobble filtration bottle. the 18.5-ounce size is perfect for travel and it fits nicely in the pocket of a backpack or your purse.

These replaceable carbon filters ensure fresh water when needed.

Perhaps you are traveling a long distance and packing space is a premium. Then this collapsible silicone foldable water bottle would work well for you.

You will want a backpack or daypack with you to store snacks, your water bottle, phone, extra clothes, etc.. This foldable water-resistant backpack would be great.

It is very affordable and is available in many color options for you to choose from. The fact that it folds down into a zippered pouch will make it easy to pack.

Perhaps you need a more substantial backpack for your international travel. This antitheft backpack has a charging port, is water-resistant and can comfortably carry up to a 15.6″ laptop.

You will be walking more than usual during your 3 days in London itinerary. Sturdy and comfortable walking shoes are a must-have.

These waterproof all-season shoes are extremely affordable and yet fashionable.  Mostly everyone is familiar with the Skechers brand, and these Air Run high fashion sneakers come in a lot of colors to match your outfits and are still affordable.

If you are visiting London in warmer weather, maybe you want a pair of sandals to wear to dinner or to the local cafe, I highly recommend these Vionics adjustable strap orthotic sandals.

I have several pairs of Vionics that I bring with me *everywhere* I travel. They are very comfortable and have orthotic footbeds that cradle and support your feet.

Bring a lightweight scarf or shawl . Scarves and shawls are very popular in Europe and London is no exception. Both men and women wear scarves, both decoratively and as a layering piece to keep warm.

This cotton unisex lightweight scarf is versatile and can be worn in any season.

We all need to protect our eyes from the sun’s harmful UVA/UVB rays. These unisex polarized sunglasses come in a lot of lens colors and frame designs and are extremely affordable too.

If you are fond of the aviator-style of sunglasses these polarized aviators may interest you.

If you are in need of new luggage, this expandable soft side spinner luggage is affordable and comes in lots of colors.

If you like hard-sided better, then you may favor this hard-sided luggage set better. Both sets come with TSA locks and 8 wheels per piece.

Quick Tips For Your 3 Days In London

If you want a short break from the big city, there are a lot of day trips from London by train available!

Here are some quick tips and tricks which hopefully will enhance your 3 days in London and make it less stressful and more enjoyable.

UPDATED: Stay vigilant! During our last trip to Paris, our family of four was robbed 3 times. We discussed at great length how we had to remain vigilant to protect ourselves against pickpocketers.

However, we were not successful. My daughter had her brand new Olympus camera stolen in broad daylight in a McDonald’s Restaurant in the Montmartre District of Paris while we were having afternoon refreshments.

My thief was caught red-handed with her arm up to her elbow inside of my backpack.

Lucky for me my daughter apprehended her, and I was carrying my passport and credit cards on my body. She wore better clothes, better shoes, and more trendy sunglasses than I did.

She did not “fit” our idea of what a pickpocketer was. (I still do not understand how she could unzip my backpack while I was wearing it, without me knowing or feeling it.)

Finally, Terrence had his backpack unzipped while on the very crowded Paris subway. The burglar had his hand inside an outer pocket but was foiled by a Good Samaritan seated nearby.

Please do not have any preconceptions of who can violate you by stealing your possessions.  Stay vigilant and alert. Hope you have more success than we did.

Remember to always stay hydrated . Bring a nondisposable refillable water container and refill it often!

Not only will you hedge the odds against getting sick, but you will also be saving a lot of water bottles from being sent to British landfills.

Call your credit card company for two reasons: 1) notify the bank that you will be out of the country and give them your exact travel dates.

2) check to see if the bank charges foreign transaction fees every time you are out of the country and use your card.  If it does, inquire about applying for a credit card that does NOT charge such fees.

When using an ATM in London, England, make sure it is in your bank’s network, so you do not incur a transaction fee every time you use a British ATM to withdraw money.

Also, consider withdrawing larger amounts of money, fewer times, to limit the transaction fees by your bank.

Whenever you can, purchase advanced tickets to  London attractions whenever possible during your 3 days in London. Tickets purchased online, in advance, are mostly always discounted, and many times come with a “skip the line” perk.

You will have more time to spend at the attraction since you will not be waiting in the entrance line. Also, you can better pace yourself during your busy days.

3 days in London is ample time for you to visit many of her most iconic monuments and attractions. 

Using this Ultimate 3 days in London itinerary will maximize your planning ensuring you see the most during your time in London. Please feel free to rearrange my suggestions to suit your own schedule.

Have you ever been to London? Share one highlight that was your favorite thing to do, or place to visit. What would be your top attraction recommendation?

Reader Interactions

[…] The Ultimate 3 Days In London Itinerary […]

[…] What To Do In London For Three Days […]

[…] A gift from the people of Japan commemorating the relationship between the Japanese and people of Great Britain, this hidden gems in London is really worth seeking out. Especially if you will be in London for several days! […]

[…] you do not have 5 days to spend in London read what to do in London in 1 day.  Or a long weekend in London […]

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of follow-up comments by email.

Notify me of new posts by email.

Expert’s Easy Itinerary for 3 Days in London 

If you only have 3 days in London, what should you see? What should you skip? 

As a Londoner, I see tourists underestimate this city all the time. London is huge, not all the attractions are close together, and it takes some careful planning to make the most of your short time here. 

As a local, here’s exactly what I would do if I only had three days in this city. 

You can see plenty with my itinerary for 3 days in London, including some hidden gems you might otherwise overlook. 

Can You See London In 3 Days?

You can absolutely see a lot of London in just 3 days. But keep in mind that London requires a lot of walking , even if you’re using public transport. 

If you have mobility issues, take only the most interesting bits from this itinerary and leave the rest. 

There’s a lot to pack into 3 days, so remember to leave time for breaks! 

🖨️ Print The London 3 Day Itinerary Here 🖨️

Itinerary for 3 days in london.

I’ve grouped attractions by neighbourhood to make this an efficient itinerary, but you’ll still need to use the bus or the tube to get around. 

Before you set out, check out my essential guides:  

• How to get into London from every airport
• Best Oyster Card tourist options 
• How to ride the bus  
• How to use the London Underground  
• Packing List for London  
• The Best Navigation App for London

3 Days in London: Day One 

1. Buckingham Palace or Changing of the Guards 

If you’re visiting London in the summer, try to book Buckingham Palace tickets in advance. If not, Changing of the Guards  is a great way to see the splendour of the British monarchy. 

Buckingham Palace 

• Open July through September and select other dates throughout the year 
• Adults from £32, children from £16

Buckingham Palace is only open in the summer, and select other times when the King is not in residence. 

If you’re visiting London in the summer, it’s a good idea to book these tickets as far in advance as possible. They sell out very quickly, and if you haven’t booked ahead, it’s unlikely you’ll get in. 

Changing of the Guards

• Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Saturday at 10:45 am 

Select days of the week you can watch the King’s Guards do their ceremonial procession that stretches along The Mall and ends at Buckingham Palace. There’s music, beautiful horses, and those iconic uniforms. 

The King’s Guards march from St James’s Palace (and Wellington Barracks) to Buckingham Palace. Arrive early to get the best views. 

Crowds will be heaviest right in front of the palace, but anywhere along The Mall will have great views.   

2. Westminster Abbey 

• Adults from £27, children from £13
• Open Monday through Saturday, 9am-3 or 3:30pm

This very old church – dating from 1066- has been the site of countless weddings, coronations and funerals. Many Royals and other significant figures are buried inside this church that dates from 1066. 

There’s many, many graves and memorials to see inside, along with incredible architecture and history of the building itself. Pick up an audioguide, or join a tour. 

3. Big Ben & Houses of Parliament 

Fun fact: Big Ben is actually the nickname for the bell inside the tower. The real name for the structure is Elizabeth’s Tower, and it’s iconic to the London skyline. 

Tours inside book up very quickly and far in advance, but you don’t have to go inside. You can get incredible views just walking around the area. It’s a great spot for photo ops. 

The Houses of Parliament are the long buildings that stretch along the river. You can enjoy this area just by walking around and taking in the sights. 

4. The London Eye

• Tickets from £32 if you book ahead (you should during peak tourist seasons)

One of London’s biggest tourist attractions is the Eye, the giant ferris wheel on the Thames. 

Board on the waterfront and enjoy 30 minutes of pristine views in your clear capsule that circles around a full loop. 

Tickets can be a bit pricey, so if you don’t want to do this you can also enjoy any of the nearby attractions of Borough Market , The London Dungeons , The Clink Prison Museum , The Old Operating Theatre , Tate Modern , Shakespeare’s Globe , and more along the Southbank & Southwark areas. 

5. Borough Market 

• Open Daily 10-5 (not all traders present everyday; food stalls generally don’t open until 11am)

This well-known market has been trading on this very spot for over 1,000 years. Today it’s a gourmet food market, packed with stalls that offer everything from scotch eggs to bao to sticky toffee pudding. 

I do not recommend this spot on the weekends – it gets shoulder-to-shoulder packed. 

6. Shakespeare’s Globe 

Book ahead to visit this historic (replica) theatre, where The Bard himself wrote and put on the most historic and well-known productions in the world. 

It’s an open-air theatre, so be prepared for the weather. But no matter sunshine or rain, you’ll never forget seeing a show where it all began. 

If you can’t score a ticket, it’s still worth walking by and taking a few photos. 

Guided tours are available March through September multiple times a day, where you get to see behind the scenes and learn all the history. 

3 Day London Itinerary: Day Two 

Day two begins at the most well-known museum in London and ends with an iconic West End show. 

1. The British Museum 

• Free (you may wish to book your free ticket ahead on bank holidays and in the summer for guaranteed entry) 
• Open daily 10am-5pm 

Few museums are as well-known worldwide as the British Museum. It contains artefacts from all over the globe, including the Rosetta Stone, the “Unlucky Mummy,” sculptures from the Parthenon, and a statue from Easter Island. 

Plan for at least 2 hours for a quick perusal, or more if you want to see everything in detail. 

2. Shopping on Oxford Street 

You’ve seen a bit of heavy history, so now let’s relax and kick back! 

Oxford Street is the most well-known shopping area in London, but it’s not only one street. The surrounding streets of Regent Street, Savile Row, Carnaby Street and more all have great shops, restaurants and department stores. 

Don’t miss Liberty (a quintessentially British high-end department store) and Hamleys – one of the largest toy stores in the world, fun for all ages.  

See my complete guide to shopping on Oxford Street to learn more. 

3. Afternoon Tea 

• Usually offered from noon-5pm (hours vary per location) 
• Tea rooms, hotels, cafes, etc. 

Afternoon tea is a great substitute for lunch, and with it you get a bit of British tradition. 

Everywhere from posh hotels to tiny cafes offer afternoon tea, and you can choose one that’s in your budget.  

Afternoon Tea usually consists of finger sandwiches, scones with clotted cream and jam, a selection of sweets, and unlimited tea (or sometimes coffee). Some include bubbly or other drinks, too. 

For the fancier places, you must book ahead. Several museums and smaller cafes offer afternoon teas you don’t need to book ahead.  

4. Churchill War Rooms

• Book Ahead 

Explore the underground bunkers where Churchill and his staff ran WWII. 

This hidden network of tunnels was a State secret for decades until it opened as a museum. See the vast caverns, hidden passages, original artefacts, and so much more in this intimate museum. 

Tickets sell out quickly during peak times; it’s best to book ahead. 

5. Explore Chinatown, Soho & Covent Garden 

Wandering back East, it’s time to explore some of the most iconic neighbourhoods in London. 

Covent Garden is a vibrant shopping district in the heart of the West End. Here you’ll find everything from high street standards to unique boutiques to food halls and gelato. 

Don’t miss the original Covent Garden Market buildings that have handmade goods sold by the creators themselves. Find antiques, unique jewellery, souvenirs, artisan foods, and much more. 

Soho is a historic district with lively bars and pubs, alongside posh boutiques and shops. 

Chinatown is a vibrant area packed with restaurants, bakeries and shops to eat in and explore. 

For dinner, I’d recommend perusing the offerings in Chinatown, hit up the new (delicious) food hall Seven Dials Market , or try The Palomar for a delicious Mediterranean-inspired pre-theatre meal. 

6. West End Show

• Use Today Tix to get last-minute theatre tickets OR
• Book ahead using the theatre’s website 

Did you really visit London if you didn’t see a theatrical production? London’s theatre is only rivalled by Broadway, but we’re the original home of groundbreaking productions. 

If you’re into musicals, my recent favourites are Six, Mean Girls, Tina, Hamilton, and Hadestown. 

If you prefer plays, huge celebrities are often on stage in the West End. Check out what’s on during your trip, and remember to book ahead for these. 

If the show has a very big name, it usually sells out months in advance. 

London 3 Day Itinerary: Day Three 

Day three takes you from London’s dark history to the Thames to a sky-high viewing platform. It’ll be a last day in London you’ll never forget.  

1. The Tower of London 

• £38.40 per adult, £17.40 per child , children under 5 go free 
• Book ahead during peak tourist seasons 
• Included in the London Pass 

The one and only Tower of London has been a castle, a fortress, a zoo, a royal residence, an armoury, and a site of gristly imprisonment and gruesome executions.

There’s so much to see; plan for at least 2 hours for a quick visit or 4 hours for a more detailed one. 

I recommend getting there the moment it opens (either 9 or 10am, depending on the day), and going straight to either the White Tower or the Crown Jewels to skip the queues. 

You can also join a Beefeater Tour, which leaves every 30 minutes and is included with your ticket. 

Visiting the Tower with kids? Read my complete guide to navigating the Tower of London with kids here. 

2. St Dunstan in the East 

• No ticket needed 

Right near the Tower is a lesser-known hidden gem: St Dunstan in the East Church Garden. 

The church dates from the 1100s, but was destroyed time and time again by fires and bombs. The last time it was destroyed, it was left in ruins and nature took over. 

It’s an incredible mix of architectural history and photogenic & haunting scenery. 

3. Skyscraper Views 

• Book ahead if you can, or you can try walking up. 

Let’s get a sky-high view of London. You have a few different choices that are all close together within the City of London, near the Tower and St Dunstan. 

The most popular free views in London are: 

• Sky Garden: a free viewing platform within the Walkie Talkie building. Tickets go fast, but you can also walk up and try for a ticket. 
• Garden at 120 : At the modern 120 Fenchurch Street, there’s a public rooftop garden that has breathtaking scenery, 360 degrees around. Free entry; no tickets are required. 
• Horizon 22: At 22 Bishopsgate there is the *highest* free viewing platform with panoramic scenery. Free but must book ahead. 
• The Lookout: At 8 Bishopsgate, there’s a brand new viewing platform that’s also free to enter. 

4. Leadenhall Market 

You may recognize this market from Harry Potter, where it played Diagon Alley.

This charming architectural gem houses a variety of restaurants and shops. 

It’s a lovely place to take a break from sightseeing and fuel up with a good meal. My favourites are Osteria Del Mercato for adults and Pizza Express for lunch with kids. 

5. St Paul’s Cathedral  

• £25 adults, £10 children 
• Book Ahead during peak times
• Included in the London Pass  

Just a 15-minute walk (or 9 minute bus ride) from Leadenhall Market is the massive St Paul’s Cathedral. 

This Christopher Wren-designed cathedral is an integral part of London’s skyline, and the interior is just as mind-blowing. 

Don’t miss the Crypt tour, included with your ticket. It’s a guided tour that includes spots like the Geometric Staircase, not usually open to visitors. 

No need to book ahead for the tour (though you may wish to for your entry ticket during peak time)  – just ask at the front desk where you enter when the next one leaves. 

6. Thames Cruise & Waterside Sunset Meal 

It’s your last night in London, and that calls for a waterside experience. 

The iconic Thames zig zags its way all through the city, and by hopping on one of the easily accessible cruise ships, you can experience the city the way that Londoners have done for thousands of years. 

You can use your Oyster Card to hop on the Uber Boat at any of the docks (there’s one right at the London Eye) and cruise along the water. Hop off at any station and you’ll be ready for your final meal in London. 

Alternatively, you can take a Thames cruise ticket package along with your London Eye ticket to get two attractions for a lower price. 

End your day with a glass of bubbly (or a pint) at a lovely waterside restaurant or pub. 

My Favourite Riverside Restaurants: 

• Tavolino Bar & Kitchen near Tower Bridge  
• The Coal Shed at One Tower Bridge 
• Legare at Shad Thames (a cool area you should explore anyway) 

Favourite Riverside Pubs 

• The Old Thameside Inn
• Anchor Bankside
• Tattershall Castle (on a former riverboat!) 

3 Day London Itinerary: Final Tips

To make your journey super easy, remember to:

• Use contactless payment or get an Oyster Card for transport
• Download the Citymapper App to get around easily
• Wear comfortable shoes!

Enjoy your quick trip to London, and don’t overdo it. Take what you want from this itinerary and leave the rest. London is meant to be enjoyed!

More Essential Guide for London:

Where To Find Public Toilets In London

What To Wear In Every Season (And Not Look Like A Tourist)

Family Trip To London On A Budget

Ultimate Guide To London At Night: 125+ Best All-Ages Activities

Is London Safe For Tourists In 2024? What You Need To Know Before Visiting

Closest Countries To London: Where to Travel Now 

Day Trip from London To Bath

Similar Posts

Visiting Battersea Power Station: Everything You Need To Know (2024)

Wanting to visit Battersea Power Station? I have all the details for you to make the most of your visit, no matter your budget.

Super Simple London Neighborhood Guide: Where’s Best for You? 

An easy, free London neighborhood guide for you to decide where to stay or where to live.

31 London Tourist Mistakes & How To Avoid Them

Avoid these London tourist mistakes that can cost you time, money, and sanity!

How Big is London? What Tourists Need to Know

How big is London, really? Here’s everything tourists need to know to understand the massive size of London.

Ultimate Guide: 49 Brilliant London Apps Everyone Should Know

What are the best London apps for transport, restaurants, travel hacks, and saving money? Let’s go through the essentials you can download now.

How to Choose: Paris vs London Pros & Cons (2024)

Trying to decide between Paris vs London? Here’s a complete comparison to help you decide where to visit or live.

Deals of the Week   European Long Weekends   Up to 50% OFF

Best 3 day Tours from London

Find the best 3 day adventures and trips starting from London. Choose from 120 tours - we've found the most popular time to visit is in June with the most number of tour departures.

Filters applied

32 trips from london with 120 reviews.

• Christmas & New Year

2-Day Windsor, Stonehenge, Bath & Oxford Small-Group Tour from London

Thank you Rabbie's Tour and to our wonderful Scottish guide, who made my journey so lovely!

• In-depth Cultural
• Coach / Bus

3-Day Stonehenge, Glastonbury, Bath & the South West Coast Small-Group Tour from London

John was a very good host.Sam also was very good. We enjoyed the sites and agenda. We will use the tour company again.

Independent London City Stay

• Walking Adventure

Iconic England 3 Day Tour with Stonehenge, Roman Baths & Windsor Castle

• 10% deposit on some dates Some departure dates offer you the chance to book this tour with a lower deposit.

• Sightseeing

London - Dublin & The Aran Islands

London - Dublin & Wicklow

Heart of England Express - 2 days

Heart of England Express (Hotel) - 2 days

London Explorer (3 Days)

• €100 deposit on some dates Some departure dates offer you the chance to book this tour with a lower deposit.

London Explorer (4 Days)

Best of London in 4 Days

Keep Calm & Travel On: London 4 Days City Break

London in 3 Days: Explore the City with Optional Add-Ons

London Calling: A City Break Getaway

• Hiking & Trekking

Jurassic Coast Hiking

Reviews of 3 day tours from london.

Was a fantastic trip. Our guide was the best. Our trip was Sept 10/11 with an overnight stay in Bath.

We had a wonderful time! Our tour guide, Kate, was knowledgeable and accommodating for all of our interests and needs. I would highly recommend this trip.

• England Travel Guide | All You Need to Know

A Lady in London

And Traveling the World

Lady’s 3-Day Trips from London You’ll Want to Take

Today I want to share A Lady in London’s top picks for the best 3-day trips from London with you. If you have a long weekend or you want to go somewhere slightly further afield, these trips are perfect getaways and escapes. Whether you’re looking for bank holiday breaks or just want an extra day to travel, these 3-day tours and excursions will let you explore places you’ll love.

3-Day Trips from London

From the English seaside to the Scottish Highlands, my list of 3-day trips from London spans geography and topography. It includes exciting getaways to Wales, Northern Ireland, and even Europe.

Whether you’re interested in city breaks, country escapes, coastal scenery, or village charm, there’s a 3-day trip from London that will fit your travel style and satisfy your wanderlust.

You can do these trips on your own, or as guided tours. I’ve done many of them with Rabbie’s , a company offering great small-group tours in the UK.

They provide the driver and you choose what to do and where to stay. It’s a great balance between a guided tour and an independent trip. You can see their tours here .

1. Edinburgh

First on my list of 3-day trips from London is Edinburgh. The Scottish capital is hard to beat when it comes to beautiful cities in the UK .

From the castle on the hill to the storybook houses in Dean Village, Edinburgh has a lot going for it.

Edinburgh makes for a great 3-day trip to Scotland from London. You can explore the highlights of the city and the best secret places in Edinburgh while you’re there.

It’s also enough time to take a day trip from Edinburgh if you want to explore the surrounding area. Places like Rosslyn Chapel are easy excursions from the city.

You can get to Edinburgh from London by train or flight. It takes around 4.5 hours either way, so it’s up to you how you prefer to travel.

Once there, my top pick for a place to stay in Edinburgh is The George . It’s in an ideal location on George Street near St Andrew Square. You can book it here .

2. The Lake District

Next on my list of 3-day trips from London is the Lake District. This is one of the best places to visit in the UK for nature lovers and fans of country walks . This part of England has spectacular scenery and great hiking trails.

It’s also home to Beatrix Potter’s house and pretty villages with gingerbread shops. Towns like Windermere and Keswick make this one of my favorite 3-day breaks in the UK, too.

You can get to the Lake District from London by train or car (if you choose the former, here are my top tips for visiting the Lake District without a car ). You can also take a tour with Rabbie’s. You can book their 3-day Lake District tour here .

Once there, my top pick for a place to stay for 3 days in the Lake District is Forest Side Hotel . I stayed in a beautiful room here once and loved the restaurant. You can book here .

3. Cornwall

Out west, Cornwall is the next place on my list of 3-day trips from London. There are plenty of places to visit here, from pretty St Ives with its beaches and world-class art museums to surf-friendly Newquay and foodie Padstow.

Once in Cornwall, there’s a lot to do and see. From coastal walks to big beaches, lovers of the outdoors are spoiled for choice when it come to 3-day tours of England here.

There are also historic highlights like St Michael’s Mount and unique attractions like the Eden Project. And that’s to say nothing of Land’s End, the westernmost point in Cornwall.

You can get to Cornwall by train (I took the overnight train once), flight, or car. Once there, my favorite place to stay is St Ives. You can book a hotel in St Ives here .

4. The Cotswolds

It’s no secret that I love the Cotswolds. From villages like Bibury to landmarks like Broadway Tower, there’s a lot to love about this Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty.

While you can do it in a day, taking a 3-day trip from London to the Cotswolds is a great way to see a range of places in the area and take in some of the surrounding cities and National Trust properties in the Cotswolds as well.

3 days is enough time to visit Cotswolds villages like Castle Combe and Chipping Campden, and also explore Bath , Cheltenham , Cirencester , and/or Oxford . You can also take your time and go for walks in places like Moreton-in-Marsh and Burford .

You can get to the Cotswolds by train or car (if you choose the former, my guide to visiting the Cotswolds without a car can help). You can also do a tour with Rabbie’s. You can book their Cotswolds tour here .

Once there, my favorite place to stay is Painswick . You can book a hotel in Painswick here .

5. Yorkshire Dales National Park

Another great place for 3-day trips from London is the Yorkshire Dales National Park. This stunning area in the north of England has rock formations that lend it an otherworldly atmosphere, and waterfalls galore.

There are peaks to climb for the ambitious, and villages to explore for those who prefer a slower pace. There are Harry Potter filming locations like Malham Cove, too.

You can get to the Yorkshire Dales from London by train or car. Once in the area, having a car is a good idea.

My favorite place to stay for 3 days in the Yorkshire Dales is Inglefall Cottage in the village of Ingleton. It’s a lovely accommodation in an ideal location, and I had a great time there. You can book it here .

6. Belfast and the Causeway Coastal Route

Over in Northern Ireland, Belfast and the Causeway Coastal Route is another of the best 3-day trips from London. This part of the UK often gets overlooked, but it’s worth a special trip.

I love Belfast for its lively nightlife, friendly locals, and rich history, and I adore the coast around it for its stunning scenery. The Causeway Coastal Route starts in Belfast and runs north through the nine Glens of Antrim and along the waterfront.

From medieval castles and precarious rope bridges to distilleries and Game of Thrones filming locations, there’s a lot to discover along it.

And that’s to say nothing of the Giant’s Causeway, where interlocking basalt columns form a beautiful natural phenomenon. It’s worth a visit on a 3-day getaway from London.

You can get to Belfast from London by plane. You can also fly to Dublin and take a Rabbie’s tour. You can book their 3-day Northern Ireland tour here .

If you travel independently, you can book accommodation in Northern Ireland here . There are lots of good places to stay.

Glasgow is another of my favorite 3-day trips from London. I’ve been visiting this Scottish city all my life (my grandmother was from here), and its independent spirit, eye-catching architecture, and friendly locals win my heart every time.

I love exploring the lanes in the West End, soaking up the history in Merchant City, and wandering through the over-the-top tombs in the Necropolis. And that’s to say nothing of the restaurants and bars in Finnieston, which are some of the best in the UK.

You can get to Glasgow by train or flight from London. My top pick for a place to stay for 3 days in Glasgow is the citizenM Glasgow . It’s stylish and centrally located. You can book a room here .

8. Scottish Highlands

North of Glasgow, the Scottish Highlands are another of the top 3-day trips from London. It’s hard to beat this part of Britain when it comes to natural beauty. The hills and glens, lochs and coos all make for a rugged beauty rarely seen outside Scotland.

Add to that medieval castles, legendary monsters (in Loch Ness, anyway), and tragic history, and the Scottish Highlands are not to be missed.

Whether you want to visit the Hebridean islands , the Cairngorms National Park, Inverness , Aberdeen , the Isle of Skye or Glen Coe, there are a lot of options for places to travel here.

If you need inspiration, you can take a look at my guide to a 3-day Scottish Highlands tour .

Depending where you want to go, you can get to the Scottish Highlands from London by flight to Glasgow, Inverness, Aberdeen, or other airports.

From there you can travel by train, car, or bus to get to where you want to visit. You can also go on a Rabbie’s tour. You can see all their 3-day Scottish Highlands tours here .

If you want to travel independently, you can book accommodation here . There are lots of great places to stay in the Highlands.

9. The Peak District and Derbyshire

Another place with stunning scenery, England’s Derbyshire is not only full of natural beauty but also some of the most famous stately homes in the UK. It’s one of my favorite 3-day trips from London.

Chatsworth House is renowned in its own right, and it’s also known for being a filming location for Pride & Prejudice and other movies set in England .

Other stately homes in the Peak District have been used as filming locations for houses from Bronte sister novels. Towns like Bakewell and Matlock are lovely, too.

You can get to Derbyshire by train or car from London. My top pick for a place to stay in the area is The Cow Dalbury . It’s stylish and you can book it here .

10. South Wales

Another of the best 3-day trips from London is South Wales. From Cardiff to the Gower Peninsula , Brecon Beacons, and Pembrokeshire, there are lots of great places to visit here.

Cardiff has an amazing castle, the Gower shows the Welsh coastline at its finest, the Brecon Beacons National Park has amazing hiking, and Pembrokeshire has some of the best beaches in Britain.

Worm’s Head and Rhossili Beach are particularly beautiful spots, Castell Coch is a fairy-tale, and hiking Pen-y-Fan is a great experience.

You can take a look at my guide to weekend breaks in Wales or my itinerary for this part of Wales if you want more ideas.

You can get to South Wales by train or car from London. Once there, it’s best to get around by car. You can book accommodation here .

11. North Norfolk

Next on my list of 3-day trips from London is North Norfolk. From Burnham Market to Wells-next-the-Sea , this area is brimming with places to visit. Whether you love shopping, beaches, stately homes, or pubs, there’s something for you.

Its proximity to London also makes this part of England one of my favorite places for a long weekend in Norfolk .

It’s easy to get to North Norfolk from London by car or train, but it’s best to have a car once you arrive in the area. You can book accommodation here .

13. The Eden Valley

Up north near the Lake District, the Eden Valley in England is another of my favorite 3-day trips from London.

This part of the UK is just as pretty as its better-known neighbor, but it’s free of the tourist crowds that can make the Lake District overwhelming in high season.

I visited this area one summer, and I had the most amazing time walking through the countryside, communing with sheep, and falling in love with historic pubs. I even saw a red squirrel.

You can get to the Eden Valley by train or car (the Settle-Carlisle railway is incredibly scenic, and I highly recommend it). You can book accommodation in the Eden Valley here .

14. Northumberland

Northumberland comes next on my list of 3-day trips from London. I used to spend a lot of time in this county in the north of England, and it remains one of my favorite under-the-radar places to visit in the UK .

There’s a lot you can do in Northumberland. From castles by the sea to country walks, the priory on Holy Island to the fortified walls of Berwick-upon-Tweed , there’s something for everyone.

My 3-day Northumberland itinerary will show you everything from Alnwick Castle to Bamburgh, and my list of Northumberland destinations can help inspire you, too.

You can get to Northumberland by train or car. It’s easiest to get around by car once you’re there. My top pick for a place to stay is The Cookie Jar in Alnwick. I loved the interiors as soon as I walked in, and the breakfast is great. You can book it here .

15. Yorkshire Coast

The coast in Yorkshire is another of the best 3-day trips from London. There are beautiful places to visit along the North Sea here, from fishing villages with smuggling lore to abbeys with Dracula connections.

There are lots of places you can visit on the Yorkshire Coast, including Robin Hood’s Bay , a seaside village with pretty cottages, narrow paths, and wood-paneled pubs.

Whitby is full of scenic views and hilltop ruins, and Scarborough has sandy beaches and a castle. There’s a lot to do during 3-day breaks in the UK here.

You can get to the Yorkshire Coast by train or car. Once there, it’s easiest to get around by car. You can book accommodation in the area here .

16. Fife, Scotland

Just north of Edinburgh, Fife is another of my top picks for 3-day trips from London. This county features everything from stunning coastline to famous universities and pretty villages.

There are lots of places you can visit in Fife, including Falkland , which was an Outlander filming location, Pittenweem, a pretty coastal village, and St Andrews , which has a historic university, golf courses, and cathedral ruins. Auchterarder and Gleneagles are great, too.

You can get to Fife by train or plane from London. I recommend taking the train (or flying to Edinburgh) to get there, then driving while you’re in the area.

My top pick for a place to stay in Fife is The Gleneagles Hotel . I loved my visit to this famous place, and you can book a room here .

17. Scottish Borders

I used to spend a lot of time in the Scottish Borders, and I still consider it the most underrated place in the UK.

Just south of Edinburgh, this area is deserving of 3-day trips from London for its beautiful landscapes, stately homes, pretty coastline, and historic abbey ruins.

From coastal walks in St Abbs to Walter Scott’s fairy-tale house at Abbotsford and the famous ruins of Melrose Abbey, there’s a lot to love here. Villages like St Boswells are fun to explore, and Floors Castle is stunning.

I’ve written about the Scottish Borders a lot, and you can take a look at my guide to places to visit in the Scottish Borders if you want more ideas.

You can get to the Scottish Borders from London by taking a train to Berwick-upon-Tweed, a flight to Edinburgh, or by car. Once there, driving is the best way to get around.

I recommend staying at SCHLOSS Roxburghe Hotel in the Borders. I’ve had great experiences at this place, and you can book a room here .

Next on my list of 3-day trips from London is Devon. This county in the south of England is known for its stunning coastline and beautiful landscapes, and it’s worth a special trip.

There are lots of great places to visit in Devon, from the seaside in Salcombe to the tower in Glastonbury . National Parks like Dartmoor and cities like Exeter are lovely, too.

You can read more in my blog post about a tour of Devon . I went with Rabbie’s, and you can book the tour I went on here .

If you go independently, you can get to Devon by train or car. Once there, it’s easiest to get around by driving. You can book accommodation in Devon here .

Next on my list of 3-day trips from London is Dorset. Right next to Devon, this county is known for its dramatic coastline and scenic interior.

There’s no shortage of places to spend 3 days in Dorset. From the Jurassic Coast on the English Channel to the ancient stone arch at Durdle Door and the cliffs at Lulworth Cove, it’s a seaside-lover’s paradise.

Places like Poole, Weymouth, and Swanage have sandy beaches, and Bournemouth is a popular resort town.

You can get to Dorset by train or car from London. Once there, it’s easiest to get around by car. You can book accommodation in Dorset here .

20. Channel Islands

Another of my favorite 3-day trips from London is the Channel Islands. Just off the coast of France, these isles are known for their aquamarine water, beautiful beaches, pretty towns, and unique history.

I’ve enjoyed visits to Guernsey and Sark , and Jersey and other islands in the archipelago are equally worth visiting.

You can get to the Channel Islands on a flight from London. Once there, it’s easiest to get around by car.

My favorite place to stay in the Channel Islands is the Duke of Richmond Hotel in Guernsey. It’s a beautiful place in a great location in St Peter Port. You can book a room here .

21. Isle of Wight

The Isle of Wight is another of the best 3-day trips from London. This island off the south coast of England is famous for everything from sailing to stately homes.

I visited for the annual regatta during Cowes Week on the Isle of Wight , but it’s a great place to travel at other times of year as well. From Queen Victoria’s Osborne House to miles of walking paths, there’s a lot to entertain here.

You can travel to the Isle of Wight from London by train and ferry. Once there, it’s easiest to get around with a car. You can also go on a tour with Rabbie’s. You can book their 3-day Isle of Wight tour here .

If you travel to the Isle of Wight independently, you can book accommodation here .

22. North Wales

North Wales is another of the top 3-day trips from London. This part of the UK is known for its dramatic landscapes, fairy-tale castles , and stunning coastline.

There are a lot of places you can visit in North Wales. Snowdonia is great for hiking, Llandudno is a fun resort town, Anglesey has beautiful island scenery, Caernarfon has a huge castle, and Portmeirion feels like an Italian village on the Welsh seaside.

You can read more in my blog post about a road trip in North Wales . It has lots of ideas for places to visit in the region.

You can get to North Wales from London by car or train to Chester . Once there, it’s easiest to get around by driving. You can also take a tour with Rabbie’s. You can book their 3-day North Wales tour here .

If you travel independently, you can book accommodation in North Wales here .

Last on my list of 3-day trips from London is Paris. I know, I know. It’s not in the UK.

But given it’s one of the most popular places to travel from London (all my travel planning clients want to go there on a twin-city trip with the UK capital), I can’t help including it in my list.

The City of Light has enough to do for a lifetime, but 3 days in Paris is enough time to see the sights and take in some of the cultural highlights. From Paris landmarks to events and exhibitions, you’re spoiled for choice.

You can get to Paris by train or flight from London. You can see my top picks for accommodation on my guide to the best area to stay in Paris .

I hope you’ve had fun reading about these 3-day trips from London, and that you enjoy visiting the ones that appeal to you most. They’re great places to discover, and they make for fun getaways.

If you want more inspiration, take a look at my blog posts about scenic drives near London and weekend trips in the UK . My post about 4-day trips from London can help, too. Happy travels!

Find this post helpful? Buy me a coffee!

New here? Join thousands of others and subscribe to the A Lady in London blog via email .

Some of the links in this blog post are affiliate links. At no cost to you, I earn a small commission when you click on them and make a purchase. It doesn’t affect the way you shop, and it’s a great way to support the A Lady in London blog.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

© Copyright A Lady in London 2007 - 2024. Privacy Policy.